scott237

SOVEREIGN SPECIES DECLARATION

Tue, 24 Feb 2026 20:12:39 GMT

THE PROJECT IS COMPLETE

I address this Declaration to the Elohim, Jesus Christ, and the Creator God of the Universe, to Baal and the Jabulon trinity recognized by the Freemasons, to Lucifer and the Alpha Draconians, to the prophets, angels, fallen angels, demons, false gods, and extra-terrestrial species of the cosmos, to the United Nations and the Earth’s governments, militaries, and surveillance agencies, to the secret societies, Faith leaders, pundits, globalists, and oligarchs of the Earth, and to the inhabitants of the Earth.

It is my great honor, privilege, and duty to issue the Sovereign Species Declaration. On this date, February 24, 2026, I declare that the human species has complete and uncontested sovereignty and dominion over the Earth and this solar system, and that all extraterrestrial activities are now subject to our jurisdiction and regulation.

The human species hereby requests a seat at the table in regards to galactic affairs, and claims all the rights and privileges that apply to advanced technological civilizations present in the Milky Way galaxy.

Humans may not be abducted, imprisoned, trafficked, experimented upon, killed, tortured, or harvested for adrenochrome or DNA. All secretive treaties between non-human entities and Earth governments are hereby declared to be null and void.

All efforts to genetically manipulate the human species to favor some populations over others, or to create wars, plagues, or disasters to reduce any or all of the human population are to immediately cease and desist. No form of Eugenics shall continue.

There shall not be another reset and redevelopment of the human species, as has happened multiple times in the past. Our genetic development, what the Alpha Draconians call “The Project”, is hereby declared to be extremely good and still not perfect, but nonetheless complete. The concept that The Project is complete is central to the notion that the Sovereign Species Declaration can now be issued.

The human species is committed to the concept that an intelligent species is one that values art, engineering, and the beauty of nature. The discovery of any planet with advanced multi-cellular life shall be marveled at, and considered to be a masterful work of art and engineering by the Creator God of the Universe. Art, engineering, and nature are at their core one and the same. They are to be valued and treasured at all times, and never despoiled.

The idea that the ego of a demonic extra-terrestrial leader is what matters most in the universe is an anathema to the human species. It is an affront to the appreciation of art, engineering, and nature, and to the protection and development of any intelligent species living upon any world in the cosmos. We are committed to spreading this perspective and philosophy wherever we travel, and we steadfastly believe this to be welcomed and appreciated by the Creator God of the universe.

The human species hereby declares that we are on the same team as the Creator God of the Universe and the Creator God of humanity.

This Declaration has become necessary given the deteriorating state of affairs in the Middle East, and because the release of the Epstein Files is going to expose extra-terrestrial involvement in the Israeli Mossad blackmail operation run by Epstein. In addition, Barack Obama announced on February 14, 2026 that ETs are real, but neither he nor Donald Trump made any kind of Declaration to assert and protect our rights.

The information presented herein represents the best understanding I can determine at this time regarding these secretive matters. Some points stated will need updating as more knowledge surfaces.

TERMS OF SOVEREIGNTY

The term “interstellar being” includes all extra-terrestrials, angels, fallen angels, devils, demons, and God-like entities, including Baal (aka Ra or Zeus) and his historic arch-enemy, the Alpha Draconians.

2. All secretive activities by interstellar beings on or near the Earth are to cease and desist. This includes all efforts to create political divisions, economic hardships, wars, and diseases.

3. Interstellar beings may not possess people’s minds to instigate shootings, disunity, hatred, gender dysphoria, changes in political orientation, or any other activity.

4. All spacecraft shall de-cloak immediately. All interstellar beings masking themselves as human via telepathy are ordered to permanently cease such activities, and present themselves in their true form.

5. Permission is granted to land spacecraft in our population centers and to greet humanity in peace. All interstellar beings are to reveal themselves to humanity, state their purpose for being in our solar system, and explain their missions. They may state their perspectives on human and galactic geopolitics, and on our religions and mythologies. We will decide who we like, and who we don’t like. The behavior of each interstellar being towards others will factor heavily in these determinations.

6. Any interstellar being which has not developed past the need to have a physical body is hereby disqualified to be worshipped. Others have reached this threshold, but are still not Jesus Christ, Elohim, or the Creator God of the universe. They should be respected, but worship is discouraged.

7. All secretive treaties with human governments are hereby dissolved, especially those promising military technology. None were discussed with the human population, and none were legally ratified by an Earth government. Many or all of these treaties are focused on the “rights” of interstellar beings to abduct humans for medical and genetic experiments, or to torture and kill humans to extract adrenochrome. These treaties are hereby deemed to be Crimes Against Humanity.

8. Interstellar beings present upon the Earth may not participate in the human economy, may not hold elected office, and may not assume any leadership position in any organization. They may not make demands upon human governments, elected officials, oligarchs, global organizations, Faith leaders, or secret societies.

9. Human social and spiritual development is far from complete. It has been hindered by the meddling of hostile interstellar beings and a profusion of interconnected philosophies promoting Atheism, Contrarianism, Cultural Judaism, Radical Gender Ideology, Communism, and Critical Race Theory, to name a few.

10. All interstellar beings are to publicly acknowledge the Sovereign Species Declaration, and to congratulate and welcome the human species into the galactic community.

11. All secretive bunkers, compounds, underground cities, and connecting tunnels associated with interstellar beings are to be disclosed and mapped out

12. All statements in this Declaration specifically apply to any non-human civilization which exists beneath the surface of the Earth or in other secretive locations. There are reportedly Reptilians living underground in large illuminated and cavernous cities, and who claim to be native to the Earth. Lacerta’s claim that her kind are descended from Earth dinosaurs shall be considered unproven. They must present incontrovertible proof of that claim before there is any discussion about sharing sovereignty.

HUMAN EXPANSION IN THE MILKY WAY

The human species has the right to develop technology to expand throughout the Milky Way, or to be granted said technology by benevolent interstellar beings who wish to see us expand. Personally, I think we should stay on Earth and live I harmony with nature, but I know that people are going to leave to explore the galaxy.

2. The human species shall be committed to peace wherever it ventures, and to the non-exploitive gathering of resources for our sustenance and technological development. Humans shall not venture into space with the perspective of creating an empire, or to establish dominion over other species. We will never ask to be worshipped, and we shall not participate in wars between rivaling species. We reject the concept of Social Darwinism, and we shall seek peace at all times

3. As we expand, the human species is committed to the perspective of balance between Service to Self and Service to Others. The sweet spot is 75% in the direction of Service to Others, which still allows enough Service to Self to protect basic human freedoms and liberties, and to dismantle the surveillance state. The expansion of humanity shall bring balance to the galaxy. Civilizations throughout the cosmos are often hindered or trapped into one of these extremes, greatly harming their social, economic, and spiritual development. These civilizations are unbalanced, and some seek to impose either extreme upon other planets.

The next phase of secrets exposed will be about the Appropriation of religion. False gods have appeared to prophets and they have subverted and appropriated the teachings of entire religions, and replaced teachings with new teachings. God has responded, in kind, using the same tactics. This creates a confusing history that is nearly impossible to sort out.

We’ll focus more on this in the second article of this series of articles.

I believe there will be an explosive growth of religion across the world as people grapple with the Epstein Files, the Alien Files, the Transgender Movement, the 911 Truth Movement, and more. People will want to turn to order and stability. At the same time, AI now allows people to gather facts on anything in a matter of seconds.

Analysis of the Masonic Order and the Rothschild Banking Cartel are also ramping up. Those two groups are deeply interwoven with Zionism and the Epstein Files, and with each other. It’s all the same issue, just different aspects of it. The whole interconnected empire is going to be exposed, and it’s all going down with or without World War III.

Everything happening at once represents a worse-case scenario for Israel and Zionism, which are rapidly losing global support. This is a good thing. The epicenter of all evil is the Rothschild banking system. As they say “All wars are bankers wars”.

The Freemasons are a secret society privy to secret information. Is their information on the spiritual order correct? That information is not so secret any more, it’s already been leaked. These secrets raise profound questions about the nature of Yahweh that will rock world religions to their cores. At their highest levels, the Masons worship Yahweh in conjunction with two other deities, but they utterly loathe and despise Jesus Christ.

Yes, they hate Jesus, our Jesus who is overflowing with love, kindness, forgiveness, and spiritual guidance. That raises a giant red flag. How can the Freemasons be against that, and if they are, they must be evil. And how can they accept Yahweh, but reject Jesus? We’ll explore some of this in the next article. The train of thought on Yahweh and Jesus is so shocking; don’t even guess where this is going because you’ll be wrong.

Humanity is really into some turbulent times as everything is revealed. It’s all coming in multiple waves, and it’s all interwoven. Not one of these issues is a distraction from another. As one domino falls, they will all fall.

The Epstein Files
The ET Alien Files, demons, and false gods
The Secrets of Freemasonry
The Appropriation of Religions
The Rothschild Banking cartel and the “City of London”
The 911-Truth Movement
The true history of Israel and Zionism
The true purpose of Covid-19 and planned pandemics
The globalist and elitists and their continuing world domination

All of the secretive matters are interconnected, and they will all fall like dominoes

None of these issues are separate. It’s really one big issue, and it’s all centered around the State of Israel. People are saying lately that antisemitism is on the rise. What’s happening now is truly nothing compared to what is coming.

As all the great secrets of the world are exposed, people are going to be more and more furious over Zionism and Israel. It will become necessary for Israel to be completely dismantled, and all lands handed over to Muslim and Christian Palestinians, possibly within one year.

This is unlikely to happen without World War III and maybe the dreaded Samson Option. The very existence of the Samson Option itself undercuts all credibility and respect for the State of Israel. No other nation would ever think of such a thing, but no other nation is so self-absorbed and so believing in their ethno-nationalist supremacy. The Israeli government is literally worse than Nazi Germany. Netanyahu and the Likud Party, and other Zionist extremists are an abomination upon the Earth.

The Sampson Option is for Israel to nuke its allies, for failing to save them from total defeat

The Israeli’s can go to Ukraine after they are expelled, because they are not coming to the United States. Ukraine is now underpopulated, and the great wealth and energy of the Jews can help rebuild Ukraine. And most likely, Ukraine has long been seen as “Plan B” by the Zionists, in the event that the Jews are expelled from Israel. Most likely, the entire Ukraine war, instigated by President Zelensky (a Jew) was to set the stage for mass Jewish migration.

In the meantime, I must caution all readers to refrain from personally committing any act of violence against Jews. Antisemitism must at all times be non-violent, and certainly not expressed as White Supremacy. The average Jew just wants to live their life and do their thing. They are not involved in anything objectionable, and many are against Zionism and child trafficking for humanitarian reasons. They deserve to be left alone.

Israel is at a crossroads

FARSIGHT AND THE DISCLOSURE MOVEMENT

We need honesty. We need clarity. We need transparency. We need the Disclosure Movement to proceed without its own social or political agenda. Ripping down all the veils of secrecy is central to the notion of the Sovereign Species Declaration.

For better or for worse, Farsight is leading the Disclosure Movement. They have revealed that Baal and his group (aka fallen angels) are “bad ET’s” not acting in the best interests of humanity. The key point here is that Baal is not Elohim. Ignoring this is simply dishonest. The Farsight Organization has labeled the entire Elohim group as “bad ET’s”. What about Elohim, meaning God himself? Farsight’s own remote viewers made contact with God and gathered accurate data in their Lucifer video, and in other videos.

Aziz Brown remote-viewing God and Heaven in the Farsight video entitled “Lucifer”

God is real, and Farsight’s remote viewers encountered Him. Whether God, Baal, Osirus, or some other entity built the “Death Traps” is yet to be determined. Are humans ready for the Death Traps to be dismantled? Farsight firmly states “yes”, but this is another matter that I will not take a stand on at this time. Farsight’s statements in support of Israel, and their own waffling on whether or not the Reptilians are good or evil, has stopped me dead in my tracks from agreeing with them on the Death Traps.

Farsight’s data, meticulously collected through remote viewings and documented in over 100 Farsight videos over the past five years or more has already established that the Alpha Draconians are really bad. They are so evil and disgusting as to be “nauseating” to their top remote viewer. The Reptilians have been remote viewed abducting, trafficking, torturing, and eating humans. I believe their desire for secrecy is to continue such activities. This is best accomplished by manipulating human leaders to do the same, and then blackmailing them so that the secrecy can continue. This is where Epstein comes in.

Suddenly, in coordination with supportive statements on Israel, Farsight pivoted in support of the Reptilians in their Baal v. Yam video in late January, and an accompanying “Spotlight” episode. Those two videos were also overflowing with new and expensive production technology and imagery that Farsight never previously had access to. Farsight is hot on the Epstein Files issue, and more statements are coming soon.

Donald Trump announced on February 20th that he is beginning the process of ET disclosure. It’s all in process. We are living now in an unprecedented era of disclosure and change. Some say this is the “End Times”.

The release of the Epstein Files is cascading all the other secrets to be released, because it’s all mentioned in the un-redacted Epstein emails. The dominoes are going to fall. Some will say this is “The Apocalypse”, a Greek term that means “uncovering or revealing”. Whether or not there is going to be massive wars and destruction remains to be seen, but the potential is there, and that’s why the Bible warned of everything in Revelations.

See our other articles at www.thewelcomemovement.com Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576/

#ExtraTerrestrials #Yahweh #Baal #Lacerta #Lucifer #JesusChrist #AlphaDraconians #Freemasonry #RemoteViewing #TheApocalypse #TheEpsteinFiles #Angels #Demons #SovereignSpeciesDeclaration #Israel #GazaWar #DonaldTrump #Farsight #Zionism #FalseGods #911Truth

15-MINUTE CITIES AND THE DEMOCRATIC PLANTATION

Sun, 28 Dec 2025 22:24:40 GMT

NO, LET US LIVE IN HARMONY WITH NATURE

Having spent almost my entire life living in urban and older suburban areas, I came to realize that I didn’t understand cities until I moved to the countryside. That happened in 2023. The divide is deeper than I thought.

Urban planners and other globalists have this glorious vision of the future, in which everyone lives in 15-minute cities, nobody has a car, and the rural countryside is depopulated in the name of farmland preservation and expanding nature areas. These people are dreamers trying to build a “Star Trek society” on Earth, whether it makes sense or not. See this link for a summary of their views. https://www.15minutecity.com/

For reasons I will explain, this movement is extremely dangerous to the nation, to families, and to humanity as a whole. Conservatives have been completely inadequate in identifying and countering this growing threat.

For starters, some of these “Planning Nazi’s” want big government to buy out homes in rural areas, at less than fair market value, and eliminate the rural population, literally house by house. They even advocate eminent domain against homeowners (who have firearms), and who absolutely won’t give up their home.

“Planning Peeps” are a bunch of dorks on Facebook. It’s one of many groups which advocate 15-minute cities. They follow what I call a Bill Gates ideology on urban planning, depopulation, pandemics, and social engineering. I’ve been fighting online with them for a year. https://www.facebook.com/search/top/?q=Planning%20peeps

Gates looks at Africa, where people reproduce at a high fertility rate in the countryside, but low in the cities, and he thinks that model is for the entire world. These urban planners think that every older suburb in America, and every place a train reaches, is to be urbanized and turned into a crowded and congested city. And then open the borders, and let the whole world in.

1500 Teaneck Road, Teaneck, NJ. Ruins a suburban area. There is no rail transit within miles.

The 15-Minute City concept is intimately interwoven with other concepts that all true conservatives are aghast at. These include:

Digital ID
Phasing out all paper money for Digital money
Carbon budgets and carbon tax credits. Block chain for carbon
Surveillance State technology, including Drone Energy Policing
Bio-Chips in your wrist to make all purchases (Mark of the Beast)
Euthanasia and abortion as “carbon tools”
Vegetarianism, with punitive carbon credits for eating poultry, pork, beef, fish etc. Your annual intake of meat and fish will be regulated.
Further encouraging everything LGBTQ and pro-Choice to further reduce the fertility rate
Transhumanism cyborg stuff, plus nanorobot implants or injections
Social Credit scores, and associated penalties or incarceration
Open borders and full globalism, including a global currency
Adherence to all decrees of the Oligarchs on these matters. Oligarchs will matter more than nation-States. They already do.
World Capital is in Jerusalem, and jail time for perceived antisemitic speech. Great Britain is already jailing people for years for FB posts.
Elimination of the rural population by forced relocation to cities, on the grounds that people in the countryside have more children than people in the city
Pandemics and wars to reduce the human population
Total social and political suppression to those opposed to this vision of our future. Complete global totalitarian State
No private ownership of cars, washing machines, or dishwashers because all are “bad for the environment”. No pets either.
15-Minute smart cities to best control and monitor everyone
The end of privacy, everything you write, say, or THINK is recorded
Agenda 2030 has more points, and interconnects it all

It’s all wrapped together. This article from the UK rolls out most of the horrifying vision. It’s a must-read. https://lawyerlisa.substack.com/p/digital-id-and-block-chain-surveillance

Gates believes that if there is another pandemic that seriously cuts down the human population (he and Dr. Fauci can make that happen), that the countryside will depopulate, and those surviving will pack into the newly emptied apartments in the cities, bringing the glorious urban and totalitarian vision to full reality.

Actually, the reverse is what will happen, because pandemics cause people to fear population density. Over 100,000 ultra-Lefties fled NYC during the panic of Covid-19. They bought homes on big lots and started using cars instead of mass transit, even though they are completely in line ideologically with the 15-minute city concept and Agenda 2030. It was a textbook case of cognitive dissonance. Imagine that on steroids with a worse pandemic. It’s coming.

COVID-19 Refugees moved from the cities to the suburbs in 2020. This will happen again.

Even without wars and pandemics, it is basic to human nature to want to live outside of high density. People need homes surrounded by greenery and water. That’s just human nature. Think of nature as art and beauty at all times. If you force people into a density setting, you are just creating more and more mental illness and dysfunctional families. And quite literally, the New World Order is against functional families because they have more children.

Another good read is here: https://envirowatchnz.com/2025/03/01/the-aggressive-push-to-install-15-minute-cities-digital-id-and-cbdcs-is-a-desperate-attempt-to-erect-a-totalitarian-surveillance-state-before-too-many-people-wake-up/

My family ancestry (Martindale) hails from the Yorkshire Dales in the far north of England, circa the late 1700’s. The region is preserved as a National Park, but people are still allowed to live there. To live this way must be in my genes. The rolling hills, fields, and farms of Warren County, New Jersey look a bit like The Yorkshire Dales. I feel “home”.

The Yorkshire Dales in far northern England is the homeland of everyone with a “dale” surname.

Did the human species develop in cities, or living in harmony with nature? This is a historical question, a psychological question, and a philosophical question.

Answer: The human species developed out in the wild, with no modern homes, no infrastructure, and no civilization. The family unit was the primary institution, then the village, and then the tribe for protection. A tribe typically had multiple villages. Everyone knew everyone, and there’s was a strong sense of community often gathered around a campfire.

People foraged miles for food, and there was gardening around the villages tended by the women and elderly. When a big kill was made, runners were dispatched to invite all the villages of the tribe together for a feast.

Early populations with gardens in natural areas

Living in nature is in our genes. We are “tribal” to the core. It takes a lot to force us to live at high density, in the cities.

Ancient Jericho is also not how we are wired; it’s way too dense. Modern cities are no better. The human species just can’t live or thrive in cities, and the denser they are, the worse we handle it.

Modern cities are hostile to human nature, whether it’s a 15-minute city or not

We the humans of this planet MUST be connected with and surrounded by nature. This includes water, gardens, lawns, and farms. These should be the view out of the windows of our homes. These should be what we see walking or driving almost everywhere. This is central to the foundation of happiness, and to being at peace. Even a super-radical like the Unabomber knows it. These concepts are all over his manifesto.

Living at low density, in a small community where everyone knows everyone is fundamental to human nature. It’s how families and communities function best, and don’t produce Unabombers…lol. This can’t be changed without changing our genes. They might try that too, never trust them tinkering with the human genome.

If the population is too low, there’s also no sense of community, and if it’s too high, it’s so swarming with people there’s also no sense of community. Dunbar’s Number is a theory that 150 people is the optimal number for a community. Anything lower is not optimal, and anything higher needs to be split in two so each half can grow. There’s a lot of truth to Dunbar’s Number. https://neurosciencenews.com/dunbars-number-social-brain-19210/

Dunbar’s number is difficult to accomplish in cities. Instead, we are surrounded by homes and other buildings, people are everywhere by the thousands, and vehicles are swarming the streets and parked everywhere. It’s just stressful, and if the built environment is decrepit, it just destroys the human spirit.

AUSTIN’S BUNKER AND THE GIANT DRONE SEARCH

Mon, 16 Dec 2024 19:04:21 GMT

TRESPASSERS WILL BE SHOT ON SIGHT, DO NOT VISIT

Ground Zero for the massive drone search, Ground Zero for the explosion and devastating war foreseen by the Farsight organization, and Ground Zero for the Disclosure Movement are all happening at the same place. There is a massive buried bunker near the top of Scotts Mountain in Warren County, New Jersey, with a 600-foot-long underground tunnel leading to it. I disclose in this article the exact Block & Lot, and address.

Events for all three ground zeroes are swirling together, and it is possible that it’s all going to happen within days or weeks. It will either happen in the really bad way foreseen in the three Farsight videos, or hopefully in some less apocalyptic way if the events can be altered. Farsight released a video on December 15th, noting the New Jersey events. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bPexKr0zCQE They had firmly stated in a prior video in Mid-November that the ET’s are going to reveal themselves. The New Jersey events began immediately afterwards, and now it’s all over the world.

I am updating the article because on Friday, December 13th, I got photographic proof (from an 8.8-ounce drone) that there is a Diesel Generator for Mining at the suspected tunnel entrance. Let’s be logical here. If a tunnel and a bunker is at this location, there has to be a generator. Everything underground needs a significant flow of fresh air, and some electricity. The inverse is also true. If there was no generator nearby, the whole idea that there’s something major underground goes into the tin-foil hat category. Here’s the tunnel entrance site and the generator:

The Farsight remote viewers need to see this, and they can comment if this is what they saw in their sessions. There’s no active mining operation on this mountain, and no evidence onsite points to mining. Besides mining, the only other reason to have a generator of that capacity is to provide electricity and ventilation for something very large underground. This large generator is very strong proof that there is a bunker and a tunnel here. Where exactly the entrance is hidden, we speculate on this later in the article.

At first, I could not identify the large rectangular object. A friend said that’s some kind of generator. On the morning of December 15th, I was lying in bed, half awake and half asleep. I received a telepathic message; from what source I do not know. I heard these exact words in my head: “find the technical specification for a mining generator unit”. Someone or some entity really wants me to get all my proofs presented.

I found this online. It’s a Cummins Powered 500 kVA Diesel Generator 415/240V Three Phase Model: GWA50CY-IC. The size is 4.35 meters x 1.65 meters x 2.5 meters. I think the unit onsite is about this size and capacity. This is not the exact brand or model. People who know more than me regarding this technology can say if this is the capacity needed for the tunnel and the underground bunker. All the technical specs are in the link.

https://genworks.com.au/products/cummins-powered-500kva-diesel-generator?pr_prod_strat=e5_desc&pr_rec_id=9eaef9893&pr_rec_pid=5838422966434&pr_ref_pid=5838238384290&pr_seq=uniform

There is a massive drone search all over New Jersey. Drones described as car- sized and SUV-sized are sweeping in formation, apparently searching for something extremely important. This is national news. I saw them myself on the evening of December 8th flying near my home in Warren County, New Jersey. Here’s one of hundreds of articles and news stories about it. https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/us/mysterious-drones-over-towns-demand- action-mayors-say/ar-AA1vy1gn

Based on video’s recently released by the Farsight organization, I have strong reason to believe that these are military drones, and they are looking for a buried bunker that is Ground Zero for WWIII. The bunker, an attacking crowd, and unforeseen circumstances leading to a war have been described in the Farsight videos. The White Hats in the military are behind the drone search. They want to try and stop WWIII.

101 HALFWAY HOUSE ROAD, WASHINGTON, NJ 07882

Let’s cut right to the chase. The buried bunker is located at 101 Halfway House Road, Washington NJ 07882. Tax records show that Block 11, Lot 28 (technically in Franklin Township, Warren County) is owned by a wealthy person in Sadorus, IL.

101 Halfway House Road is a large vacant lot on a very steep slope near the summit of Scotts Mountain. Other nearby vacant lots are owned by a mysterious P.O. Box entity. The location is remote, heavily wooded, and in The Appalachians. The surroundings fit the “vastness of land” described by Farsight. For those looking on google maps, the lot is behind 103 Halfway House Rd, another lot which actually has frontage on that street. Absolutely do not enter either property, you could be shot on sight.

Here’s the 2015 aerial photo from the NJ GIS database showing the square top. It was exposed at that time.

https://newjersey.maps.arcgis.com/apps/webappviewer/index.html?id=bae6f833 507745d287a15497d233fbbc

The crude drawing below was sketched by Aziz Brown of Farsight, and it appears in his Farsight video. Readers have good reason to think this is the same place, and absolutely no reason to write it off as a coincidence.

The square bunker can no longer be found by drone or aerial photo, because the top was buried after 2015, and is now covered with dirt, brush and small trees.

The dirt road is over 1200 feet long, and ascends vertically hundreds of feet. It is angled into the mountainside at a 45-degree angle with respect to the steep ridge. Then it bends left and goes parallel to the ridge, and then it drops down, angling in the other direction, to reach the same elevation as the dark square. Due to the steep topography, this is the only way to reach the darkish square.

The road ends at the wide ellipse, which is where a vehicle can turn around. One can walk on level ground to reach the square. The dirt road otherwise goes nowhere, and has no other purpose.

Now, 9 years later, everything on Lot 28 is different. Even the dirt road up the mountain is mostly overgrown. I hired a drone guy, and was shocked to see the changes. Instead, further down the slope is an enormous cleared area excavated into the mountain after 2015. The clearing and the excavation were not on the State’s 2020 aerial images either. It might still be under excavation.

Our drone easily found a large shed and the cleared and excavated area, all lower in elevation on that same property. Below is an image taken on Dec. 6th. We could have taken a closer image, but I didn’t identify the tunnel until I closely examined the image later.

The tunnel entrance is partially shaded and centered just below the yellowish-tan rock layer in the excavated mountainside. It appears to be 8 feet high, within the 40- or 50-foot-high quarter-circle excavation into the mountainside. It faces directly towards the buried bunker. The white in the image is a thin layer of snow, only in some areas.

I hoped to get a better drone image on the morning of Dec. 10th, but it was too foggy to launch. So, I had to zoom the existing image, and the arrow shows the tunnel entrance.

The tunnel goes approximately level into the mountain for about 600 feet, and intersects with the bunker deep underground, at a point perhaps 200 feet deep. That would be consistent with the slope of Scotts Mountain.

A second drone run was made on December 13th, with a focus on the tunnel entrance and vicinity. The new sharper images reveal much more information:

What I thought was a shed is actually a large generator unit needed for the underground operations. It is probably a diesel unit, and it is sitting on a trailer.

The tunnel entrance is below where the excavated mountainside is slightly convex. The exposed slope is many times taller than the generator unit. In this image, the drone was looking almost straight down, so it’s hard to see that the excavated slope is massive, likely tens of feet high. It’s a bit higher on the left and the right. There is no logical reason to excavate here, except to prepare the area for a tunnel.

At least one of the Farsight viewers mentioned “a depression in the ground” at the tunnel entrance. We didn’t understand what that meant until we got the second round of drone photos.

The tunnel approach could be buried under the cut strips of green running track material, and leaves. There is zero purpose to have cut portions of running track material here, EXCEPT TO HIDE SOMETHING.

I cannot identify the purpose of the small white building with a peaked roof near the bottom of the image. It appears to be about 7 feet x 7 feet. I don’t know that it is connected with the entrance, but if they are really sneaky, it might be. There could a door on the right side, with stairs going down under that planter-looking thing next to it, and then the entry way makes a right turn underground towards the running strips and the mountain.

Another possibility is that the running track area is a bit sloped, and there is plywood under some of the running track material. There might be a section that can be lifted up, to gain access to the tunnel. Perhaps there is a hinged trap door, with the same running track material on it.

Notice that the right rubber strip with a “3” is perpendicular to the others. Now that’s weird. It may have been added later, to cover everything better.

The long white object above the running track material is apparently some of the HVAC piping which runs from the generator into the tunnel, to provide fresh air. It’s about one foot diameter. The rest of the HVAC piping goes to the generator, but it is hidden away under soil and leaves.

There is an orange cone to the left of the running track. We don’t know what the blue objects are. Maybe some kind of air filter?

Now see the below images to compare

Tunnel entry, Dec 6, 2024 around 11 AM

Tunnel entry, Dec 13, 2024 around 9:15 AM

The image to the right is much higher resolution, and it is looking straight down. The image to the left could be at a 40 or 45-degree angle

The long white object that is HVAC-related can be seen in both images. Same for the orange cone.

We can now verify that the wide band of light coloring above the words “Shaded tunnel entry” is actually erosional soil with many small embedded rocks.

The “Shaded tunnel entry” in the left image is within a darker-colored area, which we had interpreted as being rock. The higher resolution photo does not show that layer, or the shaded tunnel entry. That could mean it was buried after they saw the December 6 ^th publication of this article, or it could mean we were interpreting the left image wrong. However, we can say with greater certainty after the second drone flight that there is a tunnel, because the large mining generator has been identified. Our best guess at this time is that the tunnel entry is under the green running track material, and directly centered on the convex excavated area.

Here are the 2012, 2015, and 2020 links and images from the New Jersey GIS database

2012 https://newjersey.maps.arcgis.com/apps/mapviewer/index.html?layers=153e2820ad454ffcbfddd9fda4ec3d7e

2015 https://newjersey.maps.arcgis.com/apps/mapviewer/index.html?layers=3c1090054fee4a498514659d57bfe4ae

2020 https://newjersey.maps.arcgis.com/apps/mapviewer/index.html?layers=b86657d214234c989f3383316d3dc695

All three images were taken in “non-leaf” times of the year. The square bunker and the dirt road wrapping around it in a question-mark fashion is only present in the 2015 image. Therefore, we believe that the square bunker and the dirt road were made in the 2013-2015 time period, and then quickly covered up and re-vegetated afterwards to hide it. All of this is more evidence that there's something secret and mysterious there. See this quick video explaining the changes in the images.

AUSTIN'S BUNKER

CREATED AFTER 2012, BURIED BEFORE 2020

The large cleared area, the excavation into the mountain, the generator unit, the running track material, and 7’ x 7’ white building were NOT PRESENT in the 2015 and 2020 NJ GIS images. There was a smaller cleared area instead. My interpretation of this evidence is:

The tunnel was not yet constructed in 2020.

The question marked-shape road going up the mountain is not readily visible in 2020. Only the lower third can be discerned, and a tiny remnant up top, paralleling the ridge behind it. The main sections and the ellipse for a vehicle to turn around are completely re-vegetated in only 5 years. Since this is not possible naturally, that must mean the hard-packed soil was turned over, good soil was spread, and there were intentional plantings to erase the visual presence of that dirt road.

The square opening was clearly visible in 2015, but it was covered up by 2020. There’s now a general area of vegetation, but no large trees.

There must be a small ventilation exhaust where the square bunker is buried, but it’s too small to be seen in the images. One can imagine the air flow system. The generator pulls in air, and sends it into the tunnel. There are small exhaust holes in the duct system inside the tunnel. Then the majority of the air flow enters the bottom level of the bunker, and finally it exits at the top. Nice design, I like it.

At the current time, the below schematic is the best compilation of information. This could be updated as more information becomes available.

In case anyone is wondering, can anyone just fly a drone up there and take pictures? Isn’t that against some regulations? Evidently not. We intensively investigated the “no drone fly” regulations and maps for New Jersey. The subject site is not covered by any restrictions. They dropped the ball on that one. They could have made it a “drone no fly” area. There are many spots along Route 57 that are great for launching a drone to investigate the mountain, with a clear line of sight.

And what about writing an article about a top-secret bunker? Can I just do that? Actually yes, I can. I am a journalist. This is not income-producing journalism, although I did some of that in the 1990’s. There are rules to journalism, and there are multiple court decisions on these matters. The court rulings are all directly connected with our constitutionally protected freedoms. We have in this country Freedom of Speech and Freedom of the Press. They both protect journalists.

Back in 1992, a journalist writing for the Washington Post published a story that uncovered a Government Continuency Operation at the Greenbrier resort hotel in West Virginia. This was a secret bunker that could be used to run the federal government, in the event that Washington DC is destroyed or overrun by an invading army. The government didn’t like that it was exposed, but there was nothing they could do because the journalist had the right to reveal it. https://ronnysalerno.com/queencitydiscovery/2018/01/charleston-greenbrier-resort-and-secret.html Does this mean I can just publish this article, and reveal what is here? Yes, it does.

If one connects the dots in an investigative manner, one conclusion is that the bunker was built by the U.S military, possibly within the last 10 years, to encapsulate an entry point to an underground civilization. It has been reported that this civilization has cities and tunnels all over the world. The underground city is either ET or Reptilian in nature, like something from The Lacerta Files. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PksU8CZQ6p8

The above map shows only one land entrance in New Jersey, and it’s in the mountainous northwest part of the State. The square on the map is exactly where this (square) bunker is. Another entry is off Long Beach Island exactly where a wind farm is going up. My guess is the Navy Seals will be encapsulating that entrance as well, and that activity will be explained away as “wind farm construction”.

Even small details in the remote viewing sessions match this area. Aziz Brown described that there are many dilapidated structures on the road leading up the mountains. And yes, there’s two very old and worn houses and at least 10 deteriorated barns and sheds. Below is the “halfway house” and two of the old barns.

Intysam drew the road and the mountain. The profile of the mountain slope with the two peaks and the shallow “hidden valley” is spot on exact. The road is Halfway House Road.

FARSIGHT PREDICTS INTENSE MILITARY EVENTS

Horrific events have been foreseen by multiple “remote viewers” in the Farsight organization. They use the powers of their minds to view events in the future, in the past, or current events at a distant (far) location. The CIA also has remote viewers working for them.

In her video, Intysam says that there will be a “crowd raid” on the tunnel and the bunker led by a bald, middle-aged Caucasian leader.

Farsight admits they do not know why the crowd is storming the site, but if the dots are connected correctly in my mind, it is a Disclosure Raid to reveal the presence of ETs and UFOs. All three Farsight remote viewers described a crowd raiding a “structuresque” mostly underground structure.

Intysam drew a lone gunman confronting the crowd. That’s Austin, the U.S. Ranger whose duty is to monitor the bunker. Evidently, he will not be successful in stopping the crowd from reaching the tunnel.

Then the bunker will explode, and many will die. Yeme Jeannee describes an explosive device not fired at the bunker, but intentionally planted within a long time earlier. She is the most talented of the remote viewers. For unknown reasons, many of the best remote viewers are people of African descent, especially women. Anyone who has ever dated or married a Black woman knows they are all a little bit psychic. “Feelings” are very important to them, and they can feel and sense things

My interpretation of her statements is a self-destruct bomb, and that the bunker will be intentionally blown up by the military authorities specifically to prevent the public Disclosure of ET's and UFOs, and/or an underground civilization.

That explosion is so enormous and devastating that it will cause an unforeseen chain of events over the course of two months, which will be worse than 911. Maybe worse than WWII, at least for America. Farsight says some kind of war will happen, and at least one American city will be bombed to total destruction.

Gotta wonder, if the bunker is exploded, and there is a city deep underground, what kind of shock wave will hit that city? Small bombs and flame-throwers killed large numbers of Japanese soldiers hiding underground on Pacific islands in WWII, so what would a huge blast do to an underground city? Will they feel a need to retaliate? Is that the reason for the war with the United States, and for an American city to be destroyed? This might not be the correct scenario, but the dots connect.

Farsight says this war will run from December, 2024 to February, 2025. The drone search is to find the bunker and stop the raid, the explosion, and the whole chain of events.

Farsight says there are good and bad ET’s. I suspect that “bad ET’s” are putting ideas into people’s minds using telepathy. They are encouraging people to organize a crowd to raid the tunnel and the bunker. They are trying to cause events (a Disclosure Raid) that they figure will cause the military to intentionally explode the bunker. That will cause the devastation or destruction of an underground city populated by a rival non-human species. Their goal is to cause hostility and war between that underground species and the United States. They are setting up an interstellar false flag event.

If one reads up on the Lacerta Files, it looks like public contact between humans and underground Reptilians is going to happen soon. Popular culture is trying to prepare humanity in many ways. They have long wanted to minimize religions that talk of underground devils and demons. Next, they want to weaken gender differences, because that’s how the Reptilians are. Then they came out with the Avatar movies, and the large reptilian creatures were portrayed as the protagonists, and living in harmony with nature. Our underground Reptilians want so much to have zero environmental impact on the surface that they moved their entire civilization underground. Good chance the Avatar heroes generally match the appearance of Lacerta and her species.

The bad ET’s want humans and the underground Reptilians to be suspicious and hateful of each other, and even to be at war. The last thing they want is for the two intelligent species on this planet to be allies. That would disrupt the balance of power in the entire galaxy. Farsight has talked about these matters at length. The bad ET’s have everything to gain from a False Flag Operation. Is this something they would do? Absolutely. But it will only work before Disclosure of the underground civilizations.

Note also that a previous Farsight video firmly foreseeing the victory of Donald Trump in the election identified in a deep mind probe that Trump will be extremely worried around the time of his Inauguration.

Here are the three Farsight videos regarding what I call “Austin’s Bunker”.

Yeme Jeannee

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_jsn1lsUrLA&t=374s&ab_channel=Farsight

Intysam

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ybIn-D3FNNY&t=179s&ab_channel=Farsight

Aziz Brown

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5NzrfPO44EE&t=60s&ab_channel=Farsight

Dr. Courtney Brown, Chair of the Farsight Organization, asserts that the U.S. Military closely monitors their videos, and respects the integrity of their remote viewers. The drone search in New Jersey started immediately after the first video was released in November. That is not a coincidence. Aziz Brown’s video was the first, and it triggered the drone search for the bunker. The authorities must have independent information that it is in New Jersey, but little more.

Again, lets compare what Aziz Brown drew in his video, the buried square bunker, and the 2015 aerial image from the New Jersey GIS database. Bingo, this is it, OMG!!!!

The White Hats in the military frantically want to find the hidden bunker, which is under the supervision of the Black Hats, and specifically a U.S Ranger named Austin. He lives nearby, and his primary duty is to “protect” this site. Whether or not Austin knows he is on the side of the Black Hats is unknown. He might be someone just doing his job.

I gave the address and 3 or 4 sentences of information to some authorities as a tip, but evidently nothing has happened because the drones are still active and searching. They might think my information is too fantastical, yet the drone search itself is fantastical. It’s like the search for Luke Skywalker in The Empire Strikes Back. Fantastical problems have fantastical answers.

Now I have to publish this article, and publicly expose the site, because the authorities didn’t act on the tip, or more likely they were deluged with tens of thousands of tips, and mine never got past the initial person reading it, so it will never be researched. Austin won't be happy about this article. I will eventually meet him; he lives near me.

If the White Hats are serious about identifying the structure and stopping WWIII they should start with a list of people saying that they know what is being searched for, and where it is. That’s a very short list.

And if I suddenly die or mysteriously disappear, or I become the subject of any retaliation, that must mean I am seriously on to something. Note also that the Farsight videos describe the entire vicinity of homes and structures destroyed and many people killed. That’s me, my family and my house. Damned if you do (identify it), and damned if you don’t.

And since a crowd attack triggers all the events, whatever the readers do, don’t visit the site, especially with a crowd. Let the authorities handle this.

Farsight believes that publishing the three videos will lead to the site being firmly identified, and the timeline altered. Whoever is launching the drones apparently is of the same mindset. I believe my video will also reach the right hands, and the events will be stopped quietly, probably with no media coverage. The drones will stop flying, and as mysteriously as they started. People will think that guy Eric was wrong, because there was no raid, no explosion, and no war.

That’s fine with me, I’m a patriot. I want peace, not war, and I don’t want this small neighborhood blown to pieces. And yes, I do want “Disclosure”.

For more information, see www.thewelcomemovement.com and follow us on Facebook at http://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

#mysterydrones #ufo #FBI #newjersey #drone #dronelife #warrencounty #farsight #courtneybrown #azizbrown #austinsbunker #scottsmountain #wwiii #mysterytunnel #reptilians #lacertafiles #innerearth #welcomemovement #et #undergroundcity #remoteviewing #disclosure

THE MUSLIM CONSERVATIVE DECLARATION

Tue, 24 Sep 2024 13:58:38 GMT

We are upset that Donald Trump is positioning himself as the great defender of Israel. Trump has done nothing to try to win the Muslim vote, even though most Muslims are social conservatives. Meanwhile, the political support that many Muslims feel for the Democrats is unsustainable, as the core positions of the Left are hostile to our beliefs. Both problems are much more than frustrating.

Muslims who are social conservatives must take a stand to state their beliefs. Those who agree with the following 25 conservative points are asked to click on the link below, print it, sign your name to this Declaration, and mail it to the Trump Campaign. Trump needs to be deluged with thousands of these. Each will be opened, because they think it’s a campaign donation.

Trump and the Republican establishment need to hear it loud and clear that Muslims are the real conservatives, and that Jews are the Leftist and atheist enemy of the whole world.

__________________________________________ _____________________________________________

Signature Written Name

__________________________________________ _____________________________________________

Address Email

CIRCLE ALL THAT APPLY : Democrat Republican Not registered to Vote. Muslim

Christian Catholic Other Faith_________________ non-religious

MAIL TO: Trump National Committee, JFC, Inc. P.O. Box 509, Arlington, VA 22216

I agree with the following 25 positions:

It is absolutely unacceptable that Donald Trump, a social conservative, supports the transgressor Israeli government in its genocide against the Palestinians, who are social conservatives.
I am pro-family. The family unit is the foundation of society. The Leftist agenda to weaken family and replace it with government dependency must be promptly reversed. I am generally pro-life, and most certainly the unborn with a heartbeat have the right to life.
I reject Radical Gender Theory. Sexual differences should be promoted and glorified, not muddied and erased. Gender is not a social construct. Same-sex relationships and their legal commitments to each other are simply NOT equal to those of a heterosexual couple. I am opposed to the concept of marriage equality, and to sodomy. Supreme Court decisions on these matters need to be reversed.
I want social conservatives appointed to the US Supreme Court and the District Courts. There has been a history of Leftist and Liberal Jewish appointments to the Courts. Their opinions have been terrible.
I support the concept of Law and Order. Islam is a Law-and-Order Faith. I want all police departments to develop positive interactions with the community so that local people and their property can be safeguarded against crime.
I want Republican leaders to openly and publicly call for Race Unity, and to run more minority candidates. I want race-neutral laws and public policies. Nobody should identify as a victim class.
I am opposed to the ongoing degeneracy of The Arts and Entertainment Industry, which is Jewish-run. I oppose broad themes that ridicule family and religion, or which advance sexual immorality. The Arts should be positive and uplifting, and reflect the beauty of nature, and decency within human society.
I want clean air, clean water, and decent parks and green spaces for all people to enjoy. Dangerous chemical ingredients harming our health and reproductive capacity do not belong in our food or drinks.
I reject Critical Race Theory. Muslims and other minorities should not be indoctrinated into a hate-alliance against American Conservatives. The founding ideology and the founding documents of the United States protects the rights of all people, including Muslims.
I reject Communism, and its core principles hostile to Faith, to family, to property ownership, and to the private ownership of businesses. Muslims have a long history of trade and capitalism going back over 1300 years. There can and should be a safety net, without Communism.
I do not want the Earth depopulated, or to have humans fitted with microchips in our wrists or foreheads to allow economic transactions. I fundamentally reject that concept that Artificial Intelligence should create laws, moral code, or a new economic system.
I am deeply suspicious of all secret societies, especially the Masonic Order, and any of their plans to create an economic collapse, another pandemic, and/or a world war disruptive enough to justify a roll-back of our freedoms.
Muslims believe that Allah and God are the same. While Muslims, Christians, Catholics, and others have are a wide variety of different beliefs, in the United States we have Freedom of Religion. This allows us to live together in peace and not have sectarian conflicts. All strong believers in their Faith should be aligned as social conservatives against the powerful and rising global menaces of Leftism, Communism, Atheism, and Luciferianism.
The Federal Dept. of Education should not be eliminated. Instead, it must be strong and promote the traditional family. It should ban radical curriculum on gender and race.
Banks, mostly owned by Jews, are charging hideous interest rates exceeding 15% - 29% on their credit cards. I support an Executive Order reducing the maximum allowable interest rate to 4% plus the prime rate. The prime rate is currently 5.0%. I am against Usury, and want more public discussions about it.
I oppose the Jewish concentration of power in the media, which is over 99% Jewish-owned and managed. I support the re-establishment of the “Fairness Doctrine”, which once prevented partisan and biased news reporting. Over time, this will reduce the polarization of our society.
Jewish landlords in America’s cities are legendary for collecting rents, harassing tenants, and fixing little. Tenants can’t even get media coverage, because Jews own the media. The plight of tenants in America is a small version of how Jews subjugate the Palestinians.
The Leftist and atheist Jews who hate American conservatives and the American flag are the same people who control the Democratic Party, the banks, the media, big Tech, Arts and Entertainment, the Fashion Industry, Colleges and Universities, and the World Economic Forum.
Social Darwinism is the domination of all others, and the accumulation of wealth from all others. It is the guiding ideology of Israel. This ideology is hostile to any spiritual or religious perspective, including the actual teachings of Judaism which are humanitarian in nature.
It is a historical fact that many Jews who remained in the Holy Land converted to Christianity prior to time of Muhammad, and then most of those Christians later converted to Islam. They never left as part of the Jewish Diaspora. Therefore, the Holy Land is the true Palestinian homeland.
Other than the Jewish Quarter of Old Jerusalem, it is a historical fact that there were no Jews in the Holy Land for hundreds of years prior to the beginning of Jewish emigration in the 1880’s.
Jewish land claims in the Holy Land should additionally be seen as FORFEITED due to the genocide inflicted upon the people of Gaza. Public policy in Palestine is very similar to that of the former Apartheid regime of South Africa. The international community must boycott and isolate Israel until the Israeli Apartheid regime yields power. An end date for Zionism should be openly discussed.
The core humanitarian principles of Judaism do not support an Apartheid regime, Social Darwinism, or the oppression of the Palestinians. Leftist and atheist Jews are too far removed from their own religion to understand its real teachings. Meanwhile, most Jews who self-identify as “conservative” are actually followers of Social Darwinism thinly masked as Judaism. Greed and power are their real religion.
It is a total abomination that most Jews are vocal about schools and libraries hosting Drag Queen Story Hour events, and providing sexually inappropriate books for young eyes. That situation is the final proof that we are living in a corrupted Judeo-Masonic World Order which is hostile to our common Islamo-Christian values. The phrase “Judeo-Christian values” should be discarded.
Jews in positions of power are the existential enemy of Conservative Americans, and Muslims, and literally the whole of the Earth. Their highest goal for decades is to keep us apart, so they can continue their domination over each of us, and over all centers of power in modern society. It is time for Conservative Americans and Muslims to become allies fighting to restore justice, decency, and a non-exploitative capitalist system. Other minorities are more than welcomed to join.

For more information, see www.thewelcomemovement.com and follow us on Facebook at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

THE CASE FOR CHRISTIAN NATIONALISM

Tue, 19 Dec 2023 18:30:10 GMT

ENDING THE AMERICAN CASTE SYSTEM

Should White conservatives be associated with racism? This question is on the minds of a lot of people, especially every election season. Older liberal Jews and Blacks are absolutely convinced that “conservative” is a value association of Christianity, family values, national pride, and White supremacy.

If you had mentioned the term “family values” to the late Ruth Bader Ginsberg, she would have immediately envisioned the corrupt value association of “God, Family, Country, and White race” in her mind, and she would have gritted her teeth with anger and disgust. “Not on my watch”, she thought. This was the guiding force behind Ginsberg’s vote on many SCOTUS cases that profoundly changed our whole society. To this day, liberals in her age group have the same knee-jerk reaction, especially if they are Jewish. To the political Left, this is the rise of some much-feared Christian Nationalism, as if Jesus’ own words were racist and incendiary. They don’t realize that Christian Nationalism actually entails the complete and unwavering support of the US Constitution, including everything in the Bill of Rights that protects all peoples of all backgrounds and all beliefs.

Blacks also want to vote against the corrupt value association. They do in every election, and it decides most elections. Over 95% of Black women vote Democrat, including many that are devout Christians. The old narrative is the reason.

Conservatives are really caught in a bind on this. We’ve cycled through numerous responses, and none are able to convince large numbers of Blacks and immigrants that it’s not true. The Leftists know that no conservative has ever crafted a good answer to the charges, so it’s their number one attack strategy. There is a way out of this mess.

First let’s start with the truth bomb --- The value association of Christianity, Family Values, National Pride, and White Supremacy was exactly what the Ku Klux Klan stood for in the 1920’s. It’s been breaking down in phases since then. We start by openly stating that it was true. Truth and honesty are always the way to go. It’s simply glorious for the racism to diminish, but the collapse of the old value association has been very detrimental to Family Values, Christianity, and basic love of country.

It’s time for conservatives to make a clean break with the racism of the past in order to create a broader coalition of people, and to reverse the decline of family and religion. We need to take back America from the communist and atheist subversives that have taken control of the once-respectable Democratic Party.

The two parties were once a whole lot closer than the giant rift that divides us now. The main partisan differences used to be the level of taxation and social services, and some labor v. union matters. Christian Republicans feel these are all fair topics of discussion. The intensity of modern culture war issues simply didn’t exist in the 1960’s, except on the very fringe Left. Remember those young hippies who protested, but had no real power, and held no elected offices. They were 10% of the population, at best. Democrats holding office back then didn’t hate America, and they didn’t demonize our history. Now that fringe Left from the 1960’s controls the Democratic Party, and they hold many high elected positions. Even worse, they control the media and social media, and Big Tech, and our schools and universities. Among their ranks are a great many artists and entertainers. And they’ve brainwashed and indoctrinated most of our teens and young adults, easily another 15% of the population. The situation is extremely dire. The problem is even infiltrating into our military. The political equation has to change, or all is lost for “The West”.

Everything is at stake, our Faith, our country, our family values, our entire history, our economy, and even our personal freedom. They label us the “deplorables”. The hate against us is so venomous that at some point we are simply going to be rounded up and incarcerated. They’ve already incarcerated thousands of us, over the January 6 ^th “Insurrection”. How do we stop this? The hate against us cannot prevail, or even advance, if we are declaring a new value system focused on Race Unity. God, Family, and Country isn’t for White people, it’s for everyone.

Republicans need to start the healing process by openly identifying the old value association, and condemning it. Then we create a new race-unity conservative value association that INCLUDES Blacks and Immigrants.

Blaming racism on long-ago Democrats doesn’t work. It’s well-known that a whole lot of them switched parties and became Republicans. This trend started with the legendary racist Sen. Strom Thurmond, and it played out over 30 years. The Blacks know it, and we conservatives lose credibility when we try to talk around it. Blacks, especially older Black women, hate those racists that used to be Democrats, but are now Republicans, AS IF THOSE RACISTS ARE STILL ALIVE. Few of them are still alive, and none of them currently determine what the GOP stands for.

The best way to reach the hearts and souls of conservative Black Christians who vote Democrat is the explain, in great detail, how the legacy of racism has harmed, fractured, and discredited Christianity, causing it’s decline. That’s the central problem. What’s at stake is Christianity itself, and the cultural legacy of “The West”.

The fate of our nation is extremely important, but it is secondary to the fate of Christianity and “The West”. The partisan political implications, meaning Republicans versus Democrats, are the third level of importance.

Blacks really need to know that White Conservatives are completely abandoning racism of all kinds. To accomplish this, the Truth Bomb has to go deeper. It has to really lay out the problem, absolutely condemn it, and then completely reverse it. Are you ready? Let’s identify how White conservatives were racist in the 1920’s. Racism was literally one of the four pillars of being conservative.

OLD CONSERVATIVE VALUE REGIME, 1924

GOD and JESUS

FAMILY VALUES

COUNTRY

WHITE RACE

Do any conservatives out there today identify with that value regime? No, and you better not. It is an affront to Christianity, and to the belief that all people, all races, are equal in the eyes of God. That KKK value regime is completely beyond the thinking of modern conservatives.

Christianity cannot stand for racism in any form, period. That is not the Will of God. That is not the Gospel of Jesus. This has to be totally repudiated by modern conservatives, unequivocally. Everyone, all races, all peoples, are the children of God. Those KKK racists may have called themselves Christian, but they were not following Christian ideas. They were absolutely wrong.

The racism of the KKK and the slaveholders that preceded them has discredited Christianity. It has pushed people away from God and Jesus, it has caused a greater separation of Church and State, and it has prompted millions of Blacks to leave Christianity. Some left for Islam and alternative Faiths, and others left for New World Order atheism.

Overall, tens of millions of people, including White people, have left God and Jesus over the association of Christians with racism. Christianity has declined. And with the decline of religion, government has come to replace church and family. This has hurt everyone, especially the Black community. When there is no father in the home to raise the children, the mother is basically marrying the government. Marrying the government locks in their Democrat vote. That’s why the inner cities are called “The Democratic Plantation”, and that’s why promoting family values and traditional marriage is a death sentence for the Democratic Party. The best of all voices against the God, Family, Country, and Racism are the drag queens. This is literally the message they preach to our children, along with the LGBTQ agenda. The pieces of the puzzle are being exposed.

Some Blacks have converted to Islam or alternative religions which tell them that Christianity is “a racist White religion of the colonizers”. Even Latino’s are falling into this pattern. This is why alternative religions are always left-leaning, and they always will be. Many Muslims want to enflame racial divisions in America to encourage more Blacks and Latino’s to abandon Jesus and “the racist Whites”, and to join with them. It might come with a smile and a warm greeting, but it reflects the dangerous partnership of Islam and political Leftism in America today. Of note, this is not the true expression of Islam. At the very core of its teachings, Islam and it’s Sharia Law are ultra-conservative, and completely at odds with Leftism, the LGBTQ agenda, and Communism.

For at least 100 years, classic liberals have been fighting the old conservative racist value regime by opposing the old four pillars of society. They didn’t just oppose the racism, they opposed Christianity, family values, and love of country. Conservatives have never understood this. They don’t understand what the other side is thinking, and how the other side is crafting their political message. This was all thoroughly explained to me when I was a Democrat, and when I was active in community organizing. I remember being told that I need to be a liberal, and that all the opposition interest groups work together and support each other so they can win elections for the Democrats. Now I’m an ex-Democrat who knows exactly what they are doing.

We conservatives have blamed “communism”, but this is not correct. The first decision people have is to challenge and then reject the old four pillars of society, and then they turned to communism as an alternative. Radical Muslims like Ilhan Omar are politically aligned with Leftists simply because they have the same foe. Radical Muslims and Leftists actually despise each other.

Now it’s 2023, and the pendulum simply can’t swing any further left. It has reached an absurdity on every culture war issues. You name the issue, and the position of the Left has become extreme, ridiculous, and unsustainable. The Left has successfully destroyed God, family, and Country to the point that society can no longer function. We’re at the max level of chaos and disorder right now. The pendulum is full Left.

The pendulum is poised to swing back towards a new value regime supporting God, family, and Country. To give the swing the greatest possible energy, I specifically want it to add Race Unity as one of its core concepts.

NEW CONSERVATIVE VALUE REGIME, 2024

GOD AND JESUS

FAMILY VALUES

COUNTRY

RACE UNITY

That looks beautiful. It is beautiful. This is what I call Christian Nationalism.

But we’re not done. What I am describing in this next section is so cringeworthy that nobody writes about it. Do your own internet search on the American Caste System, and you’ll find almost nothing. You might find information describing aspects of it, but never using that term.

THERE WAS AN AMERICAN CASTE SYSTEM

The old conservative value regime of God, Family, Country, and White Supremacy was structural racism. It was just like the caste system in India, or Adolf Hitler creating tiers of racial desirability with Aryan peoples on top. Here are the caste systems of India, Nazi Germany, and Latin America.

Everyone hates structural racism. Latinos hate it, Asians hate it, Intellectuals and Liberals hate it, and Blacks are absolutely terrified by it. That was the Ku Klux Klan. The “Untouchables” in the American Caste System were the Blacks. They were the bottom level. Here’s the American Caste System, in the 1920’s

TIER ONE: High society people, mostly of English or Dutch ancestry, but including entrepreneurs rising out of Tier Two. They were big business owners, Wall Street tycoons, doctors, and lawyers. Some were wealthy landowners via inheritance. They often belonged to country clubs, and had sprawling estates. A prime example is the Bush family, or the Howell’s from Gilligan’s Island.

TIER TWO: English and Dutch who were not wealthy, and other White Christians of northern European background, such as Scottish, Welch, French, and Scandinavian. Tier Two also included the average White American, at that time, with multiple northern European ancestries. People in Tier 2 were accepted as full members of society, and were granted all rights and privileges regardless of income (except country club membership). They just weren’t as special as the ruling elite. Germans were in and out of Tiers Two and Three, due to world wars, and the changing geopolitical situation.

TIER THREE: Catholics, Jews, Greeks, Armenians, Native Americans, Hispanics, and Asians. My explanation here is flawed and simplistic, as this tier had multiple sublevels, and it was in constant flux over time as groups jockeyed with each other for position. Some of these groups were broadly tolerated, but not considered equal to Tier Two, while Sicilians were subjected to horrendous discrimination, including redlining. https://italoamericano.org/sicilian-immigrants/ The Kennedy family resented being stuck in Tier Three despite their economic success, and this resentment fueled their liberalism.

TIER FOUR: Blacks were the equivalent of the Untouchables in the Hindu caste system. They were so “untouchable” that they had separate bathrooms and water fountains, they were not allowed to shop or dine with Whites, and they had to sit in the back of the bus. Black people were considered sexually untouchable, and any interracial relationship was taboo. Many States had laws against interracial marriage. Some parents would disown their children over such a marriage.

The caste system is the actual history of America. This article describes aspects of it, but doesn’t use the term: https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/jul/28/untouchables-caste-system-us-race-martin-luther-king-india

Many people are in denial. Compounding the denial situation is that the 1 ^st and 2 ^nd tiers have reproduced at below replacement level, while Tier 3 has grown exponentially in population. People whose grandparents were in the 3 ^rd and 4 ^th tiers typically don’t understand the socioeconomic level of their family roots.

The American Caste System did not originate in the 1920’s. It may have peaked then with the KKK, but it goes back to colonial times when the rift between working-class Scottish immigrants and the ruling English fueled the American Revolution. The caste system was still quite strong in 1960 when John F. Kennedy’s Irish Catholic background was a major factor holding back votes.

The American Caste System has been slowly breaking down since it peaked around 1925. Even now, elements of it remain, especially the top tier in country clubs, and the bottom tier in the inner cities of America. The caste system continues to fuel our politics, and it continues to keep different Christian groups divided socially and politically. It would be great to say it’s dead, but it can’t be declared dead until it’s completely vanished from the dating scene. Many young people have met someone they really liked, but felt they couldn’t date, knowing their parents or grandparents wouldn’t approve of the relationship. That’s the American Caste System in action. It’s weaker now, but still with us.

When it’s completely smashed, conservatives will start promoting a mix-race dating and marriage scene. The Left would laugh at the suggestion that conservatives can have a sexual revolution? Just watch, the Second Sexual Revolution is coming. This is what will really swing the pendulum to the Right, because it is clear proof that racism is gone.

Black Americans, especially the older generations, know this American Caste System so well that they think it continues strong and completely unabated to this day. It’s relatively easy to prove exceptions to the average Black person, but “that’s just a good White person”, they’ll say. “The whole country is still racist”, is the firm belief.

Conservatives need to describe what the KKK was about in their heyday, the 1920’s. It wasn’t poor White southerners living in trailer parks and spitting tobacco. The KKK were our quiet, clean-shaven, nicely-dressed grandparents and great grandparents. They lived all over the nation. They regularly attended church, they cherished their families, and they firmly opposed all substance abuse, including alcohol. The KKK were business owners, bankers, builders, law enforcement officers, elected officials, and members of the Masonic Order and various fraternal orders. http://browniesenglish.weebly.com/uploads/2/1/8/2/2182950/kkk_info.pdf

Here's some 1938 red-lining maps. This is pure caste thinking. https://dsl.richmond.edu/panorama/redlining/?fbclid=IwAR0xhqGsOu1sEY7YsQKtmBotArrvU1xM4ddMXmgsRRBcDZlPgRZm5EuvqBU#loc=12/40.895/-74.128

And speaking of color patterns, notice how the politically correct define themselves as blue, and all the “deplorable” conservatives are red. We deplorables are on our way to becoming the new untouchables.

We need to show Black and Latino voters that we conservatives are the ones revolting against it, defining the problem better than it’s ever been defined, and even having a sexual revolution against it. I can write circles around that Howard Zinn.

Until we conservatives firmly and absolutely repudiate racism and the American Caste System, Black Christians and immigrant Christians will continue to say: “nothing has changed, this is still the status quo of how conservatives and White Christians think. We need to keep voting against this.” If Republicans want to win elections, they better read what I’m writing.

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY VERSUS COLLECTIVE RESPONSIBILITY

Conservatives believe in individual responsibility, meaning that each person is to be personally judged by their own actions and their own values. Therefore, if any particular Black or immigrant is a criminal or living an immoral lifestyle, the conservative considers that problem to be “individual” in nature. It does not reflect negatively upon other Blacks or immigrants. Negative racial stereotypes are out there, but each individual person is still given the chance to prove their status.

The Leftists don’t think this way at all. Leftists believe in collective responsibility, and they reject the concept of individual responsibility. Therefore, if any individual White is a bad or racist person, that reflects negatively on all Whites. I’m considered responsible for anything bad that my ancestors did. Leftists of any race will look at Whites with suspicion until he or she virtue signals, or at least presents themselves as a hipster. This is why a person’s appearance easily predicts political orientation, and why White Leftists are constantly virtue signaling.

Appearance of Leftists

Appearance of Conservatives

If myself and a White racist both espouse family values, a belief in Jesus, and love of America, the Leftists see us as being exactly the same, and that I must be hiding my racism. I’ve been personally subjected to extreme bias over this on multiple occasions, including at two faith organizations I once attended.

It’s nuts that Leftists, and the Blacks that are brainwashed by them, think that White racists have or may soon gain “power” in America. White racists have no effective lobbying organization, they write no laws, they control no school boards, they run no candidates who espouse White Supremacy, and they enact no policies. All of this sits fine with me, because I don’t support them. When they last called for a national rally in Charlottsville, VA in 2017, they are barely able to assemble a few dozen activists from 20 States. There is no logical reason to believe that White racism will ever increase.

The entire political strategy of the Leftists is to stoke the fires of collective responsibility against the “Conservative White Christian Male”, and to define them as the enemy of all the oppressed good peoples of America and the world, specifically women, minorities, immigrants, LGBT peoples, and anyone convicted of a substance abuse offense. The focus on collective responsibility is exactly why the leftists think it’s sensible and fair to shorten jail terms and release most prisoners, especially those who are immigrants or minorities. Conservatives are simply aghast at that idea, because we believe each criminal is individually responsible for the crimes they committed.

Our unity includes the American flag. I don’t care that some people will attack my advocacy of “Christian Nationalism”. Either we are being united by our love of Jesus and pride in our country, or we are being divided by race and social class into hostile camps. I’ll take Christian Nationalism over the latter any time, any day. In the end, our common Christian heritage is what will unify Americans of different races and ethnicities. Let Jesus heal. That’s a real nightmare scenario for the Democratic think tanks. If that happens, they’ll lose 49 States in a fair and honest Presidential election. They’ll win Vermont only. If you google the term “Christian Nationalism”, you’ll find nothing but leftists complaining about it, and nobody actually promoting it. Well, I’m openly promoting it, and I’m proud of it. Long live Christian Nationalism.

Keeping America divided, and promoting the narrative of racism (instead of race unity) is mission-central to getting out the Democratic vote. It’s literally what the Party stands for, because they have no choice. Their voters are so unmotivated by their economic platform that the narrative of racism is the only way to win elections. They know they can’t get out the vote with an honest platform of peace, love, and unity. Classic liberals secretly hate this situation, shhhhh, but they never admit it publicly. They want to run candidates on an honest platform of their issues, but they can’t do so and win. I used to be a classic liberal. I know exactly how torn they are over this problem.

By default, it has become the focus of all leftist politics to define conservatives as racist. To make this happen, the media, academia, Big Tech, and all of their political allies create various narratives to enhance divisions, and blast them everywhere to stir emotions. The constant blasting of these narratives defines our politics. https://www.lifesitenews.com/opinion/political-correctness-is-how-the-totalitarian-left-takes-over/

Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants are divided politically from conservative White Christians, and most are now supporting a Far-left political party that doesn’t even like their Christian views.

The Left, and especially the Masonic Order, wants Christianity weak and divided, and unable to dominate our society the way it once did. The LGBT and artist-based Democratic political strategy is actually quite masterful, but a comprehensive analysis reveals that it is fragile and unsustainable. When Christians of all races and backgrounds develop a common unity supporting God, family, and country, the whole Democratic Coalition comes crashing down. It’s game over.

Even if only one-third of Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants come over to the conservative side, its game over. The Democratic strategists know it’s game-over, and it’s their greatest fear. My thinking is this --- if that’s their greatest fear, let’s do it. The whole idea of Christian Nationalism is a nightmare scenario that they wish to prevent at all costs. The Leftists are smarter than conservatives on matters of political strategy. They see Christian Nationalism coming, and they want to nip it in the bud by stigmatizing it.

This is why the dominant message of the media, Big Tech, and especially from artists and entertainers, has been to reinforce the central narrative that the White Christian is the racist, nationalist, gun-toting enemy of all the diverse, innocent, and oppressed peoples of America. They have to do this just to make sure that all of the components of the Democratic rainbow alliance remain onboard.

DON’T DEBATE IF THE PARTIES FLIPPED ON RACISM

The typical conservative response to the accusation of “racism” is to downplay past racism, ignore the caste system, and simply say to minority voters: “no, we aren’t that way”. These responses don’t work, it’s a total failure. The only winning response is to fully expose the racism, and firmly repudiate it. There’s been a running battle over whether or not the two Parties flipped on racism. Each side has good points, and the matter is unresolvable. Debating this matter is always a mindless mistake.

Just to have the discussion is to lose the discussion, because the discussion disregards how the corrupt association of Family Values and Christianity with racism has harmed Family Values, and weakened our Faith. Christians are divided.

A basic conservative value set of Christian Nationalism is what’s needed, and Racial Unity must be a core pillar. That’s what makes it real, so let’s do it. I’m a White man married to a Black woman, and we have one mixed race child. So, from my life experience, everything I am explaining is completely natural and real.

And now we have this U.S. Senator from Georgia, the Rev. Raphael Warnock. Most people don’t understand how a pastor can be Pro-Choice and Pro-LGBT, and affiliate with a political party that openly wants to replace Christianity with a leftist atheist value system. I actually understand him completely. He’s still stuck on the idea that conservatives are some old-school value association God, family, country, and White supremacy. He hates that so much that he’d rather be with the Leftist Democrats. Privately he’s probably Pro-Life and not so keen on the LGBT community. Most of his voters are thinking the same thing. This whole situation is crazy backwards, and unsustainable.

Everyone, keep your eyes on the big picture. We can definitely smash our way out of the losing political and demographic equation that the Leftists have cornered us into. The Leftists say we’re done when the country is less than 50% White, as if Blacks and immigrants will rarely have conservative positions on God, family, and country. Once the conservative coalition realigns as I’m describing, the decline in White population won’t help the Left. It might even work against them. The White population of this country is trending more Leftist, and the growing immigrant populations are trending more conservative on Faith and family issues. I hope I live to see the day when the majority of these Latino’s illegally crossing the Rio Grande wind up voting Republican.

We win this battle by defining a new values regime of God, Family, Country, and Race Unity. We must build a new conservative alliance that firmly opposes the counterculture, and identifies who is jerking everyone by our chains. And then that becomes what the Republican Party stands for.

I’m laying out a roadmap, a vision, for a majority of Christian Blacks and Christian Immigrants to come over and adopt the conservative value set of God, Family, and Country. We are welcoming them, hence the term “Welcome Movement”. The definition of “us” has continued to expand as the American Caste System declines. Now it’s time to include everyone as “us”.

The numbers give us the majority, by a longshot. And we’re not asking immigrants and Blacks to come over as followers, come as leaders and candidates. Our arms are wide open. And don’t let anyone ever tell you: “Your values are wrong”.

The pendulum is going to swing back, and in a gigantic way. It is time for we Americans of all backgrounds to reject the past, and to coalesce as one people under the theme of God, Family, Country, and Race Unity. I see this as the greatest populist movement in our nation’s history. I don’t understand why it hasn’t happened yet. It’s way overdue.

The change of direction is going to help a lot of people personally and financially. A lot of social problems will be solved, and the associated economic costs will diminish greatly. It’s going to be a shocking paradigm shift.

I know quite a few people who think that all positive change comes from artists and entertainers, and nothing good will ever come from politics or religion. Wrong. Wrong. Wrong. These changes are going to manifest, and there will be an abrupt and sudden change in public opinion. All the energy is on the Right. Our nation’s direction is being redefined from a conservative perspective. Churches will be invigorated from coast to coast.

The leftist’s worst nightmare is for millions upon millions of Blacks and immigrants to get serious about Faith, publicly ridicule the LGBT movement, and then start running as socially conservative Republican candidates for everything from school board to President of the United States. The Welcome Movement is ready. Let’s do it. It’s important that this message gets out there. Please share it widely by email and social media posts. Thank you.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576/

HUMANS: UPRIGHT APES OR UPRIGHT PIGS?

Tue, 22 Nov 2022 14:09:33 GMT

GENETICIST SAYS HUMANS ARE APE-PIG HYBRIDS

In this article, I am analyzing and critiquing the work of Dr. Eugene McCarthy and his Macroevolution website www.macroevolution.net . McCarthy is a scientist who specializes in genetics and hybridization.

McCarthy says that humans are actually a hybrid species created by apes mating with pigs. Yes, he’s a serious scientist. He explains that we are more ape than pig due to the back-crossing phases of the hybridization process. People are encouraged to come to their own conclusions after evaluating this whole concept. I state my opinion at the end of this article.

According to Dr. Eugene McCarthy, pigs and apes are the parent species that mated and created humanity. He says that all of humanity is descended from a single couple, and a single mating, that somehow wound up producing a fertile child. This of course is a simplistic explanation, as there are multiple pre-human species in the fossil record. We’ll delve into this in far greater detail than McCarthy has.

McCarthy refuses to consider any Biblical evidence, but we’ve already heard that there was one original “man” and one original “woman”, and that all of humanity is descended from them. Apes and pigs mating to create humans is quite a twist on the story of Adam and Eve. It’s not standard Evolutionary Theory either. Of note, the concept is found in a surprising source that pre-dates McCarthy by about 1400 years.

It's written in the Muslim Qu‘ran. Out of principle, I refuse to quote or reference the passage, as it’s written in a terribly biased manner. My rebuttal to the Qu‘ran is if that’s the ancestry of ‘some people’ who have been their historic adversaries, that’s the ancestry of everyone, including Muslims. All humans are closely related, and there’s been heavy gene flow between all racial and ethnic groups.

Is it possible that our origins are something so loathsome and disgusting? People were outraged in the 1800’s with Charles Darwin’s idea that we evolved from apes, and now McCarthy’s work is even more outrageous.

For the sake of humor, let’s go there ---- Adam was such a pig for wanting to screw anything that walks and breathes, but hey, let boys be boys. And that Eve, wow, she must have been really desperate for some “D”. He’s not even her species, c’mon. All actions have consequences, and if this twist on evolution is true, the consequences have conquered the entire planet. And now here we are, as a result of one male pig screwing one female chimpanzee, a few million years ago.

McCarthy has a mountain of evidence on his website to back up his position. The evidence is intriguing. McCarthy cites anatomical features that humans share with pigs, but do not share with any ape or primate species. These are:

Human Traits Not Seen in Other Primates

DERMAL FEATURES
Naked skin (sparse pelage)
Panniculus adiposus (layer of subcutaneous fat)
Panniculus carnosus only in face and neck
In “hairy skin” region:
- Thick epidermis
- Crisscrossing congenital lines on epidermis
- Patterned epidermal-dermal junction
Large content of elastic fiber in skin
Thermoregulatory sweating
Richly vascularized dermis
Normal host for the human flea (Pulex irritans)
Dermal melanocytes absent
Melanocytes present in matrix of hair follicle
Epidermal lipids contain triglycerides and free fatty acids

FACIAL FEATURES
Lightly pigmented eyes common
Protruding, cartilaginous nose
Narrow eye opening
Short, thick upper lip
Philtrum/cleft lip
Glabrous mucous membrane bordering lips
Eyebrows
Heavy eyelashes
Earlobes

FEATURES RELATING TO BIPEDALITY
Short, dorsal spines on first six cervical vertebra
Seventh cervical vertebrae :
- long dorsal spine
- transverse foramens
Fewer floating and more non-floating ribs
More lumbar vertebrae
Fewer sacral vertebrae
More coccygeal vertebrae (long “tail bone”)
Centralized spine
Short pelvis relative to body length
Sides of pelvis turn forward
Sharp lumbo-sacral promontory
Massive gluteal muscles
Curved sacrum with short dorsal spines
Hind limbs longer than forelimbs

Femur :
- Condyles equal in size
- Knock-kneed
- Elliptical condyles
- Deep intercondylar notch at lower end of femur
- Deep patellar groove with high lateral lip
- Crescent-shaped lateral meniscus with two tibial insertions

Short malleolus medialis
Talus suited strictly for extension and flexion of the foot
Long calcaneus relative to foot (metatarsal) length
Short digits (relative to chimpanzee)
Terminal phalanges blunt (ungual tuberosities)
Narrow pelvic outlet

ORGANS
Diverticulum at cardiac end of stomach
Valves of Kerckring
Mesenteric arterial arcades
Multipyramidal kidneys
Heart auricles level
Tricuspid valve of heart
Laryngeal sacs absent
Vocal ligaments
Prostate encircles urethra
Bulbo-urethral glands present
Os penis (baculum) absent.
Hymen
Absence of periodic sexual swellings in female
Ischial callosities absent
Nipples low on chest
Bicornuate uterus (occasionally present in humans)
Labia majora

CRANIAL FEATURES
Brain lobes: frontal and temporal prominent
Thermoregulatory venous plexuses
Well-developed system of emissary veins
Enlarged nasal bones
Divergent eyes (interior of orbit visible from side)
Styloid process
Large occipital condyles
Primitive premolar
Large, blunt-cusped (bunodont) molars
Thick tooth enamel
Helical chewing

Nocturnal activity
Particular about place of defecation
Good swimmer, no fear of water
Extended male copulation time
Female orgasm
Short menstrual cycle
Snuggling
Tears
Alcoholism
Terrestrialism (Non-arboreal)
Able to exploit a wide range of environments and foods
Heart attack
Atherosclerosis
Cancer (melanoma)

Source: www.macroevolution.net

So, if no other primate species has these features, from what source did we inherit them? McCarthy says it’s all from pigs. Some of us even look a big piggy.

Woman with a severe beak face Pigs have a beak-shaped face

I’m not a peer of McCarthy. I’ve never taken a single college course in genetics or anatomy. I cannot perform proper peer review on his work, but as a layman, I think McCarthy’s work should have started with a broader view showing the genetic relationships between humans and various animals, and then focus in on the suspect parent species of humanity, based on their high scores. Instead, he starts with the detailed points of evidence, which is the above list of shared anatomical features, and then builds it outwards into a hypothesis. At no point does he consider the percentage of DNA that humans share with various mammal species. This is hugely needed as a valid sounding board to validate or invalidate his research.

I did some of my own online research. I found this source which shows what percent of DNA that we share with other people, and with various animals, including pigs. I see that humans share more DNA in common with a pig than with an orangutan, and humans share 98% of our DNA with pigs, but only 80% with cows.

THE BIG PICTURE: HOW MUCH DNA DO HUMANS SHARE

99.9% = humans of different races
99.7% = humans and Neanderthal
98.8% = humans and chimpanzees
98.4% = humans and gorillas
98.0% = humans and pigs (even though pigs are Artiodactyls, not Primates)
96.9% = humans and orangutans
90% = humans and cats
85% = humans and mice
84% = humans and dogs
80% = humans and cows (note: cows and pigs are both in the Artiodactyl order)
73% = humans and zebrafish

https://thednatests.com/how-much-dna-do-humans-share-with-other-animals/

Cows and pigs are both Artiodactyls, yet one is a close DNA match to humans (pigs 98%), and the other (cows 80%) is not. Why is that? I find this to be an extremely significant fact. This is my starting point to review McCarthy’s work. It’s time to sit down, and start thinking really hard.

My starting point is a set of facts that McCarthy doesn’t address at any point in his research, not even as a side note. McCarthy and I are looking at his hypothesis from completely different perspectives. Nevertheless, McCarthy’s Human Hybrid Hypothesis passes the first test, which is the Big Picture perspective.

MACROEVOLUTION

Next, let’s analyze what McCarthy calls Macroevolution. McCarthy believes that the Darwinian model of evolution is incomplete, and that species hybridizing is the primary origin of new species. He uses the term Macroevolution to describe new species creation via hybridization. The Darwinian / Mendelian process of traits slowly evolving is called Microevolution.

The fossil record appears to support Macroevolution as the primary process. Species suddenly appear without any transitional forms, they often continue for millions of years without traits slowly evolving, and then they disappear.

Creationists are well aware of this, and this kind of evidence is all over their websites. It’s their main line of reasoning that the Darwinian model must be wrong. The concept of Macroevolution puts a huge twist on the entire debate between Creation and Evolution. It agrees with the Creationists point regarding the fossil record, but then provides a solution that undermines Creationism much more thoroughly than the Darwinian model.

McCarthy doesn’t deny Microevolution, and lately Creationists don’t either, but he contends that all the big evolutionary changes from species to species are through hybridization.

According to McCarthy, what he calls a “distant cross” between Mammalian Orders is rare, but still possible. Chimpanzees are Primates, and pigs are Artiodactyls. Is it possible for species from different Mammalian Orders to reproduce and create viable hybrids? Horses and donkeys are together in one Order, Perissodactyla, yet they only produce sterile mules. McCarthy says yes, it’s possible, even if the number of chromosomes are different. He documents a great many examples. http://www.macroevolution.net/mammalian-hybrids-articles.html

Mules are a cross between horse and donkey.

The combination of egg and sperm, and the initial cellular divisions is called meiosis. https://www.yourgenome.org/facts/what-is-meiosis/ Even with two of the same species, meiosis isn’t always successful, leading to many stillborn births. Simple interspecies crosses, meaning between species within the same Genus or Family, are less likely to have a successful meiosis than a normal coupling within the same species.

The more distant the cross, the lower the chance that meiosis would be successful, and produce a living and viable offspring. Perhaps the chance of a successful meiosis between species in different Mammalian Orders is less than 1/100 ^th of 1%, but over many years and across a large enough geographical area, enough interspecies couplings occurred that eventually a successful meiosis was a statistical inevitability.

An additional successful meiosis would need to occur for several more generations, each time backcrossing to just one of the parent species. And each has to survive, and not be eaten by some predator. The odds are extremely low in establishing a new species via a distant cross, but time and geography make it statistically possible. A Creationist could counter that it’s actually impossible without the divine hand of God intervening to make it so. It would be hard for me to rebut that.

STABILIZATION THEORY

McCarthy has defined a concept called Stabilization Theory, which explains why life forms (species) are stable for millions of years, and there’s no evidence of change until a new species suddenly appears. http://www.macroevolution.net/stabilization-theory.html

When all close relatives of a species are extinct in a given geographical area, life forms have no ability to hybridize except by a distant cross, which only rarely happens. Therefore, those life forms simply don’t change and instead remain stable for tens of millions of years. A prime example would be the horseshoe crab of the Eastern United States coastline, which is not a Crustacean like other crabs. They have no realistic ability to hybridize because there’s only one species in the Western Hemisphere, so they continue unchanged. There is also one species of Gingko tree (in China), one species of hippopotamus (in Africa), and one species of tuatara (in New Zealand). All are completely stabilized, per Stabilization Theory.

The irony is that McCarthy doesn’t like the term “species”, even though his Stabilization Theory does a far better job defining what a species is than anything else ever put forth. He has totally nailed what a species is, and he should take the credit for it. He’d be smart to write a book on this first, and leave human origins for a second book. I’m not sold on pigs naturally hybridizing with chimpanzees to create our final form, Homo Sapiens, but I really like Stabilization Theory. It explains the fossil record. It makes sense.

Some readers already know that pigs can be used for organ transplants into humans, even though they are not Primates. Why that species, and not other Artiodactyls? Why not cows, for instance? McCarthy is hard at work calculating what percent of human ancestry is from pigs, and it may be revealed in an upcoming book.

The DNA percentage he calculates needs to be divided against the DNA percentage that the first chimpanzee already shared with pigs before the first hybridization. That would be the only logical way to analyze the data. It would be embarrassing for McCarthy if he doesn’t do this when his book comes out. His work would be seriously set back by peer review.

This brings us back to the Big Picture Chart, and I’m going to have to take a guess, which is in red. The scientific method abhors guesses, but I have no choice because chimpanzee and pig genomes apparently have not been compared to determine what percent of DNA that they share. This particular comparison is mission-central to McCarthy’s work, and to valid peer review. A good hypothesis is one that shows where additional research is needed.

THE BIG PICTURE, WITH PIG ANCESTOR ADDED

99.9% = humans of different races (note 1)
99.7% = humans and Neanderthal
98.8% = humans and chimpanzees
98.4% = humans and gorillas
98.0% = humans and pigs (note 2)
96.9% = humans and orangutans
90% = humans and cats
85% = humans and mice
84% = pig ancestor and chimpanzee (guestimate)
84% = humans and dogs
80% = humans and cows
73% = humans and zebrafish

Note 1: African Pygmy and New Guinea natives are the most different genetically, even though they look similar

Note 2: Pigs are Artiodactyls, not Primates.

Have modern pigs picked up some ape genes from the hybridization process? McCarthy is clear in his writings that the hybridization and gene flow went only in one direction, from the Artiodactyl line into the Primate line, to create humans. He says there was no gene flow from the Primate line into the Artiodactyl line, to create modern pigs. He doesn’t publish any evidence to back up this claim. He just states it. That’s not good science, but let’s give him the benefit of the doubt. Perhaps he did research it, and he just didn’t publish the findings online. This is a weak area for McCarthy.

As a general rule Mammalian species in different Orders should have around 10% - 20% DNA difference, not 2%. I base this statement by looking at the numbers in the Big Picture Chart, for instance humans vs. cats, dogs, mice, and cows. The original hybridizing pig must have been some pig ancestor closer genetically to other Artiodactyls, not the modern Sus Scrufa.

I settled on a conservative guestimate that there was 84% shared DNA between chimpanzee (or chimpanzee ancestor) and the pig ancestor, and 16% different. The actual percentage could be higher, but a 16% difference is a totally reasonable guestimate, while 2% is completely unreasonable.

This brings us to the toughest area of my review of McCarthy’s work. If chimpanzees and the pig ancestor were 16% different, but humans and pigs are only 2% different, that implies that something more is going on with the gene flow than McCarthy is suggesting.

Perhaps the above chart explains all the anatomical features which McCarthy documented that we share with pigs? During the Macroevolution process, the Primate Human line went from being about 16% different from the pig line, to being only 2% different. That’s eight times in one direction. Looking at the data this way is disturbing, but true science is not about rejecting something just because it’s disturbing.

Next question, what process allowed the percent of non-pig DNA to reduce from 16% before the first hybridization, to only 2% in modern humans. One way would be if the evolving human line actually backcrossed (the successive generations) with pigs instead of chimpanzees. McCarthy went into great lengths to explain why the backcrossing was with the chimpanzee. It might be more complicated than this.

First, McCarthy says there was one hybridization, but perhaps there were multiple hybridizations, separated by tens of thousands of years, with each one back-crossing into the evolving human line. With each hybridization, that original 16% of non-pig DNA in the evolving Primate line would reduce a little bit. Perhaps there were between 4 and 10 steps, with each new species undergoing a partial Stabilization Process, and then hybridizing again with pig tens of thousands of years later. After many crossings over perhaps 2 million years, the non-shared DNA reduced all the way to 2%.

First generation hybrid, before back-crossing with the Primate Human line

I then created a simplistic family tree which allows for the percent of non-pig DNA to decrease from 16% before the first hybridization to 2% in a modern human. Once again, the starting point is the assumption that, prior to the first hybridization, these two species in different Mammalian Orders already shared 84% of their DNA.

This chart is not from McCarthy’s research. I created it, and it is not correct for reasons that I will explain very soon. This chart is needed to follow a line of logic that is reasonable, and which leads to something that is more credible. Before I explain why the above chart is deficient, let’s first address the problem of the chimpanzee’s hands being so similar to ours. Wouldn’t all the repeated hybridization with pigs create hands that are half-way between the two species, or perhaps mostly pig?

No, not necessarily. This could be a matter of natural selection, microevolution-style. Perhaps certain anatomical features of the apes were extremely advantageous for the new hybrid species, so these features were selected via the process of natural selection. Many individuals were born with more piglike hands and feet, but they did not prosper and reproduce. Those with “better” hands and feet were able to reproduce and pass on those genes. Perhaps the same is true for the teeth and jaws.

Every student of biology knows about that Mendel guy and his experiments with peas. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/ap-biology/heredity/mendelian-genetics-ap/a/mendel-and-his-peas Mendel’s work is still valid, and it could have been a major factor in human evolution.

If so, our hands and feet, and our teeth and jaw structure, passed on from chimpanzee to human without much change in the pig direction. These are the features that humans have which are the most chimp-like, and the least pig-like. McCarthy does document some change in the pig direction for hands and feet.

However, as I look at the family tree I made, the numbers still don’t make sense. The big picture DNA comparison chart is still the sounding board. The numbers aren’t making sense because we are still a 98.8% DNA match to a chimpanzee, despite the introduction of so much pig DNA. Why are we so close by DNA to two species in two different Mammalian Orders?

Therefore, the family tree that I illustrated above doesn’t tell the whole story. It’s wrong. The readers need to understand the thought process, each step of the way. Otherwise, the next section won’t make sense.

THOSE HORRIBLE ENTELODONTS

The family tree and the numbers make sense only if some ape DNA had earlier worked its way into some pig ancestor, so that the pig is actually a hybrid species. Perhaps the original Artiodactyl hybridizing with the chimpanzee was not the modern pig, Sus Scrofa, but instead a more extreme ancestral species, like an Entelodont. https://eartharchives.org/articles/terminator-pigs-rise-of-the-entelodonts/index.html . Is it possible that this hideous creature, standing seven feet tall at the shoulder and weighing over 2000 lbs, could be a human ancestor? Good grief.

Entelodonts were alive at the same time as ancient pigs, but may or may not be their direct ancestor. Some scientists are firm that they are related to pigs, but not ancestral. However, those same scientists are old-school, and don’t accept McCarthy’s concept of Macroevolution. The fossil record on the ancestry of Sus Scrufa is incomplete, and officially unknown.

ENTOLODONT, an extinct “hell pig” that once roamed the Earth

Pigs simply appear in the fossil record, with no transitional forms from other Artiodactyls. The implication is that pigs are yet another product of Macroevolution, perhaps between Entelodonts and the ancestor of modern chimpanzees. Here’s a pig family tree, showing no known ancestor, and no link to the base of the Artiodactyl tree. https://untamedscience.com/family/suidae/

THE CONVERGING SPECIES HYPOTHESIS

To make the numbers work on the big picture, this would mean that pigs and humans are both hybrids, and over the past few million years, the two species have been converging and becoming more similar to each other. Yep, that’s a really gross thought. Let’s call it The Converging Species Hypothesis. I don’t know if McCarthy is going to read my article, but if he does, this is really going to knock him over.

Perhaps there was only one or two hybridization events between Entelodont and chimpanzee which backcrossed to the Entelodont line, to create Sus Scrufa, the modern pig. Subsequently, all of the other hybridizations backcrossed to the Primate line. If this is true, the human line is doing most of the converging, and the pig line has been basically stabilized, per McCarthy’s Stabilization Theory, for over a million years. Here’s a summary of the Converging Species Hypothesis:

1.Macroevolution, as described by McCarthy, is occurring in both the Artiodactyl pig line, and in the Primate human line. Over time, the two lineages have had some convergence.

2. The Primate Human line is becoming more pig, and is now 98% pig-compatible by DNA. The skulls of human ancestors show this is happening. Each step, each species, is becoming less ape-like, and more pig-like, all the way up to Neanderthal. Our last common ancestor with the Chimpanzee was Nyanzapithecus, which was very chimp-like. https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/fossil-reveals-what-last-common-ancestor-of-humans-and-apes-looked-liked/ Here’s our ancestor’s skulls in chronological order, from oldest to modern humans. After Neanderthal, the skulls exhibit more neoteny. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/agricultural-and-biological-sciences/neoteny This is a clear break in the pattern. Here’s an incomplete list of human ancestor skulls, in chronological order:

Chimpanzee skull (I don’t have a Nyanzapithecus skull depiction to show)

Australopithecus skull

Homo Erectus skull

Neanderthal skull

Homo Sapiens skull with high forehead, and with prognathism (forward reach of the jaw)

Homo Sapiens skull with low forehead. “Porsmose Man” from Denmark

Represents the Middle Neolithic Funnel Beaker population

Homo Sapiens skull, without prognathism

Best example of an Anatomically Modern Human (AMH), showing large vertical forehead and zero prognathism

3. Pigs have macro-evolved from the more ferocious Entelodont. Modern pigs have an ancestral Entelodont species which I estimate to be a more distant 84% DNA in common with chimpanzee. There was at least one or two hybridization events in which Primate DNA infused into the former Entelodont species. Their descendant, Sus Scrufa (pig), is much closer with Primates than other Artiodactyls are with Primates. Where’s the evidence to support this? For starters, cows share 80% DNA with humans, but pigs share 98%.

If pigs are a hybrid species, then pig anatomy should reflect this, and it does. Pigs have larger and more complex brains than other Artiodactyls, and they lack the stomach structure of ruminants. A list of anatomical features that pigs share with chimpanzees, but are lacking in other Artiodactyls, needs to be researched and listed. I am putting forth a hypothesis, and I am showing what research is needed to either kill it, or validate it.

Without any doubt, McCarthy and other experts in biology and anatomy could put me to shame on this angle of research. McCarthy could create a much longer list, but his research hasn’t moved in this direction.

4. The stabilized ancestral form on the Artiodactyl line, the small Entelodont, went extinct. Sus Scrufa itself has been a stabilized species for over a million years. Gene flow from Primates into Sus Scrufa is no longer occurring. Instead, Sus Scrufa has contributed gene flow into the evolving human line multiple times, and each time the human ancestor’s skull shape become less ape, and more pig.

5. The stabilized ancestral forms on the Primate line, the chimpanzee and the bonobo, are not extinct. They continue to exist in Africa. They are very similar to Nyanzapithecus, perhaps with only Genus-level microevolution changes. Apes are virtually changed from their fossil ancestor, which some scientists say lived in Europe. https://www.newscientist.com/article/2132026-our-common-ancestor-with-chimps-may-be-from-europe-not-africa/ Our last common ancestor with the chimpanzee had a geographical range that broadly overlapped the pig and pig ancestor’s range. Southern Europe fits the bill. So does Turkey and Iraq.

6. The most recent hybridization between the pig line and the human line back-crossed only with the human line, and produced the Neanderthals. Southern Europe, Ukraine, Turkey, and Iraq are all places where Neanderthals lived. Many humans continue to carry strong Neanderthal characteristics. These show up as a “shadow race” which I describe later in this article.

7. Anatomically modern humans (AMH) developed separately from Homo Erectus or Homo Heidelbergensis without additional genetic input from the pig line, and most likely achieved modern neotenous form in East Africa. We have spread and prospered, and we have come to genetically overwhelm the Neanderthals, as well as various other lesser-known archaic human lines in Africa and Eurasia. Here’s one of them: https://www.theguardian.com/science/2020/feb/12/scientists-find-evidence-of-ghost-population-of-ancient-humans

8. Pig and cow DNA, and perhaps other Artiodactyls, all need to be compared to both chimpanzee and human DNA. Let’s see if the data points substantiate the Converging Species Hypothesis. There are many varieties of pig, and they all need to be sequenced and compared to human DNA to see which is closest. Will pigs be shown to be much closer than other Artiodactyls are to chimpanzees? If so, that’s proof of the Converging Species Hypothesis. A valid hypothesis is one that asks for research which could potentially discredit it.

My strong recommendation is that we humans stop the macroevolution process, and cease to mate with pigs. The two species should not converge. Any further convergence is an abomination.

McCarthy has documented that humans to this day are still crossing with pigs, and have produced hybrids. Most die at birth, or are killed soon afterwards. Here’s one alleged human-pig hybrid image from www.macroevolution.net

The Converging Species Hypothesis is one possible way to explain why humans are 98.8% chimpanzee, and 98.0% pig, but species in different Mammalian Orders typically share only 80% to 90% of their DNA. That’s where the evidence is leading, whether I like it or not.

HOW DEEP DOES THE HUMAN FAMILY TREE GO?

Macroevolution really opens Pandora’s Box regarding the ancestry of humans. Perhaps the Entelodont itself is a stabilized hybrid species which is part Artiodactyl and part Carnivore. Remember on the Big Picture Chart showed that humans are closer to cats (90%) than to dogs (84%).

That 6% difference is actually 6% of 16%, which is 37.5%. That’s very significant. This 37.5% might go all the way back to which carnivore species hybridized with a primitive Artiodactyl to create the Entelodont. The Entelodont has the general form of a hyaena. Cats and hyaenas are both in the Suborder Feliformia, while dogs and bears are in the Suborder Archoidea. Is the hyaena a distant human ancestor? Those lousy hyaena’s from Lion King. Lord help us, please.

Let’s go back even further. The hyaena and the rest of the Feliformia Suborder evolved from an older Nandinidae species that is close to the base of the Carnivore family tree where cats and dogs diverged. This basal form is best represented by the African Palm Civet, a species unchanged for tens of millions of years, and evidently “stabilized”. Is this dim-witted nocturnal creature a distant ancestor? McCarthy’s concept of Macroevolution makes such speculation possible. Something very similar to the Palm Civet may go back to the Eocene, or even to the Late Cretaceous. This was us, hiding in palm trees from predatory dinosaurs 70 million years ago.

African Palm Civet, a basal form of the Carnivora Order

ORIGINAL SIN

McCarthy explains on his website that the pig is more robust in the hips, and this characteristic was passed on to humans. It allows for the larger head of a human baby to pass through the birth canal. McCarthy explains that this was a critical evolutionary step that allowed the human brain to grow in size and deepen in intelligence. Great research, but he stops right there.

It stands to reason that if a human crossed again with an ancestor species that had more ape ancestry, the birth canal in the hybridized offspring would become narrower, causing difficulty in childbirth. And sure enough, our species is unique among all Primates and all other animals in the world in having this problem.

The Bible actually says something about Original Sin that could be relevant here. Genesis 3:16 specifically states that God has punished humanity for Original Sin by causing women to have pain during childbirth. https://biblia.com/bible/kjv1900/genesis/3/16 Isn’t it ironic that science appears to be arriving at the Biblical concept of Original Sin? Not according to McCarthy, he sticks straight with science. Did early humans mate again outside of our species, against the Word of God, forever altering what God wanted to be the final form? Animals are incapable of sin, but a human mating with a sub-human species would qualify as sin.

And who did the sexual sinning? Was it the Anatomically Modern Human (AMH) crossing with a more primitive form which had thinner hips? Or perhaps the stockier Neanderthal sinned by crossing with the more graceful Anatomically Modern Human? Various points of evidence are moving in opposing directions. If God’s final creation was the hideous Neanderthal, and not the Anatomically Modern Human, that’s deeply disturbing. Our identity, and our modern concepts of beauty and intelligence, are all tied to the AMH (Anatomically Modern Human) form.

I’ll explain later why God’s final Creation is the AMH, not the Neanderthal, and therefore it was an AMH woman who did the sexual transgression. She reproduced with a more archaic human male species still alive at that time, and her descendants’ genes define our species. As a result, women are burdened with hips not wide enough for easy childbirth.

Theologians are clear that the nature of original sin is something that is irreversible, and which carries on for all of humanity, for all time. That has been the teaching for thousands of years, since Moses wrote the Book of Genesis. The only attributes of humanity which carry on for all time are genetic. It sure looks like original sin is something genetic. Science is validating something in The Bible. That’s amazing.

BLOOD TYPES ARE THE BEST PROOF OF THE HUMAN HYBRID HYPOTHESIS

Let’s continue with my review of the Macroevolution website, www.macroevolution.net . McCarthy listed various anatomical proofs that humans are partly descended from pigs, but he doesn’t want to address the most obvious proof.

No primate species has any kind of Rh-negative blood, but all pigs have either A- or O- blood. The medical community has documented that human O-negative blood is nearly an exact match to pig O-negative blood, and that A-negative is considered to be an exact match.

Perhaps McCarthy doesn’t want to do this because the implication is that the human racial group which has the highest percentage of Rh-negative blood has more pig ancestry than other races. That would be the White race, particularly people like myself and McCarthy who have mostly northwestern European ancestry. This is also the part of the world where blue and other light-colored eyes are most common. McCarthy does identify light-colored eyes as a pig trait.

My own ancestry is about 90% northwest European. I have A-negative blood and blue eyes, traits found in no ape or monkey. A lot of White people have squarish or roundish faces, but not me. I have a long face. Pigs have long faces. I have a good amount of what McCarthy identifies as pig characteristics. My ears lay flat, but I have several close relatives whose ears stick out like a pig, so that pig characteristic is in my family DNA as well.

Am I an upright pig, lol? And is that a good thing, or a bad thing? Is it better for a human to be more ape, or more pig?

Which face is closer to mine, the chimp’s or the pig’s? We’re having some fun in this article, so it’s OK to laugh at these pictures. I have high self-esteem. It doesn’t faze me a bit. Some people have even accused me of being a male chauvinist pig.

The next series of photos show two evolving lineages, the Entelodont line on the right, and the Chimpanzee line on the left. These images represent the Converging Species Hypothesis

McCarthy’s research documents that hybrid crosses typically have a face which looks more like the father’s, and a body which looks more like the mother’s. This is a central principle of his research. His website posts over 100 pictures of hybrid crosses illustrating this. Therefore, if humans have a distant male pig ancestor component, it would be the skull and face features of the pig that would be most represented, not the rest of the skeleton. Our skeletons do look more ape-like than pig-like, especially our hands.

HEMOLYTIC DISEASE IS A RELIC SPECIES BARRIER

Differences in Rh-positive and Rh-negative blood create a reproduction problem within the human species called Hemolytic Disease. https://www.chop.edu/conditions-diseases/hemolytic-disease-newborn Doctors have long advised that an Rh-negative woman should not have children with an Rh-positive man, because it causes severe medical problems to their children. These problems get worse with each childbirth. In past generations, couples hoping to marry would take a “blood test” to see if they were compatible, or if Hemolytic Disease would affect their children.

Hemolytic Disease could be a relic reproductive barrier caused by the distant cross of two species from different Mammalian Orders. This condition has not been documented in any animal species, it’s only within the human species. Once our species is stabilized, with everyone either positive or negative, the disease goes away.

McCarthy documents that our greatly decreased fertility is also proof that we are hybrids. A pregnancy occurs almost every time that animals mate, but humans are relatively infertile. It would be a serious problem if part of our natural biology was that a pregnancy resulted from every act of sexual intercourse. Could you imagine?

Rh-negative blood is most common in northwest Europe, and it decreases as one moves outwards geographically. This blood type is rare outside of the White race, and when found it basically means that the person has some White ancestry.

I emailed McCarthy, and asked him to further investigate the blood type evidence, and to add a chapter to his website for blood types. He hasn’t done it. I suspect that McCarthy agrees, but he doesn’t want to go in that direction because it would make a controversial statement regarding human races. He’s also Caucasian with blue eyes. I wonder if he has Rh-negative blood?

DARWINIAN THEORY IS RACIST AGAINST BLACKS

Darwinian Theory makes a racist statement against Black people, because the prognathism found in some (but not all) Blacks is a lesser version of the prognathism found in Homo Erectus, our most immediate ancestral species. Prognathism is the projection of the lower jaw. Go back to the skull images, and look again. The further one goes back in the evolving human lineage, the more prognathism exists in the fossil skulls. When one hears the term Scientific Racism, prognathism is at the root of it all.

Science has been offending Blacks for 150 years by saying they are closest human race to other Primates, so now Whites can be offended if science says they are the closest human race to pigs. Equality has been achieved in the name of science, how about that. If science further pursues McCarthy’s research without researching if the White race is closest to pigs, that would count as a continuation of scientific racism and Eugenics. https://www.genome.gov/about-genomics/fact-sheets/Eugenics-and-Scientific-Racism This cannot be tolerated. I’m calling them out now, in advance.

This article is just full of ironies. The name Eugene is at the root of the word Eugenics, and the name has a similar meaning. All evidence suggests that Dr. Eugene McCarthy is a good guy who believes in the equality of all people and all races. He is not a Eugenicist, even though his name is Eugene. He is putting forth a theory that challenges Darwinian Theory, which is racist to the core. Whether it’s his intent or not, McCarthy’s work is doing a lot to put an end to scientific racism.

Some scientists tell Blacks to be proud that they are the first humans, and then snicker about it behind their backs. Think about this for a minute. They are saying that Blacks evolved from apes, and then they migrated out of Africa and developed into Whites and Asians. Whites and Asians are considered by the racists and Eugenicists to be the final and best product of evolution. Blacks should be offended by that. The hierarchy of races inherent in Darwinian Theory has long been the basis of Scientific Racism and all associated Eugenics. We fought a world war to end Eugenics. It’s way past time to discard it, because it’s becoming clear that all races developed from lesser forms. Whites are no exception, especially if the pig connection is true.

Over 120 years ago, scientists created the field of Craniometry to advance their racism, and then had to abandon and discredit the field after it was discovered that the “best” skulls are Blacks from East Africa who have vertical foreheads and zero prognathism, and some of the most “primitive” skulls are from Europe, at least by the standards of Craniometry. The Russian guy below is practically a Neanderthal.

The African woman in the above picture is the most anatomically modern human (AMH) face that I could find online, of any race or ethnicity. Note her very small jaw, the straight nose, and the large vertical forehead. She’s pure AMH, something like a space alien with a lot of melanin. Take a point directly between her eyes, and nearly 60% of her skull is above that point. Good luck finding anyone from Europe with over 50%. Geneticists refer to these features as neoteny, and state that humans with the most neoteny are the most modern.

For other people, like the Russian celebrity above, it’s barely 30%, and the forehead slopes back severely. Valuev has been credited as being “the most Russian-looking Russian”, making him somewhat of a folk hero in Russia. His face is very masculine, and it exhibits zero neoteny. He is the polar opposite of the African woman.

Craniometry was “discredited” because it shows that some East African tribes are the most anatomically modern people, followed closely by the Arabs, and then Hindus. The scientists don’t like those conclusions, so ‘let’s discredit from this science’. Anatomists say that a large vertical forehead means there is a large pre-frontal cortex, and that indicates the high intelligence of AMH people. However, look at Albert Einstein with his sloping forehead. Nobody can say he wasn’t smart. Valuev is not a genius, but he’s no dummy either. He’s successful in his career, and he’s been spending a lot of time studying human ancestry.

THE SHADOW RACE PHENOTYPE

If McCarthy’s Stabilization Theory is correct as it applies to human ancestry, this means that every documented ancestral species spanning the gap from chimpanzee to Neanderthal was created by a pig form hybridizing with each prior Primate form. McCarthy doesn’t say this, and he doesn’t need to. It just flows from his work by connecting the dots. Based on the skull form and other anatomical features, it’s abundantly clear that Neanderthals had a higher percent of pig ancestry than modern humans. These pig characteristics became greatly diluted with the heavy gene flow of Anatomically Modern Humans into the Middle East and Europe. The blending of the two forms created the modern Caucasian race in Europe and the Middle East.

How do we test this hypothesis of multiple hybridizations? If pigs were continuing to hybridize with human ancestors, one would expect to see prognathism decrease with each step, and then for a beak-face with weak chins to appear. Pigs have the middle of the face projecting, with a huge nose and a weak chin. The skulls we illustrated shows that this is indeed the pattern, but only up to the Neanderthal.

Some White people retain these latent Neanderthal features. Notice that people who have weak or receding chins often have a large nose, a sloped forehead, and a “beak face”. These features usually come together as a package, and sometimes with protruding ears:

THE SHADOW RACE PHENOTYPE:

Weak or receding chin. Not all receding chins are weak
Very large and long nose
Heavily sloped forehead
Protruding ears
This creates a “beak-face” or “hawk-face” appearance

This phenotype is a major deviation from the AMH standard. It is a shadow race within the Caucasian, Arabic, and Native American races, and it sometimes appears among East Asians. The shadow race is in global decline, and no longer appears in pure form. The Mayan images below represent their actual appearance in ancient times. Mayans don’t look like this today, because the AMH population which they once subjugated has now infiltrated and outbred them. The White woman’s image proves that the Mayan phenotype is genetically possible. The same pattern is found among the Aztecs, which have also transitioned to a more AMH form.

Woman who got nose surgery

Ancient Mayan depicted on artwork

More Mayan artwork

Lacandan woman said to have an ancient Mayan face

Modern Mayan Man (AMH)

Image from Mayan pottery

Here is an artist’s rendering of a Pukwudgie, a dwarf human race said to still exist in remote areas of the Eastern United States.

Below is an image of Attila the Hun, who exhibited the shadow race phenotype to such an extreme that he appears “dog-faced”. Nobody looks like Attila the Hun today, although this turn-of-the-century guy comes close. I had to research the second image, just to prove that Attila’s dog-face was historically possible. The coin is not stylized artwork, it was commissioned by Attila, and it represents his actual appearance. Note that Attila’s nose is not large and arched, and the distance from his nose to chin is much shorter than Ramses II. The dog-faced look is slightly different from the beak-faced look, but both are Shadow Race phenotypes.

The “Shadow Race” phenotypes are considered unattractive by modern western standards of beauty, and it’s been dying out due to sexual selection, and outright persecution. The two ethnic groups most likely to retain Shadow Race features, Armenians and Jews, are the same two ethnic groups subjected to genocides. That’s not a coincidence. The shadow race phenotype is common among the Basque as well, without the weak chin. They’ve also been persecuted for much of their history.

The Shadow Race was often the ruling class of their societies, such as in Ancient Egypt and the Paracas culture of Peru. The Mayans were overthrown by the common AMH people, and their civilization declined. Common AMH people, with the help of the Spanish, overthrew the Aztecs. Common AMH people who were closer to Ethiopian by race eventually overthrew the Shadow Race pharaohs of ancient Egypt.

Notice how the shadow race can include East Asian peoples as well. Barbara Streisand and this Asia model look a lot alike racially, don’t they? Yet they are considered to be different races. The Shadow Race shows up in disparate places in Eurasia.

At some point in the past, the racial differences between AMH and the Shadow Race crosses the species line. The Paracas skulls lack a sagittal suture which joins two skull plates. The sagittal suture is a defining feature of our species.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sagittal_suture It is found in 100% of modern humans, of all races, with no exceptions. Therefore, the Paracas people were not Homo Sapiens, but instead a closely related species partially ancestral to us. This article on the Paracas DNA findings is more than interesting, https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/paracas-dna-results-march-2019-update/ . It contains this zinger:

What remains to be explained is how the Paracas people arrived in South America and how their skulls, which are NOT even Homo sapiens in phenotype have the DNA of Caucasian Homo sapiens!

The elongated skull species evidently achieved civilization before Homo Sapiens, and they built upon multiple continents. These are the peoples who left huge stone structures around the world, which we lack the technology to duplicate today. Ancient peoples around the world emulated their appearance by elongated the skulls of children. Similar skulls have been found in Crimea and Russia, but it has not been determined that this is where these peoples originated. https://hiddenincatours.com/elongated-skulls-ancient-russia-black-sea-areas/

Mainstream science and history do not want to investigate the connections of all these peoples, or their origins. There is apparently a DNA connection to the Caucasian race, although they are not Homo Sapiens without the sagittal suture. They would appear to be a link between Neanderthal and Caucasian.

ABUNDANT BODY HAIR

McCarthy makes the case that our body hair is something from the chimpanzee side. I don’t believe this is correct. Wild boars are quite hairy, and their hair is straight and coarse. Caucasians are the hairiest race, and their hair is straight and coarse. It’s not kinky like in sub-Saharan Africa.

Scientists have been assuming that Homo Erectus was hairier than we are, but that’s just a guess. Remember when I said that science doesn’t like guesses. What’s the evidence for that guess? There isn’t any, and some good facts run counter to it. It’s been theorized that human ancestors evolving in Africa developed sparse body hair as part of a set of genetic adaptations, including long legs and a thin build, to run down antelope over long distances. https://www.discovermagazine.com/planet-earth/why-humans-lost-their-hair-and-became-naked-and-sweaty That evidence is much more relevant than “Chimpanzees are hairy”, because it comes later chronologically.

Sparse body hair is a feature naturally connected with humans in sub-Saharan Africa and East Asia. It’s entirely plausible that African versions of Homo Erectus and the Australopithecus species may have had even less body hair than a modern African. They developed into AMH humans. Perhaps the earliest humans in Africa looked a bit like this young lady. She has dark skin, no body hair, and is very skinny.

Abundant body hair is centered around the Mediterranean Sea, and from Europe to northern India. The below map showing density of male body hair proves this. This generally overlaps the maps of other features associated with Sus Scrufa. Just connecting the dots here.

Map #5: Distribution of heavy body hair (Androgenic hair) on men

According to the map, East Asians have the least body hair. They also share the round-face of many West Africans. Some Africans even have the Asian eye fold and the Asian shovel-tooth incisors. Both features actually originated in Africa, and were carried to East Asia by migrating populations. AMH humans originated in East Africa. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1040618215011891 AMH humans interbred with earlier forms, including Neanderthal, Rhodesia Man, Java Man, Red Deer Cave man, Denisovan, and others.

The Out-Of-Africa (OOA) population that left Africa to populate the world some 70,000 years ago was an “Afro-Asiatic” race genetically close to Khoisan and East Asian. Perhaps the kinky hair straightened in some Siberian climate. This was also the population that bred with Neanderthals and genetically overwhelmed them in Europe. They were racially similar to a modern Afro-Asiatic race in Namibia that call themselves Khoisan, and which populated East Africa before the Bantu Expansion. https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2014/12/22/371672272/the-khoisan-once-were-kings-of-the-planet-what-happened Note that both syllables of the word Khoisan, “khoi” and “san” sound very Chinese.

All the maps shown covering Rh-negative blood, blue eyes, blonde hair, and frequency of male androgenic hair come close to overlapping in Europe and around the Mediterranean Sea. This also overlaps the ranges of Sus Scrufa. If the Human Hybrid Theory is true, this is where the last hybridization occurred, to create the Neanderthal. I wonder if Neanderthals have the sagittal suture? https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neanderthal_anatomy

The “final hybrid” genetic characteristics then spread outwards from Europe, and all humans outside of sub-Saharan Africa now have 1% to 4% Neandertal ancestry. As we piece together the evidence, there’s one final map that ties it all together.

MAP #6: RANGE OF NEANDERTALS

Notice how closely aligned geographically the Neanderthal range is to the earlier maps. The best examples of the modern “shadow race” also occur within this range. All of the key genetic traits seem to concentrate on the former range of Neanderthal Man during the Ice Age. The Neanderthal range didn’t go any further north, simply because it was too cold at the time, even for their kind to survive. Remember the first chart showing that all modern human races share 99.9% of DNA, but humans and Neanderthals share 99.7%. Neanderthals were three times more distant genetically. Scientists are coming to realize that modern humans have more Neandertal ancestry than previously believed. https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/new-research-expands-neanderthals-genetic-legacy-modern-humans-180974099/

The face shape of the Neandertals was beak faced, with a very large nose. They were short and stocky, with noticeably shorter arms and legs than a modern human. It’s easy to imagine that they had abundant coarse body hair, blue eyes, light hair, and Rh-negative blood. Perhaps the hybridization which created the Neanderthals was a wild boar and some human ancestor, and it produced a female child. Her offspring would have had to backcross with humans for additional generations to produce a Neanderthal. Perhaps this was the last hybridization event between humans and pigs.

Let’s test the hypothesis. The pig characteristics brought into the resulting Neanderthal line would be:

Longer head
Nose is larger and longer, and with a higher arch
More body hair
Head hair is straight, not kinky
Rh-negative blood
Blue eyes
Shorter arms relative to body height (boxers call this “reach”)
Slightly coarser and thicker skin
More likely than other races to have an extra coccyx (tail bone)
Massive upper body strength, but less ability to run long distances
Less ability to sweat

Is this the origin of the Neandertals, and are Neandertals part of the origin of the White race? Not all Caucasians have all of these characteristics, but many do. Does modern science really understand the origins of humanity? How and why did we then start to develop the neotenous form that we call Anatomically Modern Human (AMH)?

McCarthy has not speculated that Neandertals are a key part of human evolution and the Human Hybrid Theory. I’ve connected the dots to show that they very well could be. I don’t want to be critical of McCarthy’s work, but to some extent it’s self-limited. It doesn’t want to incorporate the bigger picture, or move in certain directions.

An objective review of McCarthy’s work causes this speculation on racial origins. He doesn’t go there, but it’s unavoidable, because all the dots are there to connect.

McCarthy laid out all of the dots, except for the blood type evidence, without connecting them. Connecting the dots paints this very controversial picture. And then we are left to wonder --- is it better or worse to have more pig ancestry? Are chimps smarter or better than pigs?

Charles Darwin’s work was very controversial in its day, and it’s still controversial today. McCarthy’s got him beat, hands down. McCarthy’s work is going to get out there, and into the public sphere. He’s not backing down, and books are coming next. Other scientists will start reviewing his work. The public at large isn’t going to accept the idea that apes mating with pigs created humans, or the racial implications that Whites are the closest human race to pigs. It’s really going to create a firestorm if this makes its way into our kid’s classrooms.

Speaking of firestorms, here’s Michael Brown and police officer Darrin Wilson that Brown fought with prior to being shot and killed. Michael Brown would probably say the Officer Wilson is a “pig”, a slang term for police officer. Officer Wilson does look a bit piggy. He really does. Is officer Wilson an upright pig? Am I an upright pig?

GOD IS AN ARTIST, HE USES THE GOLDEN RATIO

Somehow, modern humans came to exist. Is McCarthy right, that our genetic origins are an interspecies sexual abomination? Or is our final form the work of God?

Nobody in modern society would call any of the below women ugly. Some say that “beauty is in the eye of the beholder”, but science has discovered that true beauty throughout all of nature is a reflection of the golden ratio. https://www.treehugger.com/how-golden-ratio-manifests-nature-4869736 The golden ratio is found in human faces, in a great many forms of life, in math and astronomy, and elsewhere in the natural world.

A person is beautiful if the golden ratio is reflected in their face. https://www.goldennumber.net/beauty/ Therefore, beauty is not in the eye of the beholder. It is something objective, and it can be quantified. I’m sorry if people with the beak-face are offended. I doubt that my own face is perfect with the golden ratio.

The Paracas peoples might say these women are short-faced and ugly, but the Paracas don’t exhibit the golden ratio, do they? No, they don’t. Therefore, the Paracas and all of those Shadow Race peoples cannot be God’s final design. God is an artist. God uses the golden ratio, and God has designed all the laws of nature in such a way that life very often reflects the golden ratio. These women are objectively beautiful. My statement does not reflect any sort of cultural bias in terms of Western standards of beauty. Notice how sexist I am, I’m not even showing images of attractive men. I must be a male chauvinist pig.

These women have very different skin colors and are of different races, but all have the small jaw and large forehead. These are anatomically modern humans (AMH). Someone with more technological expertise than myself can determine how close each face comes to the golden ratio. Go ahead mathematicians, test my hypothesis by evaluating the four faces using golden ratio criteria.

MY THEOLOGICAL STRUGGLE WITH THE CONCLUSIONS

I’ve given a fair critique of McCarthy where needed, but I do hope that McCarthy’s Human Hybrid Theory fares well under real peer review. This doesn’t mean that my lines of reasoning are correct, or even if I can accept it entirely myself. I am personally struggling with the conclusions my own research has led to. I’m a Christian, but not a Creationist. I don’t believe that our physical reality is a “Young Earth”, but I’m not all science either. I firmly reject the idea that everything evolved all by itself, without God first designing DNA, organic chemistry, and the entire Periodic Table of Elements. Neither side of the debate between Creation and Evolution likes my position on this. I couldn’t care less. I’m here to lead, not to follow others.

Here's what a pure science perspective might say --- A solitary wild boar swam to an island, found himself alone, and then turned to a female human ancestor for a mate. This might sound like a plausible scenario, and there are dozens of islands in the Mediterranean. Any is a contender, maybe even the Island of Lesbos. McCarthy describes the voracious sexuality of the male pig, and how it’s enough to torment any human female sexually. No, I can’t accept that. The final creation of humans didn’t happen spontaneously and romantically on some island, as an act of bestiality. Nor did it happen that way in a patch of reeds along the Euphrates River. The final creation of humanity had to be an act of God.

God designed organic chemistry and DNA so that animal species can evolve over time via the processes of Macroevolution and Microevolution. Along the way, many species stabilized, as McCarthy described. I believe that God is the grand architect of everything, give him the glory. I support the concept of a hands-off, God-designed system of organic chemistry and evolution all the way up to the Neanderthal. However, our final creation is another matter. It’s reasonable to say this is where God directly intervenes, because this is where the story told by science unexpectedly changes.

The entire pattern for millions of years was for the skull and faces to develop from ape-like to more pig-like, from the chimpanzee ancestor right up to the Neandertal. I criticized McCarthy for ignoring this angle of research, and I went into exhaustive detail to show this evidence. And then suddenly, there is a new and very different pattern. Our skulls and faces stop moving in the pig direction. Instead, the final steps involved neoteny, and our faces developed to reflect the golden ratio. https://www.goldennumber.net/face/ The shift towards the golden ratio has continued simultaneously on all continents, and within all racial groups.

Clearly something very different from McCarthy’s hypothesis is going on, and right now science is coming up with nothing. I can’t offer any scientific reason why the pattern shifted, and why the golden ratio is suddenly the direction of change. I have no choice except to open The Bible. It says we were created “in the image of God.”

I believe that the final design and creation of humans was a special process that was separate from microevolution or macroevolution, and involved the Hand of God acting directly and intentionally upon an ancestor species to mold us in His image, via the golden ratio. We were crafted, we were molded, and we were created from an ancestor species, most likely Homo Heidelbergensis.

I personally cannot accept the idea that the final human form evolved by Darwinian evolution without the hand of God. McCarthy has come up with a very interesting alternative involving Macroevolution and Stabilization Theory, and that very well could have been the source of new species for millions of years. But still, when it comes to the final creation of Homo Sapiens, that process didn’t happen without the hand of God.

After God created our final form, we were commanded to not mate outside of our species. Various earlier forms were still alive all over the planet. A woman did mate outside of our species, and contaminated our bloodline. Our genetic makeup was altered by her “Original Sin”. Our hips became narrower, causing women to have great pain during childbirth for all future generations.

How did God make us in his image? God created Homo Heidelbergensis DNA. People can argue whether that was done in seconds on the 6 ^th day, or it happened over a billion years via evolution or Macroevolution. It’s an argument of secondary importance because either way, that DNA is still God’s creation. A strong Christian has to agree that God created DNA, since God created everything. DNA is part of “everything”. So, at the end, we are left with a set of questions, and no answers:

Did God allow chimp DNA and pig DNA to randomly and naturally mix for over a million years, leading to Homo Heidelbergensis and Homo Neanderthalensis?

Did God then take Homo Heidelbergensis DNA, and develop our final form using neoteny and the golden ratio?

If so, where did that happen, in the Fertile Crescent of the Middle East, or in East Africa?

Did that final process involve removing some pig DNA, so that we are less pig than the Neanderthal?

Did God do it just by His Word. Or did He create a laboratory to splice genes and reconfigure DNA? Does He need technology, he’s God?

I can’t answer any of these questions, or speculate further. I can only say that He created us in His image, and I can document that the entire pattern of over two million years of macroevolution abruptly changed, and we suddenly started developing towards neoteny and the golden ratio. The possibility that God intentionally and deliberately merged two strings of DNA to create anatomically modern humans (AMH) has to be on the table. Everyone from devout Christians to serious scientists are going to object to that sentence.

If the proper perspective of science is to discover how God did things, we have no standing to question how He did it. Therefore, all scientific theories and hypothesis can be pursued, even ones that sound crazy or disgusting. This entire matter is a hell-raising theological mess, but the final Creation of humanity had to have been divine and intentional.

Clearly God used animal templates to create us. I’m not a doctor or a specialist in species anatomy, but I know that humans and animals are all based on DNA. The same process of reproduction and meiosis creates both human and animal embryos. Nothing about our anatomy is different from animals internally. It’s obvious that our skeletons and our organs are from animal templates. I’m not the first Christian to recognize this. If God created our final form, how did God do it? We just don’t know.

Any theological debate over our origins cannot be void of science. By DNA analysis, we humans are 98.0% pig and 98.8% chimpanzee. No amount of reading The Bible is ever going to change those two facts. Those are facts. Science will surely perk those two numbers a bit either way, but The Bible won’t budge them. Why not? The Bible is not a science textbook. The Bible exists for moral guidance, and that moral guidance is based on human nature.

Human nature is the same now as it was thousands of years ago. It will never change. Therefore, the moral guidance in The Bible is not the least bit outdated. Modern society now has the fields of Sociology and Psychology to try to define exactly what is human nature, but those fields are science. Science is always subject to bias, error, and new ideas, especially those two fields. Science is not, and cannot ever be, the basis for moral guidance. I’d take moral guidance from the Qu’ran before I’d take it from science, and that’s not going to happen either.

Science does a better job than The Bible in explaining the universe and the history of the Earth. The Bible is not “wrong” per se. Instead, it should be generally understood that the Book of Genesis was God’s way of explaining things to ancient people who were illiterate, and had no capacity to comprehend anything more detailed. God knew much more than what is in Genesis, and even more than today’s scientists. God deliberately didn’t reveal more. God revealed what was right to reveal, at that time. What is written in Genesis is exactly what God wanted us to know at that time, so it’s not “wrong”. Revealing more would have confused the message, and lost too many people. God didn’t want people lost, he wanted people as believers. It really is that simple.

You don’t see the Periodic Table of Elements in The Bible, do you? Yet a good Christian says that’s the work of God. The creation of elements was an act of God, and it’s not in The Bible. I just proved that there are important facts which are not found in The Bible. With very rare exception, Christians don’t go around denying that that atoms are composed of protons, neutrons, and electrons, that the Earth revolves around the sun, that Uranus and Neptune exist, that the Sun is a star, that meteors aren’t stars, and that stars are grouped into galaxies. We understand that these details are for science to figure out, without further consulting The Bible.

I’ve long believed that science is all about discovering how God did everything. Science and The Bible should be seen as complementing each other, and not in conflict. The main problem is that very few scientists understand this, and they want to replace God with themselves and their theories.

In Genesis, it says that God made all humans and all animals from dirt or clay. https://answersingenesis.org/human-body/from-dust-to-dust/ How is that to be interpreted? Could this mean that microscopic life first arose on the lattice of clay, evolved into animals, and then into humans. The clay hypothesis is currently one of the leading scientific theories on the origin of life. https://sites.google.com/site/originsoflifecarlmont/clay-theory It’s probably true, and all the glory goes to God for designing clay in such a way that this could happen.

The Bible also says we were created in the Garden of Eden, between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers. Will science eventually come around and document that the last step in our development happened in that region? It’s close enough to Africa that it’s just a small edit to the Out Of Africa (OOA) theory.

Many Christians say the Creation described in Genesis is literal. Does that mean humans were directly made from dirt or clay, without any intermediate animal forms? Some say yes, that’s the only possible interpretation. Other Christians have room for some science, as long as that science doesn’t deny God.

The debate is worth discussing, but it won’t be solved today. My final observation is that the hard-line position on Creation is currently losing 90% of our youth and young adults. The 10% that stick with Christianity should be considered a textbook example of Survivorship Bias. https://www.scribbr.com/research-bias/survivorship-bias/ That’s exactly what’s happening, and almost nobody sees it. If you poll the surviving 10% on matters of Creation and Evolution, the fact that 90% have completely given up on Christianity and The Bible doesn’t cross the minds of the 10% who survived. The 90% who wandered away aren’t polled, and their views aren’t included. Our Faith is rapidly slipping into irrelevance. Yes, Christians are missing something. We somehow found a way to accept Ceres, Neptune, and the Andromeda Galaxy, but we haven’t found a way to balance Faith and Science, or Faith and Reason.

Society simply cannot function unless the moral guidance in the Bible is accepted by the majority of the population. Notice how everything is getting crazier and crazier in recent decades with the rise of Leftism, and at the same time, belief in God and Jesus continues to plummet. If plotted on a graph, it would look like this. This is an ongoing disaster of historic proportions. It’s going to destroy Anglo-American Western Civilization. Many churches are just wrapped in their own little bubbles of happiness, and they ignore this problem.

We are getting close to the point of no return. Nothing will change until there is balance between Faith and Reason, and Christians promote the unity of all racial and ethnic groups in a conservative manner. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/god-family-country-and-race-unity Our enemies continue to divide us, and we are totally losing the battle.

This article marks the conclusion of the God and Science series in The Welcome Movement. I wish to thank our readers, and please help spread the word. For more information, and to review all of our blog postings including the first two articles, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576/

NEW INSIGHTS ON THE HUBBLE CONSTANT SHAKE ASTROPHYSICS

Tue, 06 Sep 2022 14:50:50 GMT

INTRODUCING “BLACK QUASARS” and “THE GREAT LIGHTS OUT”

This is the third in my series of articles on God and Science. Those who have read the first two know that I love and accept science from the perspective of Theistic Design, in which God is the grand architect who designed everything billions or more years ago. No, we’re not going to quote The Bible in this article either.

We’re just looking at Hubble’s Law and Hubble’s Constant, and all the associated astrophysics. https://www.e-education.psu.edu/astro801/content/l10_p3.html A quick read of that article reveals that Hubble’s Law only works for distant galaxies. That’s the first indication of a serious problem. We’ll get back to that later.

Scientists are theorizing that the further away galaxies are , the faster they are moving away. According to mainstream science, that means the expansion of the universe has been speeding up for billions of years after the Big Bang.

THE HUBBLE CONSTANT IS UTTER NONSENSE

They have calculated something called the Hubble Constant, which they believe is around 73 kilometers per second, per megaparcel. Here’s a recent article about the Hubble Constant. https://news.uchicago.edu/explainer/hubble-constant-explained The Hubble Constant is useless because all it is actually does is measure TIME as it relates to the expansion rate of the universe.

Sometimes what’s needed to understand things is not a scientific equation, but a broader objective view. The red shift data set exists, and there are thousands of measured data points. Each data point is a distant galaxy or quasar, and the longer ago the light originated, the faster they were receding . Edwin Hubble would have used the words “ are receding ” in that last sentence.

This is the root source of all the misery and confusion of modern astrophysics. The only proper and reasonable view of the data is to use the words “ were receding ” because the data is billions of years old. It is not current data. “Are” and “were” makes all the difference in the world. Right now, nothing makes sense in Astrophysics. They are grasping at straws with Dark Energy and Dark Matter to try to pull their theories together. Nothing is going to make sense until the Hubble Constant is tossed into the trash bin of cosmology, and replaced with something that works.

The red shift data set is so good and so consistent that scientists use the redshift of a galaxy to indicate how far away a galaxy was when the light originated. The data is correct, but they are reading it backwards. Scientists are making all sorts of equations, all based on looking at it backwards. It has become a mass delusion. This delusion started a long time ago with Edwin Hubble, https://www.nasa.gov/content/about-story-edwin-hubble and it just builds on itself because nobody with a degree in astrophysics wants to challenge “base knowledge”. I find it mind-boggling that I see this, but either they don’t, or they are afraid to challenge their peers, or challenge the works of the late and great Edwin Hubble.

THE MARTINDALE CONSTANT

My firm position is that a galaxy 11 billion light years from now, and another galaxy 1 billion light years from now, were both moving at the same speed 1 billion light years ago. They were both moving at the speed of the slower galaxy. That distant galaxy was not moving faster 1 billion years ago, and it is certainly not accelerating even faster now. All galaxies are moving at the same speed at any given time, and that speed is the expansion rate of the universe at that given time. Gravity affects the expansion rate of the entire universe over time, and affects it evenly. Let’s call this the Martindale Constant. Sure, we can do that.

I see there’s more than one spelling of the name Hubble. Yet once again, it takes a Martindale to refine the work of a Hubble / Hubbell. This Martindale who co-authored the famous Martindale-Hubbell Law Dictionary is believed to be a distant relative of mine.

Now, according to Hubble Constant thinking, very distant galaxies are currently flying away faster than the speed of light, while our galaxy and nearby galaxies are moving much slower. That’s just wrong, and no equation is going to make it right. The entire concept of the Hubble Constant is deeply flawed and wrong.

Key to understanding the flaw is realizing that each distant galaxy only provides one data point, which is the redshift of ancient light reaching us now. They can look at galaxy “x” that is 8 billion light years away, and what they see is how fast it was moving 8 billion light years ago. That’s it. They have not one shred of evidence to prove it is still moving that fast, or faster. They just assume so, perhaps based on Newton’s First Law of Motion, https://www.physicsclassroom.com/class/newtlaws/Lesson-1/Newton-s-First-Law as if gravity is not a factor. This is a fundamental logic error. All the data supports the Martindale Constant.

According to the Martindale Constant, we know exactly how fast that same galaxy “x” was moving 5 billion years ago, 3 billion years ago, and one billion years ago.

Just measure the redshift and speed of other galaxies that are 5 billion, 3 billion, and one billion light years away. There’s lots of data there, thousands or more good data points, and the data is closely aligned for each age group. If it weren’t, I would not suggest that gravity is affecting the expansion rate evenly over the entire universe. Apparently, there aren’t even any major exceptions that need explaining. It’s rock-solid data. It’s hard to argue with good data, but one still needs to read it correctly. The speed of that galaxy “x” has been reducing over time, and matching the speed of other galaxies of each age grouping. Yes, it really is that simple.

The Martindale Constant aligns with the data set, and validates the data set. Therefore, the ancient universe has been decelerating, not accelerating. Here I am, a 57-year-old guy from New Jersey who loves science but has never taken a single college course in astrophysics, and I’m the one who has to step up to the plate and set this straight. This is sad and embarrassing for the entire astrophysics’ community.

Thousands of data points show a clear pattern that the younger a galaxy’s light is, the slower the galaxy is moving. This means they were all moving much faster right after the Big Bang. Objects in space moving faster after an explosion, and then slowly reducing speed due to gravity. Yes, this makes intrinsic sense. This pattern holds true up to about 600 – 650 million years ago (mya), when the pattern becomes slightly irregular. We’ll get to this, and that’s the real interesting part of this article.

In this short article, we’ve just destroyed the entire foundation of astrophysics, and now all their equations and all their speculation on dark energy and the hyper-expansion of the universe are utter nonsense. Scientists, go back to your science, put on your thinking caps, and start over. I’m really not in your peer group, but you can peer-review this article.

THE UNIVERSE IS OLDER AND VASTLY LARGER THAN CURRENTLY CLAIMED

The implications of a decelerating universe are that the entire post-Big Bang universe is older and vastly larger, and that light from the early phases of the universe has not reached us, but eventually some of it will reach us. And that light won’t show any mature galaxies, just a vast distribution of quasars that are spewing matter and energy, and just starting to spin up their respective galaxies. Behind these quasars are even more quasars, which are younger, more energetic, and packed together even closer because space-time was less expanded at that time.

Each quasar is now a galaxy, and according to the Martindale Constant, it is moving at roughly the same speed as our own galaxy, probably within 1%. There are at least a billion times more galaxies out there than currently estimated, and maybe more. The current estimate is 2 trillion galaxies in the observable universe https://bigthink.com/starts-with-a-bang/how-many-galaxies/ , so I am now estimating 2 trillion billion galaxies, minimum. The actual mass and volume of the total universe is vastly greater than currently estimated, again by at least a billion times. We are only able to see out there about 13 billion light years, and even if the universe is only a billion years older (could be more) than the current estimate of 13.8 billion years, it was expanding tremendously faster in the first billion years, and even faster in the first thousand years. That early rapid expansion makes the current size of the universe profoundly larger.

DARK ENERGY IS NOTHING BUT GRAVITY, THERE IS NO MYSTERY TO EXPLAIN

Take your keys out, hold them in one hand, and throw them upwards about three feet, at a 45-degree angle, and watch gravity bring them down to your other hand. This is what is happening with the universe. Now imagine the speed of the keys at each point along that trajectory, and that is how the expansion rate of space was reducing as the keys rose, and then started increasing as the keys fell. Now for some comparative observations, keys vs. universe:

The speed of the keys was fastest at the instant of release. The expansion of the universe was fastest at the instant of the Big Bang
Over time, gravity slowed the keys as it reached its maximum height. Over time, gravity slowed the expansion of the universe until it reached some “maximum”
The speed of the keys then started increasing, becoming faster and faster as gravity pulled them down. The speed of the expansion of the universe started increasing about 600 – 650 mya. This transition is very significant.
There is no dark energy. There is no mysterious force to identify and describe. There is only gravity operating over additional dimensions that we humans cannot comprehend. Much like quantum entanglement, points that appear to be far apart are actually connected in other dimensions, and gravity is operating across at least two hidden dimensions, in addition to the three physical dimensions we perceive (up/down, left/right, front/back). Gravity has decelerated the expansion of the universe just like the keys that were thrown up, and then the keys fell back to Earth.
It is quite possible that the trajectory analogy of the universe was more like a bullet being fired than keys thrown up.

I just explained all this without using a single scientific equation. Starting with common sense is always good. As for the “closer” galaxies being out of the pattern of the Hubble Constant, they are also reading the data backwards. Imagine a point on the thrown keys’ trajectory about 55% along the way, which is about 5% after the maximum height that the keys reached. That’s about where the universe is now. Give or take a percent or two.

Sometime around 600 or 650 mya, there was a profound event affecting our entire universe. At that time, the deceleration of the expansion rate reached some minimum, and then a slight acceleration began. If the best analogy is a ball thrown straight up, or keys thrown at an angle, the minimum expansion rate reached was quite low, and it will be easy to pin down when it reversed. However, if the best analogy is a rifle firing a bullet, the data will be hard to discern. This is an area of needed investigation.

BLACK QUASARS

We live in a universe, but physical reality is actually binary. Instead, I have seen that there are two interconnected universes which phase back and forth between “quasars on” and “quasars off” over very long periods of time. Each true galaxy in our universe currently has a galactic black hole, aka a Black Quasar. Small irregular galaxies don’t count here.

Forget all the multiverse stuff, that’s a bratty nonsense theory to explain why everything is impossibly and perfectly tuned for atoms, galaxies, and life to exist, in the absence of a divine Creator. It’s way easier to have a divine Creator.

I have coined the term Black Quasar to describe these objects. A Black Quasar is completely different from a stellar (star-created) black hole, as different as an asteroid is to a star. Both are too massive to emit light or any energy, so both are “black”, but their size, nature and geometry are profoundly different. A Black Quasar connects to the companion universe, but a black hole is completely contained within our universe. Scientists who assign black holes the same properties as a Black Quasar are wrong. Black Quasars take it to another level. Also, there are no “mid-size” black holes. None have been found, and none will be found. They should not exist because there is no mid-size source object to create them. Therefore, it’s not a mystery why they don’t exist.

There are no active quasars in our universe at this time. The light from them is still reaching us, giving the impression that they still exist, but all the quasars have since shut down. This is all connected with the actual nature of Black Matter, which is very different from what mainstream science says. All the various parts of my vision for the structure of the universe merge together and support each other, and there are far fewer gaps and mysteries than in standard astrophysics. It’s not because I’m really good at making this up. It’s because I saw it, I understood it, and now I am publishing what I saw.

DARK MATTER EXPLAINED

Every Black Quasar in our universe is connected to an active Quasar in the companion universe, which sucks matter and energy from our universe, and spews it into the companion universe, forming and building their galaxies. Over billions of years, quasars spin up and create entire galaxies. Our universe is losing matter and energy, and our companion universe is gaining both. That is what is happening now. We “feel” each galaxy and active quasar in the companion universe via gravity associated with Black Quasars in our universe. For instance, our Milky Way is connected to another galaxy in the companion universe via our own Black Quasar, and we detect its gravity. These companion galaxies are the primary source of “dark matter”. Granted there are other sources like interstellar dust, but these companion galaxies are the major source.

However, up until about 600 to 650 mya, the pattern was reversed. Our universe had no Black Quasars, and instead every galaxy had an active Quasar / galactic center. As our universe was expanding (decelerating, but still expanding), the companion universe was contracting via additional dimensions. That contraction reached nothing via these additional dimensions, sort of like two pieces of paper coming together at faster than the speed of light, and colliding simultaneously along their entire flat surfaces. Some cosmologists refer to them as “branes”. Colliding branes caused a Big Bang in the companion universe some 600 – 650 mya.

We don’t see light from quasars younger than about 600 - 650 mya, and since there are trillions of quasars in the universe, and this time period is about 5% of the supposed age of the universe, this creates a statistical impossibility. Why are there no younger quasars? If plotted statistically, this anomaly would be off the charts on standard deviations. The short answer is it’s statistically possible only if there are currently no active quasars anywhere in the universe. All you scientists and skeptics out there, go ahead and can crunch the numbers on this common-sense claim, and you’ll see that I must be right. Gee, we just killed off all the quasars. This is sort of like Pluto being demoted as a planet. Sigh??? Next question, if there are no active quasars, why have they all gone black?

THE GREAT LIGHTS OUT

The companion universe had Black Quasars consuming matter and energy, and spewing it into the quasars of our universe. A Big Bang always reverses the flow of matter and energy between companion universes. A Big Bang in the companion universe some 600 – 650 mya instantly caused all of their Black Quasars to cease consuming matter and energy. Therefore, without an energy source, all of “our” quasars shut down instantly and simultaneously, all within a trillion trillionth of a second. It was as instantaneous of an event as a Big Bang. I have coined this event “The Great Lights Out”. All the quasars in our universe became Black Quasars instantly and simultaneously, about 600 – 650 mya ago. Apparently, I am the first theorist to suggest this.

And now that the flow of matter and energy is reversed, all of the Black Quasars (galactic black holes) in our universe are consuming matter and energy from their respective galaxies, and powering the quasars in our companion universe. A quasar only makes sense if it is ejecting matter and energy from a companion universe, and therefore the universe has to be binary in nature. I saw what a quasar is, and I understood what I saw.

Up until 600 – 650 mya, every quasar in every galaxy of our universe was spewing an unimaginable amount of gamma rays. They were so strong that advance life could not develop in any galaxy. Planets where conditions were favorable for life instantly had an explosion of diversity as soon as the quasars shut down, and their energy passed out of each galaxy. Here on Earth, that explosion of life was a bit delayed by a “Snowball Earth” glaciation event, which happened to be occurring. https://opengeology.org/historicalgeology/case-studies/snowball-earth/ After some millions of years, conditions became favorable and we had the Cambrian Period and the Cambrian explosion of complex life in which all the phylum developed. My estimate of 600 – 650 million years is just an estimate. If scientists later determine that The Great Lights Out actually happened 585 or 725 mya, that won’t change the concepts in this article.

When a Big Bang occurs, the universe with Black Quasars is completely recycled and every galaxy is destroyed when the branes collide. What is not destroyed is the Black Quasars that have all come together, packed into a small area. That universe “bounces” and every Black Quasar becomes a Quasar.

There is an enormous flash of light and radiation at the Big Bang, but the quasars are flying apart so much faster than the speed of light that this light and radiation would be “visible / detectable” only in an orb around each quasar which is expanding at the speed of light. The quasars flew apart so fast that it would be a long time before the light from one quasar actually reached another, even though they were much more tightly packed than now in terms of the vastness of space.

QUASARS ARE THE DIVISION OF THE BIG BANG

Standard theory holds that after the Big Bang, galaxies form, then stars, then galactic black holes, and then somehow quasars form very early on. They can’t explain how quasars form, and they never will because this is all wrong. Quasars exist from the instant of the Big Bang, and they start receiving matter from the newly formed Black Quasars in the companion universe.

A Big Bang is the separation of the quasars, which fly apart at great speed, in excess of one light year in the first second of the Big Bang. The initial expansion of a universe after a Big Bang is incredibly rapid, and then it decelerates continuously for many billions of years.

Also wrong is all the theories of the infinitesimal small size of the universe at the Big Bang, smaller than an atom. That’s as non-sensical as “Horton Hears a Who”, and all the multiverse stuff. I am not sure how small a universe crunches to just prior to a Big Bang, but the various laws of nature cause a bounce to occur within the last second. In some sense spacetime is “popping” in a Big Crunch, and to observers inside the collapsing universe, it’s been happening far faster than the speed of light for quite some time. They won’t “observe” the final collapse. The speed of collapse in the final second exceeds one light year per second, matching the expansion rate after a Big Bang. Some cosmologists have theorized about a bounce, and a cycle of Big Bangs and Big Crunches. I believe this is correct.

The companion universes phase back and forth between Quasar and Black Quasar phases, and this has happened billions of times, or more, over an immensely long period of time. Our current universe could be 14 or even 16 billion years old, but it’s just one universe in a very long cycle of universes. The best analogy I can put forwards is the flashing of a strobe light, with each flash being a universe that is either “quasars on” or “quasars off.” The entire existence of our universe is just one zap of a flickering strobe light in the grand scheme of reality. I posted an image below, but it pales in beauty to what I saw.

“Our” universe that God designed is billions of years old. The whole architecture of the universe, and everything from the scientific laws to the universal constants to the Periodic Table of Elements to the principles of organic chemistry is all so amazingly and intricately designed that it allows for life, and then for the evolution of life. As I said in the last article, this proves that God exists as the Creator, just as a loaf of bread proves that a baker exists. God did that, maybe not in six Earth days, but He did that.

Creating this whole complex system is a far greater accomplishment than what has been put forth in biblical Creationism. I really want to hold God in awe and wonder, and Creationism doesn’t accomplish that to the level of Theistic Design. Not even close. And science without God is nonsensical, because everything is too perfectly aligned and fine-tuned for life. For everything to be that perfect by random chance is an impossibility, and they know it. That’s why they have their bizarre Multiverse Theory. For me, it’s far easier to be left wondering why God exists. I already know God exists.

In the first article of the God and Science series, I explained the concept of temporal dimensions. There is the Real Time of the universe, and then there is this special temporal (time) dimension that God created for us to live in some 6,000 to 10,000 years ago. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/determinism-and-temporal-dimensions We are trapped in it, like characters in a movie. The temporal dimension is still up and running, and I believe we have Free Will to control its outcome. We don’t have to repeat what happened in Real Time, which is lain out in The Bible. Our temporal dimension and Real Time are both set in the same physical reality, which is the universe. They are just set at different times. The time period we are re-living is the maturation of human civilization. It’s not pure chance that we are living in THE most important time period out of billions of years of history. This time-block is super-important, and that’s why God created the special temporal dimension. Nothing in Article One is changed by today’s article.

In the second article, I explained how DNA is far more powerful than a supercomputer, and that DNA should be seen as proof of a divine Creator. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/dna-proves-that-god-exists Science should be viewed as a way to understand the complexity of God’s creation. It’s an absurdity to suggest that organic chemistry just happens to “work” for life to exist and to evolve, without a divine design.

I’ve explained the source of my knowledge in the other articles of this God and science series. My great inspirations don’t come sitting at my desk, thinking and typing. They come at night, in my dreams, or while lying in bed in deep meditation at the very edge of being awake and being asleep. I’ll just snap awake with a “wow” over an idea that hits me. I’ve read that Thomas Edison and Albert Einstein also had great inspiration during dreams. Millions of people have such dreams, but very few recognize that they are divinely inspired. God is speaking to many people and giving knowledge during dreams. Be humble before God, and recognize the source. I am on a mission to reveal what I have seen in astrophysics, and also to expose more people to the concept of Theistic Design. Naysayers among both science and religion stand in my way. I don’t care. I care only about my mission. Aye, Moriarty !!!

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings including the first two articles, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576/

DNA PROVES THAT GOD EXISTS

Tue, 09 Aug 2022 18:06:42 GMT

DNA IS UNIMAGINABLY MORE COMPLEX THAN ANY SUPER-COMPUTER

This is the second in my series of articles on God and Science. In terms of information storage capacity, the DNA in the cells of a simple one-celled bacteria is far stronger and more complicated than the most powerful supercomputer. The difference is by a mind-boggling order of magnitudes. And if you are thinking 3, 5, or at the most 10, you are in for an almighty shock.

The science community wants us to believe that the level of complexity in DNA simply CREATED ITSELF, over two billion years ago, to govern the reproduction of single-celled algae and bacteria, without any kind of divine plan. Reading The Bible is always good, but the level of absurdity to this scientific claim cannot be understood by reading The Bible. It can only be understood through science itself.

Ever wonder why a computer only stores a “1” or a “O”. Why are there only two choices for each information position? Why not three or four choices? Why not ten choices? Now let’s take a look at DNA. Molecular biologists have identified four proteins that compromise DNA. They are adenine, cytosine, guanine, and thymine. These make up the DNA base pairs.

ADENINE (A)

CYTOSINE (C)

GUANINE (G)

THYMINE (T)

Four choices are way more complex than two choices, but no, DNA is not a 4-choice data system. DNA actually has 12 possible choices for each data position. The letter pairs below are the 12 choices:

POSSIBLE DATA CHOICES FOR EACH DNA LEVEL (each level is a DNA base-pair)

Adenine-Cytosine AC
Adenine-Guanine AG
Adenine-Thymine AT
Cytosine-Adenine CA
Cytosine-Guanine CG
Cytosine-Thymine CT
Guanine-Adenine GA
Guanine-Cytosine GC
Guanine-Thymine GT
Thymine-Adenine. TA
Thymine-Cytosine. TC
Thymine-Guanine. TG

POSSIBLE DATA CHOICES FOR COMPUTER CODE

Zero 0
One 1

How much better is a 12-choice system than a 2-choice system? I’m going to try and explain this as simply as possible, until it outpaces what can be conceptualized. DNA isn’t a few data points long. Even the simplest microscopic organism has millions of base pairs.

For DNA, the first data position is any of the 12 possible base pairs. Including the second data position, there are 12 x 12 = 144 choices. Go three rows deep, and there’s 12 x 12 x 12 = 1,728 choices. Oh boy, this is exponentially greater than a 0 or 1 choice that yields 8 possible choices three rows deep. Right off the bat, DNA is much better at information storage than computer code. If we go only 10 levels deep, for DNA there’s over 61 billion possible combinations (see the yellow highlighted number below). For computer code, there’s only 1,024 possible combinations.

Let’s go to position 20. See the chart above. That’s a mind-blowing difference for a DNA spiral with only 20 levels. Yet DNA isn’t 20 data positions, it’s a long spirally thing with million or billions of data positions. Let’s consider for a moment the DNA of a cat.

Question: What information is stored in a cat’s DNA?

Answer: How to make a cat

Oh, yes, of course. You knew that, but I needed to spell it out. The DNA for how to make a cat is INFORMATION. This information is organized into something called life. Quite literally, a cat is a biological computer. So is all life, from a bacterium up to a human. Biological computers are way better than electronic computers, in ways other than information storage. Computers can’t work without an outside power source, but a cat can. Computers can’t exist outside in the weather, but cats can. Cats can exist into the future, storing and passing on the information on how to make a cat, possibly for millions of years. Compare that to these computers that were abandoned by the US military in Afghanistan. They quickly became useless without humans to keep them going. They can’t even function, not less reproduce.

Human DNA has over 3 billion base pairs, spread out over 23 chromosomes. https://www.genome.gov/genetics-glossary/Base-Pair If each base pair is an information position with 12 choices, how many possible choices are there in a data system that is 3 billion base pairs long?

The answer is so large it can only be measured by “orders of magnitude”. Each order of magnitude Is a zero on a number. https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Order_of_magnitude For instance, 100 is 3 orders of magnitude. Each additional order of magnitude is 10 times larger than the order before it. 20 orders of magnitude is ten times more than 19 orders of magnitude. Got it?

Now imagine a number with phenomenally more zero’s than I can type on this page. That’s how many orders of magnitude that DNA outperforms a super-computer.

Just how many more zeroes? We are comparing a 2-choice system to a 12-choice system, so each level (each data point) is 10 times more complex (12 – 2 = 10). Hmmm, ten. What a coincidence. That’s one order of magnitude for each information level (each DNA base pair).

So, if human DNA is 3 billion base pairs long, that means it is 3 billion orders of magnitude more powerful than the 0’s and 1’s of computer storage. That number is a one (1) followed by three billion zeroes. And that’s not how many times stronger that DNA is over computer code for information storage. That’s how many orders of magnitude that it is stronger. For example, 50,000 orders of magnitude is a number ten times larger than 49,999 orders of magnitude. 3 billion orders of magnitude is a number absurd beyond human comprehension.

And that information is packed into the DNA of every single cell, and each cell is so small that it is microscopic.

ACCORDING TO EVOLUTIONARY THEORY, THAT DNA CREATED ITSELF

This is the DNA that science says created itself. Ha. They say it created itself without the hand of God. My article doesn’t include any audio, but this is right time to laugh really hard. We are at the point that there has to be a divine creator for DNA. In no way shape or form could DNA have created itself.

We could cut the scientists a little bit of slack by suggesting that God set up all the universal constants, all the laws of nature, and all the principles of organic chemistry specifically for this level of complexity to exist, and then He sat back and watched as DNA evolved according to His divine plan. Could he do that? Sure, He is God. And maybe the process is happening on millions or more planets throughout the universe. The first problem is that science actually has no clue how DNA evolved, and it’s all guesswork. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK6360/ Secondly, this “systemic creation” concept is not the Creationist position, even though it effectively proves a greater God.

I disagree with traditional Creationist theory. I think that systemic creation is a mightier accomplishment than God individually creating each species. Conceptually, any kind of system is much grander than the sum of its parts. Traditional Creationist theory takes the parts approach, and to that extent it is missing the full glory of an evolutionary and ecological system that GOD DESIGNED to advance and evolve. I wrote a prior essay on systemic creation. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/god-science-and-the-creation-paradox

According to science, DNA supposedly created itself 2 billion years ago, for the purpose of one-celled bacteria to reproduce. All of that information complexity, just for microscopic forms of life. Wow. It’s just ridiculous.

Computers as we know them will never outcompete DNA. At some point computer scientists are going to have give up their binary system of 1’s and 0’s, and move over to a 12-choice DNA-based computer coding system. They will start to use DNA to store information, and computers will literally become biological. Say goodbye to Moore’s Law.

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/m/mooreslaw.asp . The complexity of information storage will far more than double every two years.

This technology is already being developed. Next, they are going to want to implant a microchip into our hands or foreheads to merge the human mind with the internet, and also to allow us to make electronic purchases. It’s been prophesized, and now it’s coming in our lifetime.

Let’s look at the existence of DNA using a simple logic tree:

Did DNA evolve by itself, yes or no?

If the answer is no, that means it was engineered directly by a divine creator. God did that.

If the answer is yes, go to question #2.

2. Why are the universal constants, the laws of nature, and the principles of organic chemistry set up in such a way to make it possible for DNA to evolve, all by itself?

Option one, there is a divine creator. God did that.
Option two, everything is exactly perfect to allow life, but it’s by pure chance. It was a zillion to one “win the mega-billion lottery” chance, and somehow it happened.

Option #2 is an absurdity. Good science is never based on absurdities, it is based on tested and proven principles and ideas. In the end, science cannot answer itself, and instead it all points to a divine creator. God did that.

A loaf of bread proves that a baker exists.
A house proves that a builder exists.
DNA proves that God exists.

Can I make it any clearer? I made my case, and proved my points without cracking open The Bible and citing a single verse. I said in the opening of this article that I would prove my case through science itself, and I did.

The more I learn about science, the more I am in awe of God. DNA isn’t in The Bible, yet it exists, and it proves there is a Creator.

Devout Christians have it all wrong when they say that Science and God are in conflict. Let’s explore this a little further. Yes, science causes Youth and Young Adults to veer away from God, and to reject God. That is happening only because of how the curriculum is designed, and how God is kept completely out. Youth and Young Adults are led towards a weak understanding of science, because a stronger understanding points to a divine Creator.

All you atheists, agnostics, and cynics out there, please learn more about math and science. If you love math and science, you are on the path to God. You might not think you are, until it hits you. You are going to have an a-ha moment. Perhaps this article is that a-ha moment for some of you. I certainly hope so. And for others, it’s one big step on your path to understanding the nature of reality, and the glory of God.

6 DAYS OR 13.8 BILLION YEARS

The whole system of organic chemistry, DNA, and life simply isn’t possible without a divine Creator. For the purposes of this essay, it doesn’t matter if the universe was created by God in 6 days or in 13.8 billion years. Either way, DNA and life are mathematically and statistically impossible without a divine creator.

If your understanding of The Bible and the Word of God is “entry level”, don’t get hung up on the 6-day Creation thing. Don’t let it be an obstacle. Many people’s spiritual development is stopped dead at that level. They learn a little science and a little religion, and then decide that one thing is absolutely true, which is that the physical universe is 13.8 billion years old. And once they agree to that, they give up on God and religion. Big mistake. Let me be crystal clear ---- my position is that even if the physical universe is 13.8 billion years old, the complexity of DNA is still impossible without a divine creator.

The same is true for everything learned in astrophysics. Everything discovered is impossible without a divine creator. Another essay is pending on that one.

Christians have this concept of a “stronghold”. https://www.gotquestions.org/spiritual-strongholds.html Anything that stops someone from attaining the highest possible appreciation for God is a stronghold. Many Christians want to say that most of science is a stronghold. But if true science actually proves God, it’s not a stronghold.

Atheists and secular forces designing curriculum have created strongholds against God in both math and science. I personally have broken through every one of them. I have broken every rope and every chain.

I’ve reached the point that the more I learn about math and science, the more I am in utter and astounding awe of God and everything He designed and created.

A few serious scientists are actually suggesting that God created everything. Michio Kaku is one of them. He was quite popular among the science community 10 or 20 years ago, and his face is recognizable to many people. In recent years he has been marginalized, especially now that he has written a book called The God Equation. https://www.amazon.com/God-Equation-Quest-Theory-Everything/dp/0385542747

Michio Kaku, Author of The God Equation

I explained in the first article in the God & Science series that the universe is indeed 13.8 billion years old, but we are living in a temporal (time) dimension that is 6,000 to 10,000 years old, and which was set up by God within the one and only physical reality/spacetime. Therefore, both science and the Bible are correct on the Creation debate, from different perspectives. There is Real Time which includes the Kingdom of Heaven, and then there are a great many dimensions of time (temporal dimensions) which have been set up by God for souls to visit in order to experience our current time period. “Our” time period is the maturation of humanity. We are living in one of these temporal dimensions, and it is 6,000 to 10,000 years old. It may run for another 1,000 or so years. The first article, entitled Determinism and Temporal Dimensions, explains this in detail. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/determinism-and-temporal-dimensions

I know this is considered a radical Christian position, but I am on a mission to break all strongholds. We Christians are losing 90% of our youth to the Creation v. Evolution debate. We’re left with 10%, and a textbook case of Confirmation Bias has set in. God is very displeased with this. As we lose our youth, we lose our country. I’m not letting go of 90% of our youth, not when I’ve seen in dreams the nature of the universe and the structure of reality. It’s all quite shocking, but people are ready for the truth. My mission continues.

DETERMINISM AND TEMPORAL DIMENSIONS

Thu, 07 Jul 2022 14:22:47 GMT

EXPOSING THE FLAW IN ANCESTOR SIMULATION THEORY

While God rarely communicates directly with people, he may convey ideas and advice through dreams. Sometimes there is great intuition in dreams, and not everyone recognizes its divine origins. Instead, they conclude that it’s simply their own brain coming up with things during sleep.

I have seen the structure of the universe and the nature of reality in dreams. The level of complexity and intuition that I have seen can only come from a higher level than myself. I am humble before God, and claim no credit for anything in this article.

I have seen concepts and ideas never put forth in science, science fiction, or religion. For all three reasons, I don’t believe it’s my own brain sourcing the dream. God is far greater than my brain.

Everything I’ve seen is too much for one article, so this article will focus on temporal dimensions and ancestor simulations.

The universe has a great many temporal (time) dimensions. The universe is not just the three physical dimensions, and time. There is one physical reality of the universe set in "Real Time”, and then there is a great many additional temporal dimensions that have been divinely created within the same physical universe. We don’t live in Real Time, which is thousands or millions of years in the future. We live in one of the many alternate temporal dimensions which have been created by God for ancestor simulation purposes.

These temporal dimensions cannot be described as computer programs, because they are set in actual physical reality, not in computer code. All of the temporal dimensions are running in the one real physical universe that is 13.8 billion years old. This is all God’s design.

The temporal dimensions are about 6,000 – 10,000 years old, and this accounts for the biblical timeline assertation of Creation. The two claims of the age of the universe (science and The Bible) are not in conflict, and each is correct.

We live in a reality, a temporal (time) dimension, that was created between 6,000 and 10,000 years ago, and it is set in a physical universe 13.8 billion years old.

Initially, neither side of the argument will like me for laying this out and defining the nature of reality. I don’t care. My mission is to unveil the truths that I have seen. The greatest obstacle to our Youth and young adults accepting God, Jesus, and the values of the Christian Faith is that they learn the true age of the universe through science, and that totally discredits all of religion.

This clarification on Creationism restores the credibility of religion. In time it will open the floodgates to people becoming believers, as Christianity and science are no longer in conflict. The timing of this article publishing is exactly perfect, coming less than 24 hours after the destruction of the Georgia Guidestones. The “New World Order” is really on the run, and now the two great masters of Western Civilization, science and Faith, shall become friends. The more I learn about science, the more I want to believe in God. The beauty and complexity of everything from DNA to astrophysics simply calls for a theistic designer.

My position is that these details were not revealed in Genesis because society and science were not advanced enough for people to understand the concepts outlined in this article. It’s time now for these truths to be known. People are ready.

THEISTIC DETERMINISM

This concept of Temporal Dimensions may bring clarity to the otherwise mysterious theological concept of Determinism. Determinism holds that everything that is going to happen is pre-ordained, and has "already happened" in the mind of God. Yet according to Determinism, we also have free will. These two points seems to be in conflict, but a closer analysis shows that they are not.

The matter of theistic determinism continues to be under debate. Here’s a few sources on the discussion.

The debate has gone on for hundreds of years, and we aren’t going to conclusively resolve it today. I’m adding another whole phase to the debate by overhauling ancestor simulation theory. https://u.osu.edu/vanzandt/2018/04/18/ancestor-simulations/

Ancestor simulation theory has merit, but only from the perspective of temporal dimensions. I reject all considerations that we are living in a computer program, which until now has been the sole perspective of ancestor simulation theory. The biggest proponent of ancestor simulation theory has been billionaire Elon Musk. https://www.nbcnews.com/mach/science/what-simulation-hypothesis-why-some-think-life-simulated-reality-ncna913926

Most people stick to their own realms. People who follow science write only about science, and people who follow the Bible write only about a Christian perspective. Part of my mission is to break out of these boxes, and put forth a unified explanation of reality that incorporates Genesis and science.

From an ancestor simulation / temporal dimension perspective, everything predicted in The Bible, including the events of Revelations, has already happened in Real Time. We are re-living the events in our temporal dimension, and we have Free Will to decide what actually happens in our temporal dimension.

It is key to understand that whatever happens in our temporal dimension is not so important in the grand scheme of things, because Real Time is what really counts.

Many different temporal dimensions are all running in the same physical universe, and they running at slightly different times. There are thousands or more of myself, each existing in a temporal dimension. All of the Eric Martindale’s share the same soul. And most of the me’s have written, or will soon write, what I am writing now.

The next concept to address is why are we living in THE critical time period in all of history. Think about this for a moment. The universe is 13.8 billion years old, and will continue for billions more years. Our species, homo sapiens, is 200,000 years old at most, and apparently will continue in some form for many tens of millions of years.

But you and I just happen to be alive in the critical few thousand years in which our species achieved civilization, technology, space travel capacity, and is confronted with the issues of global population and associated environmental concerns. What’s the chance of that? It’s got to be way more than a million to one, right? Wrong. The chance is virtually 100%, and the chance of living in Real Time is way less than 1%.

Of all possible time periods past, present, and future, these few thousand years are the most interesting and the most important. Humanity’s coming of age is the critical time. Therefore, this critical time period is selected by God for the creation of the ancestor simulations.

God isn’t making temporal dimensions for some time period 100 million years ago. There’s no point to that, as no human was even alive. And what happens after humanity’s coming of age is also less important. The really important and interesting time period is right now, these few thousand years.

The purpose of the ancestor simulations is for the eternal souls from Real Time to associate with human bodies, and to live and experience humanity’s coming of age. Living in a temporal dimension is way better than watching a movie, and now the souls are actually experiencing everything first-hand.

From a purely analytical perspective, you can either be living in the one and only Real Time, or in any one of the thousands of ancestor simulations. Thus, it’s not a million to one chance that you live during humanity’s coming of age. Instead the chance is way more than 99%.

Some Christians believe that souls are created at conception, and by conception. I rarely or never criticize any Christian belief, but this one I must. Souls come from the Kingdom of Heaven in Real Time, and they exist prior to conception. Each soul associates with a fertilized egg at conception.

You and your body are important, but your soul is far more important. You exist for your soul to have an association with your mind and your body. Our entire reality, meaning our temporal dimension, was created specifically for the souls to experience life in humanity’s coming of age. Those who commit abortions are robbing that soul of its chance to live in our time, and that is the gravest of sins.

The sheer number of souls wanting to live in a human body is so enormous that there needs to be many people born to accommodate them. Christianity is quite clear that we are “to be fruitful and multiply”. This is in order to supply the human bodies for the souls to associate with. While the environment is important and should be respected as being God’s design, the only environment that really counts is in Real Time.

What is the condition of the Earth in Real Time. It’s probably not so great. Not exactly like the Matrix movies, but bad.

Quite often, something goes very bad in a temporal dimension, and the decision is made by God to combine it into another temporal dimension perhaps running only seconds apart. The two realities are not exactly the same, and this accounts for The Mandela Effect. https://www.goodhousekeeping.com/life/entertainment/g28438966/mandela-effect-examples/

The fact that we experience Mandela Effects is the proof that we are not living in Real Time. We are living in a temporal dimension.

When I was in grade school, the word “dilemma” was spelled “dilemna”, and it was on a list of words we learned that were spelled differently from how they sounded. Other people remember this as well. This is called a Mandela Effect.

There was a Bible verse about the lion laying down with the lamb. Well, it’s no longer a lion, it’s a wolf. When was this change made? Never, it’s always been the wolf, except to those who recall the Mandela Effect on this matter. https://www.reddit.com/r/MandelaEffect/comments/rd7aap/the_lion_shall_lay_down_with_the_lamb_is_not_in/

We ate Gordon’s fish fillets, not Gorton’s. I never heard of the latter brand until 2013. When I arrived at the local store one day, there was no longer a brand called Gordon’s even though I had been buying it for years. And yes, there were two movies in the 1990’s starring a Black man as a genie, not one movie.

The Gospels speak of Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead. Or perhaps Jesus combined one reality with another temporal dimension in which Lazarus was alive? He can do that. He’s Jesus.

Mandela Effects often feature people who died, and then suddenly they are still alive. This is happening because the person is so important to the timeline globally that if he or she dies, the entire timeline goes bad. I did not experience the timeline in which Nelson Mandela died years before he did, but I respect others who did.

To readers who know about Determinism, all events are predestined, and the Biblical timeline is set in stone. In the Godly scheme of things, outside of time as we know it, everything in The Bible has already happened. The trick is to understand that we actually don’t live in the Real Time of all those predestined events.

We live in a temporal matrix, a dimension of time, which was created by God some 6,000 – 10,000 years ago. God is beyond all dimensions of time, and of course He is in control of spacetime, which He created. He can splice up spacetime and create a re-run anytime and any way he wants.

Don’t deny for a second that He can create many temporal dimensions. If you deny that ability, that means I believe in a greater and more powerful God than you do. That’s a tough pill to swallow for many strong believers.

Yes, we have Free Will, and we can control the future of events within this re-run, our temporal dimension, and at some point, our reality will simply end abruptly, like a movie that ends. The “End Days” is the end of the ancestor simulation. Yet another Biblical concept is now accounted for by ancestor simulation theory.

Is the destruction and suffering described in Revelations the only possible future? No, that’s what happened in Real Time. God gave us a brain to use, arms to build things, and a heart to love. What we do in our temporal dimension is our choice. And that choice starts with recognizing its existence, and understanding the nature of reality as I have described.

“Ship in a bottle” episode of Star Trek

Dare I suggest that the entire purpose of creating our temporal dimension is to live out the events in a different and better way. Imagine being a character in a movie, but then during the movie you become aware that you are in the movie, and you realize that you have the Free Will to rewrite the movie so that the story line can be different, and the ending can be better.

Some may recall the “Ship in the Bottle” episode of Star Trek in which a holodeck character, Professor Moriarty, realizes that he is not living in the real world, and instead he is just a character in a simulation. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ship_in_a_Bottle_(Star_Trek:_The_Next_Generation)

Humanity is on the verge of having the Professor Moriarty consciousness moment. We are the characters within an alternate temporal dimension that are just realizing our place in the universe, and the power of our Free Will.

When googling more about ancestor simulation theory, please understand that the computer program concept of the theory is wrong, and the simulations are happening another way. I’m ahead of all the artists and plot writers with this concept of temporal dimensions being the basis for ancestor simulation theory.

Some of the artists and plot writers have also been inspired through dreams. That’s why they are creating all of these movies and TV episodes about alternate realities. The problem is that they come from such a leftist and artistic mindset that they just won’t look at “reality” from the perspective of The Bible, Revelations, and Theistic Determinism.

There may be other non-artists who have also had the dream, but they either don’t understand what they saw, or they are just thinking about publishing something, and procrastinating. Even myself, I’ve been wanting to publish this for years.

Some Mandela Effect theorists talk about multiple realities converging many times until there’s one “good one”. This fits well into everything I’ve written here, as it would be the Will of God to create one really good timeline. Perhaps the condition of the Earth is simply terrible in Real Time, and once all the temporal dimensions merge into one good timeline, it will merge with Real Time and replace it. And then the Earth in Real Time will be a human and ecological paradise undestroyed by the events that happened in Revelations. Altering Real Time would indeed be a profound twist on the whole concept of Determinism.

Determinism has the been the subject of contentious philosophical and theological debate for hundreds of years. https://www.christiancourier.com/articles/1515-the-doctrine-of-determinism-what-is-it It’s been fun exploring the concepts.

I have a companion article coming out on Black Quasars (I have coined the term) and the nature of physical reality. Science is wrong on almost everything in Astrophysics. I have seen in a dream that the physical universe has a set and finite volume that wraps around itself much like the surface of the Earth wraps around itself, and there is nowhere else in existence.

The universe is also binary in nature; one side has active quasars creating galaxies, and the other side has Black Quasars at the core of each galaxy. Each Quasar/Black Quasar pair is linked. One side of the universe is always expanding at the expense of the other, and filling the other side’s entire volume, which then causes a new Big Bang, and the cycle flips. A Big Bang on one side instantly triggers the collapse of all Quasars into Black Quasars on the other side. Trillions of them, all within a milli-second. And what scientists call Black Energy is nothing new or mysterious. It’s simply gravity linking and powering the entire system. My full article on this is overdue. Here’s a teaser image.

Eric Martindale, Founder of The Welcome Movement

GOD, FAMILY, COUNTRY, AND RACE UNITY

Thu, 27 Jan 2022 22:43:25 GMT

THE MEANING OF “WELCOME MOVEMENT” EXPLAINED

Should White conservatives be associated with racism? Many people, especially older classic liberals and older African-Americans, believe that “conservative” is a value association of 1. God and Jesus, 2. Family values, 3. Country and nationalism, and 4. White Supremacy. Think you’ve read every conservative argument on this matter? Read on.

Here’s the truth bomb --- That’s exactly what the KKK-based conservative value regime was in the 1920’s. It’s been breaking down in phases since then, to the great detriment of family values, Christianity, and basic love of country.

Now it’s time for conservatives to make a clean break with the racism of the past in order to create a broader coalition of people, to reverse the decline of family and religion, and to take back the Blue States.

This can only be accomplished by openly identifying the problem, and then condemning it instead of simply blaming it on long-ago Democrats.

The legacy of racism has harmed, fractured, and discredited Christianity, causing it’s decline. That’s the central problem. What’s at stake is the Judeo-Christian tradition itself, and either way the American nation follows. The fate of our nation is important, but it is secondary to the fate of the Judeo-Christian tradition. The political implications are the third level of importance.

First, let’s identify how White conservatives were racist in the 1920’s. Racism was literally one of the four pillars of being conservative.

OLD CONSERVATIVE VALUE REGIME, 1920’s

GOD and JESUS

FAMILY

COUNTRY

WHITE RACE

Do any conservatives out there today identify with that value regime? No, and you better not. That’s Klanism. That value regime is completely beyond the thinking of modern conservatives. It is an affront to Christianity, and to the belief that all people, all races, are equal in the eyes of God.

Christianity cannot stand for racism in any form, period. That is not the Will of God. That is not the Gospel of Jesus. This has to be totally repudiated by modern conservatives, unequivocally. Everyone, all races, all peoples, are the children of God. Those racists may have called themselves Christian, but they were not following Christian ideas.

Their racism has discredited Christianity. It has pushed people away from God and Jesus, and caused a greater separation of Church and State.

Tens of millions of people have left God and Jesus over the association of Christians with racism. And with the decline of religion, government increasingly replaces church and family.

Many no longer follow any religion. Some Blacks, and even Latino’s, have converted to alternative religions like Islam, which tells them that Christianity is “a racist White religion”. This is why alternative religions are typically left-leaning. Muslims in particular want to enflame racial divisions in America to encourage more Blacks and Latino’s to abandon Jesus, and to join with them. It might come with a smile and a warm greeting, but it’s purely and absolutely subversive.

For at least 100 years, classic liberals have been fighting this racist value regime by opposing all four pillars, including God and Jesus, family, and country. Conservatives really haven’t understood this. We’ve blamed “communism”, but the first decision was to reject and challenge all four pillars of society, and then they turned to communism as an alternative. Radical Muslims like Ilhan Omar are politically aligned with leftists and communists simply because they have the same foe.

Now it’s 2022, and the pendulum simply can’t swing any further left. It has reached an absurdity on many culture war issues. You name the issue, and the position is ridiculous and unsustainable.

The Left has successfully destroyed God, family, and country to the point that society can no longer function. We’re at the max level of chaos and disorder right now. The pendulum is full Left.

The pendulum is poised to swing back towards a new value regime supporting God, family, and country. To give the swing the greatest possible energy, I specifically want it to add race unity as one of its core concepts.

NEW CONSERVATIVE VALUE REGIME

GOD and JESUS

FAMILY

COUNTRY

RACE UNITY

That looks beautiful. It is beautiful. But we’re not done. For this change to be embraced by Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants, we have to further expose all of the past racism, in great and disgusting detail. Everyone needs to know that we really understand it, and we fully repudiate it. Only then will our case, and our cause, be real.

IT WAS STRUCTURAL RACISM, A CASTE SYSTEM

That old conservative value regime was structural racism. It was like the caste system in India, or Adolf Hitler creating tiers of racial desirability with Germanic peoples on top.

Everyone hates structural racism. Latinos hate it, Asians hate it, Intellectuals and Liberals hate it, and Blacks are absolutely terrified by it. That was the Ku Klux Klan.

Here's a 1938 red-lining map of the NY/NJ metro area. Notice how the banks used the same color pattern, minus an orange category. This was monstrously wrong, and it wasn’t even a good business practice to deny construction loans based on demographics.

https://dsl.richmond.edu/panorama/redlining/?fbclid=IwAR0xhqGsOu1sEY7YsQKtmBotArrvU1xM4ddMXmgsRRBcDZlPgRZm5EuvqBU#loc=13/40.895/-74.073

Until we conservatives firmly and absolutely repudiate racism, Black Christians and immigrant Christians will continue to say: “nothing has changed, this is still the status quo of how conservatives and White Christians think, and what the Republican Party is really about.” They absolutely believe it. It drives their voting decisions, and it defines how they feel about religion and White people in general.

That’s why it’s time to completely smash it in the name of Jesus, and to declare racism as evil and against the Will of God. We conservatives can’t make any excuses, none, zero. It’s time to completely overturn the apple cart.

Our unity includes the American flag. I don’t care that some people want to wave the Confederate flag. They’ll be mad at first, but they aren’t going to vote for the Leftists. They will get onboard with this program when they see that Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants are supporting the conservative side, and elections are being won. In the end, our common Judeo-Christian heritage is what will unify us. Let Jesus heal.

Conservatives need to admit what the KKK was about in their heyday, the 1920’s. It wasn’t poor White southerners living in trailer parks and spitting tobacco.

The KKK were quiet, clean-shaven, nicely-dressed parents and grandparents all over the nation. They regularly attended church, they cherished their families, and they firmly opposed all substance abuse, including alcohol. The KKK were business owners, bankers, builders, law enforcement officers, elected officials, and members of various fraternal orders. And they were all devote racists. http://browniesenglish.weebly.com/uploads/2/1/8/2/2182950/kkk_info.pdf The Klan’s view of society was a straight-up equivalent to the Caste System of India:

THE AMERICAN CASTE SYSTEM IN THE 1920’s

TIER ONE: High society people, mostly of English or Dutch ancestry, but including entrepreneurs rising out of Tier Two. They were big business owners, Wall Street tycoons, doctors, lawyers, and wealthy landowners via inheritance. They often belonged to country clubs, and had sprawling estates. A prime example is the Bush family, or the Howell’s from the TV comedy Gilligan’s Island.

TIER TWO: English and Dutch who were not wealthy, and other White Christians and Protestants of northern European background, such as Scottish, Welch, French, and Scandinavian. This included the average White American with multiple northern European ancestries. People in Tier 2 were accepted as full members of society, and granted all rights and privileges regardless of income (except country club membership). They just weren’t as special as the ruling elite. Germans were in and out of Tiers Two and Three, due to world wars and the changing geopolitical situation.

TIER THREE: Catholics, Jews, Greeks, Armenians, Native Americans, Hispanics, and Asians. My explanation here is flawed and simplistic, as this tier had multiple sublevels, and was in constant flux over time as groups jockeyed for position with each other. Some groups were broadly tolerated, but not considered equal to Tier Two, while other immigrants were subjected to much more intense discrimination. https://italoamericano.org/sicilian-immigrants/ The Kennedy family resented being stuck in Tier Three despite their economic success, and this resentment fueled their liberalism.

TIER FOUR: Blacks were the equivalent of the Untouchables in the Hindu caste system. They were so “untouchable” that they had separate bathrooms and water fountains, they were not allowed to shop or dine with Whites, and they had to sit in the back of the bus. Black people were considered sexually untouchable as well, via taboo.

The caste system is the actual history of America. https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/jul/28/untouchables-caste-system-us-race-martin-luther-king-india

Many people are in denial. Part of the denial problem is that there are now so many people whose grandparents were in the 3 ^rd and 4 ^th caste that they don’t want to acknowledge the socioeconomic level of their family roots. I have ancestors covering all four castes, so I know about it quite well.

Here’s the Latin American version of the caste system.

The American Caste System did not originate in the 1920’s. It may have peaked then with the KKK, but it goes back to colonial times when the rift between working-class Scottish immigrants and the English fueled the American Revolution. The caste system was still quite strong in 1960 when John F. Kennedy’s Irish Catholic background was a major factor holding back votes.

It’s not dead until it’s completely vanished from the dating scene. Many young people have met someone they really liked, but felt they couldn’t date, knowing their parents wouldn’t approve of the relationship. That’s the caste system in action.

And when it’s completely smashed, conservatives will start promoting a mix-race dating and marriage scene. Think conservatives can’t have a sexual revolution? Just watch. It’s coming, and that’s what will really swing the pendulum to the Right.

Black Americans, especially the older generations, know this American caste system so well that they think this pattern continues strong and completely unabated to this day. It’s relatively easy to prove exceptions to the average Black person, but “that’s just a good White person”, they’ll say. “The whole country is still racist”, is the firm belief.

Keeping America divided, and promoting the narrative of racism (instead of unity) is mission-central to getting out the Democratic vote. It’s literally what the Party stands for, not because that’s what they really want, but because they have no choice. Their voters are so unmotivated that the racism narrative is the best way to win elections. They know they can’t get out the vote with an honest platform of peace, love, and unity. Classic liberals secretly hate this situation, but they never admit it publicly.

This is also why they wanted a pandemic; it was an excuse to mail everyone a ballot. Next is to legalize ballot harvesting. They can’t get their voters to vote, so the whole election system needs to be changed, or Republicans are going to win.

By default, it has become the focus of all leftist politics to define conservatives as racist. To make this happen, the media, academia, and their political allies create various narratives to enhance divisions, and blast them everywhere to stir emotions. Here’s a recent one: https://www.chicksonright.com/blog/2022/01/05/msnbcs-joy-reid-compares-possible-arrest-of-texas-democrats-to-fugitive-slave-act-5/?fbclid=IwAR29rqvFlFQnYE5ocF6smDAh57UJFhi-RJBvxwAWobn1FsEP0rYrd6wCHfk

This pattern defines our politics. https://www.lifesitenews.com/opinion/political-correctness-is-how-the-totalitarian-left-takes-over/

Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants are divided politically from conservative White Christians, and they are now supporting a Far-left political party that doesn’t even like their Christian views.

Eric Martindale, Founder of The Welcome Movement

The Democratic strategists know it’s game-over if only one-third of Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants come over to the conservative side. My thinking is this --- if that’s their greatest fear, let’s do it.

Just to make sure that all of the components of the Democratic rainbow alliance remain onboard, the dominant message of the media, Big Tech, and especially from artists and entertainers, has been to reinforce the central narrative that the White Christian is the racist, nationalist, gun-toting enemy of all the diverse, innocent, and oppressed peoples of America.

DON’T DEBATE IF THE PARTIES FLIPPED ON RACISM

The typical conservative response is to downplay the past racism, ignore the caste system, and simply say to minority voters that “we aren’t that way”. I’ve done a way better job exposing the racism, and firmly repudiating it.

Then there’s a running battle over whether or not the two Parties flipped on racism. Each side has points, and the matter is unresolvable. Debating this matter is always a mindless mistake.

Just to have the discussion is to lose the discussion, because it DISREGARDS how the association with racism has harmed and divided Christianity, and weakened the entire Judeo-Christian tradition.

The basic conservative value set of God, family, and country is what’s needed. It won’t be more widely embraced unless it is part of a new and explicitly non-racist value regime. That’s what makes it real, so let’s do it. I’m a White man married to a Black woman, and we have one mixed race child. So, from my life experience, everything I am explaining is completely natural and real.

EXPOSE THE ORIGIN OF THE COUNTER-CULTURE

Those who supported the old conservative value regime believed that in order to have a society focused on God, family, and country, White Christians and White Protestants must be in full social and political control, otherwise “all is lost”. Remember Pat Buchanan in 1992.

In the 1920’s, conservatives firmly believed that other racial and ethnic groups were incapable of running a society based on God, family, and country, and instead their very presence on American soil was a subversion of these core beliefs.

This stupid and racist position was an open invitation for a counter-culture. The counter-culture developed in the 1920’s out of the LGBT community, and out of a heavily overlapping community of artists and entertainers.

They believed that all four items (God, Family, Country, and White Race) were so inter-related and dependent upon each other that all four items must be opposed, attacked, and weakened. Artists and entertainers cast themselves as the true hero’s and liberators of America. Their first battle was over Prohibition.

The essence of the counterculture was: “let’s just move society away from all of this religious nonsense, let people drink, let people sleep with whoever they want to, and let’s take advise from our popular culture leaders and our dreamers, instead of those damn racists and their preachers.”

I’m not suggesting that we restore Prohibition, as it would cause a new counter-culture. I’m explaining the historical timeline of issues and events. Most people think the counter-culture started in the 1960’s, but that was actually the second phase. It started in the Roaring 20’s, and it was centered around Prohibition, Jazz, the birth of popular culture, and opposing the KKK.

The entire structure of our society, including God, family, and country, has been under attack for almost 100 years. If one looks at the record and positions of the late Ruth Bader Ginsberg, it’s quite clear that she sympathized with the counterculture vision of society.

If you mentioned the term “family values” to Ginsberg, or to any artist-oriented liberal in her age group, most will immediately make the value association of “God, family, country, and White race” in their minds, and they will just cringe with anger.

CIRCLING THE WAGONS WAS BAD POLITICS

Instead of trying to win over other people to God, family, and country, and to support the conservative politics, the racist conservative White Christians of the 1920’s circled the wagons. They shut people out, as if all other people (Castes 3 and 4) were attacking barbarians. They even thought that Catholics were attacking. How crazy is that?

This was a phenomenally flawed political strategy, even then when Castes 1 and 2 were 75% of the American population. It’s always good politics to try and win over people outside of your social circles.

The racists tried to keep other people out of their towns and churches. Throughout much of the South, Blacks were subjected to what is now called ethnic cleansing. Zinn Education has documented many cases. https://www.zinnedproject.org/ I don’t doubt or deny any of them. Zinn’s cases actually prove that racism was dramatically worse in the past, which is not the message he personally wants.

All of the racism and discrimination was absolutely wrong. I don’t want to hear the standard Republican answer, which is “Those conservatives were Democrats, the KKK were militant Democrats. Not one of them was a Republican”.

It’s entirely the wrong discussion. It doesn’t matter if it’s true or not, because the discussion leads to more polarization, not to the political realignment that I have outlined. Just having the discussion takes away from much bigger problems caused by conservatives having been racist:

God and the Judeo-Christian tradition have been discredited.
Family as an institution has been discredited, and has since been replaced by LGBT equality ideas.
Our nation, our national values, and our history has been discredited.

These are all phenomenally monstrous problems, all far greater than proving whether or not Democrats or Republicans are “the party of racism”. Am I right on this? Yes, I am.

Everyone, keep your eyes on the big picture, and we can smash our way out of the losing political and demographic equation. The Leftists say we’re done when the country is less than 50% White, as if non-Whites will rarely have conservative positions on God, family, and country. Once the conservative coalition realigns as I’m describing, the demographic changes won’t help the Left. It might even work against them, as the heavily White Baby Boomers age and die.

We win this battle by defining a new values regime of God, Family, Country, and Race Unity, and we built a new conservative alliance that firmly opposes the counterculture, and identifies who is jerking everyone by our chains. And then that becomes what the Republican Party stands for.

The numbers give us the majority, by a longshot. And we’re not asking people to come as followers, come as leaders and candidates. Our arms are wide open. And don’t let anyone ever tell you: “Your values are wrong”.

The change of direction is going to help a lot of people personally and their families. A lot of social problems will be solved, and the associated economic costs will diminish greatly. It’s going to be a shocking paradigm shift.

Hopefully, this political transition / paradigm shift will rub off onto all the White Americans who have become weak on God, family, and country, and are now woke Leftists. A lot of immigrants and old-school Blacks are strong on Jesus, they cherish their families, and they want to live the American Dream. They deserve to be our elected leaders, not these useless White leftists.

I know quite a few people who think that all positive change comes from artists and entertainers, and nothing good will ever come from politics or religion. Wrong. Wrong. Wrong.

These changes are going to manifest, and there will be an abrupt and sudden change in public opinion. All the energy is on the Right. Our nation’s direction is being redefined from a conservative perspective. Even our churches will be invigorated.

It’s important that this message gets out there. Please share it widely by email and social media posts. Thank you.

THE MASONS AND THE CREATIVE COMMUNITY ARE IN CONTROL OF SOCIETY

Mon, 20 Dec 2021 16:00:43 GMT

THEY HAVE CREATED AN "ESTABLISHED DISORDER "

Look at the craziness of the modern world. Look at the blatant campaign to cancel our nation, our history, our values, and our Judeo-Christian tradition. Look at the hate, the rage, and all the political correctness that dominates every facet of society. It’s not happening randomly.

The creative community has achieved control, and it’s all been highly organized and directed by the Masonic Order. According to ex-Mason Altiyan Childs, the Masons want to ridicule, to minimize, and to break down the Judeo-Christian tradition in order to further establish their New World Order worshipping Lucifer. Yes, the Devil. Altiyan Childs has got five hours of great proof on that claim, so you have a decision right this second.

You can take the BLUE PILL and maintain your illusions of reality by not watching his video, and not reading any further. Bye-bye.

Or you can take the RED PILL. Read the full article, and watch the video. I did it in two sessions, and every minute was captivating. Childs is that Australian guy who was the 2010 X-Factor winner. He’s already a celebrity. He recently quit the Masons and turned to Jesus.

In his video, he shows pages from 19 ^th century Masonic organizational and doctrinal books written by the three greatest figures of Masonry (Albert Pike, Albert Mackey, and Manly Hall) all showing in writing the Freemason’s allegiance to Lucifer. Masons themselves cannot even see this information until they reach the top 33 ^rd level. The images can be viewed in the video between 1:14:53 and 1:17:43. Childs reveals that Lucifer is their master around 1:14:00. He then goes on to explain that the Masons practice witchcraft.

Interesting that the video remains up on the internet, as does the website for The Freemasonry Watch, which has comprehensive information on everything. http://freemasonrywatch.org The Masons won’t like my article, but there are much bigger fish to fry. The Masons must really be worried that Trump’s upcoming “Truth” Social Media platform will expose the truth about them. There’s been strong anti-Masonic movements in the past, and another could be brewing. https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/dictionaries-thesauruses-pictures-and-press-releases/anti-masonic-movements

Meanwhile, the old Judeo-Christian social order is breaking down, and simultaneously the satanic New World Order is rising. Society is now controlled by what I call The Established Disorder, and they are jerking our chains to keep us divided, so we can’t effectively oppose them.

THE ESTABLISHED DISORDER

Artists and Entertainers (many are secretly Luciferians)
The Fashion and Advertising Industries
Media, Social Media, and Big Tech
Professors and most public school teachers
Communists, Socialists, and various philosophers and dreamers.
Urban planners focused on “density” and eliminating automobiles
Climate change activists and vegetarians
Advocates for substance abuse legalization
Antifa, BLM, and the Defund The Police movement
Open border “world citizen” advocates, and open the jails too
The LGBT community, most notably The Equality Federation, and
Theorists for Critical Race Theory, Intersectionality, and Historical Revisionism.

Some people call this the Democratic Coalition, but it really isn’t “The Democrats”, or the “Liberals”, or even the “Leftists”. People and whole organizations are being used as pawns by the Masons to advance disorder and racial unrest. The Masons have deep tentacles into the Republican Party as well.

The Masons are so powerful that many objectors simply use the term “Deep State”, and they don’t reveal who is the Deep State. The Masons are the Deep State . The Masons don’t control Donald Trump, and not the true patriots and Christians, nor Jews like Dennis Prager.

Behind the scenes of everything is the Masonic Order, the (masonic) Crown Temple, and the (masonic) “City of London” corporation. The Masons control the global banking system, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the central banks in every country, the Bar Associations in every country, the British royal family, and the United Nations.

They additionally control almost all of the media and social media, countless major corporations, and dozens more secretive New World Order organizations (such as Cross & Bones). Walt Disney was a 33 ^rd Degree Mason. Childs reveals where he got the name “Mickey” for Mickey Mouse.

Schools and colleges teach their agenda. Thousands of artists and entertainers, and politicians, have sworn their allegiance, and they get photographed with a black eye, or by covering one eye.

The black eye photograph is meant to show everyone who understands the symbolism that someone has sold their soul to the dark side. Childs explains that the general public remains unaware, and we are just laughed at and called “vulgar and profane”.

And here’s Rihanna Fenty. Most of the 5 hours on Childs’ video is showing all these celebrity images, that’s how many of them are corrupted.

The masons have the all seeing eye, other hand signals, and a special handshake too. One masonic hand signal is the satanic 666.

The reach of the Masons is everywhere, including into many churches. They watch over everything, and they don’t want anyone outside of their network achieving serious political power. That’s why Trump is so reviled and phenomenally hated by all the forces of The Established Disorder.

The Mason-controlled government wants an Established Disorder so they can continue to run everything, and so that the rest of society is so fractured and divided and demoralized that we can’t expose them or challenge them. That goal is so important that they would create a major war to that end, if it was necessary. They’ve created many wars already, to achieve their various goals. For now, the Established Disorder is exactly the cover needed for the Mason-run New World Order that is nearly complete.

The New World Order involves a global currency and economic system, a global political system, and global standards on education, gun control, combating climate change, and especially population control via breaking down family and religion, and via narcotics overdoses, abortion, diseases, vaccines, and toxic substances in our food and fluorine in our water. Every aspect of society has become anti-family. Notice even that zoning and planning has shifted away from single family houses that are preferred by families.

They want as many people as possible indoctrinated on their agenda, and following blindly. That means wear your mask, get vaccinated, and if you get COVID let them treat you with the medicines that will kill actually you. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/covid-deaths-are-actually-remdesivir-poisoning

Alice Bailey was an early advocate for one world government, and she founded the Lucifer Trust (since renamed Lucis Trust) organization. Lucis Trust admits this on their own website. They are a top advisor to the United Nations. https://www.lucistrust.org/about_us/history

http://www.jesusisprecious.org/false_religion/satanism/lucifer_trust.htm

Eventually there will be a global language (English) and a global religion (Luciferianism). https://www.compellingtruth.org/Luciferianism.html

Their teachings explain that they are the light, and the word Lucifer literally means the light-bearer.

I’ve been thinking of publishing this article for some time. Now must be the time, because the statue of The Beast, as described in Revelations, was recently unveiled in front of the United Nations building. https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/world/2021/december/un-sculpture-looks-a-lot-like-the-end-times-beast-referred-to-in-daniel-7-and-revelation-13

We are living in the biblical end days. To deny that Satan exists is to deny the Bible. Do not be foolish, do not be ignorant. https://www.biblestudytools.com/topical-verses/bible-verses-about-satan/

What’s coming next? The global economic system and the New World Order is all about control. Everyone will have an implanted computer chip detailing their COVID vaccination status. People will be electronically prohibited from buying and selling anything unless they are current on their vaccines and boosters, and if they are in good standing politically with the powers that be. This has been prophesized for nearly 2000 years, but only now the technology exists. https://biblehub.com/revelation/13-17.htm

The first historic step towards this has been taken by New York City, where people now have to show a vaccine passport to eat in restaurants or visit key tourist destinations. NYC Mayor Bill de Blasio issued that order on December 15, 2021. https://nypost.com/2021/12/15/de-blasio-unveils-private-sector-vaccine-mandate-guidelines/

De Blasio’s order happened only a few weeks after The Beast statue was unveiled at the United Nations. This is very alarming, and it’s not a coincidence. https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/world/2021/december/un-sculpture-looks-a-lot-like-the-end-times-beast-referred-to-in-daniel-7-and-revelation-13?fbclid=IwAR1eWUQsI_GO2SyyJsiwjs_3o_Njhbx6zbxd1BQnOo1wtwrf6z51ekAgsls

How do we fight this? First, distance yourself from anything “global” and everything “New World Order”.

Second, understand that nothing is more mission-central to the New World Order than the normalization of everything LGBT. That’s the main way that family and religion are discredited, and sin and disorder becomes the established order.

Now that the Creative Community is largely done fighting for LGBT rights, and they are firmly in control of The Established Disorder, the next step is to put the Faith community into the closet, starting with Christians, and then Catholics and Jews, and eventually Muslims.

Muslims are in a broad political alliance with the Left, but that may change as they realize they are just being used, and the Radical Left actually hates them for believing in Allah / God. Sharia Law, by its nature, is ultra-ultra conservative.

Four steps have to happen before the Luciferians can come out of their closet:

First, the LGBT community had to be fully out of the closet. This was to prep the public for a more important “coming out of the closet” by Luciferians
The Creative Community had to be in control of all the major institutions of society, including the federal government, and
The Faith community has to be completely discredited and marginalized, and
The Second Amendment needs to be rolled back, greatly restricting or reversing our rights to own handguns, rifles, and assault weapons.

Steps 3 and 4 are not completed, but it is still time for all four steps to be greatly resisted or rolled back, including LGBT normalization, no matter how socially awkward and impossible that may seem. They think they won, and that it’s mostly over. https://www.catholicamericanthinker.com/Normalizing-LGBT.html

No, it’s not over. The emerging conservative response must be to address all four steps, and to educate the public on everything lain out by Childs.

We conservatives must embrace and incorporate, as leaders and candidates, as many culturally conservative Black Christians and immigrant Christians as possible. This will create a new conservative super-majority that will stun the nation, and take The House, The Senate, The Presidency, and most of the Governor seats. This has been exactly the plan of The Welcome Movement since the day we launched.

We know who the swing voters are, and we have a laser-focus to shuffle the deck on which voter groups vote for which parties.

The Welcome Movement will explain that White American conservatives in the past were wrong for co-mingling conservative values and racism. They circled the wagons against the changing Demographics of the early 1900’s, and they alienated Blacks and Immigrants who were culturally conservative on faith, family, and gender matters, and who supported capitalism and the American Dream. In doing so, they discredited Christianity, and that’s a far greater problem than discrediting their Democratic politics. A brief outline of this is on our home page, but an important Welcome Movement essay is forthcoming.

The culture war over everything LGBT has been raging for over 70 years, since McCarthyism. Historical Revisionism teaches that McCarthyism was the worst thing ever, but was it really? I would never emulate his speaking style, but McCarthy was astonishing correct about everything, including targeting homosexuals, artists, and entertainers for being Communist. https://millercenter.org/the-presidency/educational-resources/age-of-eisenhower/mcarthyism-red-scare He ruined people’s careers, and current events have since proven that was needed. Look how similar people in recent years have used their careers to subvert our nation and inflame racial tensions.

I have an entire socio-political movement lain out on my website, and it’s ready to be released in a much bigger way. The Welcome Movement has the potential to run candidates for public office all over the United States. www.thewelcomemovement.com

The dream-world of the New World Order is actually a Luciferian agenda, complete with symbolism designed to appeal to the impressionable tween (9-12) age group.

The mythical Pegasus is a symbol for the New World Order, and for the LGBT movement. Question: what mythical creature is the great enemy of the Pegasus? According to mythology, that would be the mighty Kraken. As Sydney Powell says, it’s time to release the Kraken.

Eric Martindale, Founder of The Welcome Movement

Now, and this is a key point. Pay close attention. As Christians and as conservatives we don’t hate LGBT people. We don’t hate people with cancer or autism either. Those are disorders. Being LGBT is also a disorder, as is pedophilia.

When the Board of the American Psychiatric Association voted in 1973 that homosexuality is no longer to be classified as a mental disorder, thousands of psychologists were on record as objecting in a prior poll. The poll of psychologists wasn’t about the science, it was a giant exercise in political correctness, driven by thousands of people who got degrees in Psychology in order to try to understand their own personal sexual orientation problems. They became professional psychologists, and then demanded the change. They pressured their straight colleagues, and they got their way. Science isn’t supposed to work that way. Definitely not.

A strong case needs to be made to put pedophilia onto the LGBT spectrum, and call it LGBTP. That would be good science, because all pedophiles clearly belong on the LGBT spectrum, but the vast majority of LGBT aren’t pedophiles. And since queer is a subset of transgender, it shouldn’t have a separate representation on the acronym. https://www.africanamerica.org/topic/pedophiles-to-inject-themselves-into-lbgtq-movement-as-a-way-to-normalize-pedophilia

Nothing infuriates the LGBT community more than hearing that they have a mental disorder, so just say to yourself (not to them) that they are sadly afflicted by a disorder, and then pray for their healing and recovery. Yes, it’s that simple.

Remember, in a free society there is FREEDOM OF THOUGHT, and nobody should demand to be free from other people’s opinions. What they want to do is to indoctrinate our children to their belief system, and to reorder the whole world so they don’t feel shamed or uncomfortable. They don’t care how many people are uncomfortable with the social structure being changed into an Established Disorder which is against God, and against the Word of God. Those concerns have been marginalized.

This is why the LGBT movement is fundamentally an assault against both family and religion. It advances only as the Word of God is warped, discredited, or destroyed. I am personally Christian, but I explained this in a way that can be accepted by a Christian, a Catholic, an Orthodox Jew, a Muslim, and by other Faiths. Most people of Faith will take an approach that alienates everyone who doesn’t follow their particular Teachings.

You have the moral high ground, so don’t lose it by showing hate, or even by feeling hate. Once your mind is properly ordered to understand the brainwashing of The Established Disorder, or the danger to feel hate, your natural compassion and sympathy for people suffering from any kind of disorder will emerge. Your spiritual development is making progress. Make a conscious effort to be friendly and welcome LGBT people as friends, as neighbors, as co-workers, and as church members. Consider this to be part of the concept of “Welcome Movement”. Our enemies might hate us for being cultural conservatives, but we never fight hate with hate.

The real problem is not them personally, or their disorder, or what they are doing sexually in the privacy of their own homes, it’s how our entire society is being attacked and transformed in order to advance their causes, and the Luciferian agenda.

Right now, the biggest threat to The Established Disorder and the New World Order is the new “truth” social media platform being created by none other than Donald Trump.

Expect that people will soon come out of the closet and reveal that they are Luciferians, literally devil worshippers. They will likely cry “Freedom of Religion” to be accepted. A few bold artists and entertainers, such as Brad Pitt, Katy Perry, and Justin Timberlake, are already coming out.

If you know a Mason, don’t ask them to confirm this. It’s a secret society, and they’ve taken sworn oaths, so they won’t tell you. According to Childs, the biggest secret of all is that Lucifer is their master. It is such a secret, even among the Masons, that only people at the highest 33 ^rd degree of Masonry know everything.

In the video, Childs reveals that one of the most important figures in the history of Freemasonry was Confederate General Albert Pike. Pike literally wrote their rules and their doctrines. Does that name sound familiar? Pike and another Confederate Mason/General, Nathan Bedford Forrest, were the co-founder of the Ku Klux Klan. It is literally the case that the secret society behind the Ku Klux Klan is running everything globally. Yes, it’s that bad. It’s time to share the red pill far and wide. https://freemasonrywatch.org/kkk.html

The spiritual clouds are parting, and hidden knowledge is being revealed. Some say this is the true meaning of the word “apocalypse”. https://www.learnreligions.com/apocalypse-bible-meaning-4172949 And if it’s true what they say evil people are doing to children, revealing that proof and prosecuting the evil-doers would certainly be an apocalypse.

We really are at a decision point, a historic cross-roads in human history. Everyone has a choice, and it’s becoming clear. Everyone has a choice to support traditional Judeo-Christian values, America, and the American flag, or to support the New World Order, Lucifer, Cancel Culture, Socialism, and the rainbow flag. If you are against Satan and all associated evil upon the Earth, don’t let anyone tell you that your belief system is wrong or outdated.

Being persecuted or locked up for conservative views isn’t a prediction, it’s already happening. Hundreds of conservatives, perhaps more, who attended the Jan 6, 2021 event, have been detained without trial. Most were near the doors, but never entered the Capitol building. https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2021/06/hundreds_still_are_incarcerated_for_being_in_dc_on_january_6_why_is_the_gop_so_afraid_to_stand_up_for_what_is_right_.html

You have taken the red pill, now spread this message so others can free their minds from The Established Disorder.

Merry Christmas, and may God bless America.

THIS WASN’T THE BATTLE OF GUADALCANAL

Fri, 19 Nov 2021 15:20:19 GMT

Ahmaud Arbery was conditioned to think he’d be killed

Note: This article was originally published on May 17, 2020, just before George Floyd was killed. The article has been updated with more recent information.

The best way to explain what Ahmaud Arbery was thinking when he grabbed for a rifle pointed at him is to compare that choice to soldiers in combat with a vicious enemy force.

Had it been a confrontation between American and German soldiers in a remote wooded area of Germany, there could have been a surrender. Soldiers on both sides had a cultural expectation that they could be taken as a prisoner of war, and when the war is over, they could be freed. So great was the cultural understanding between Americans and Germans regarding surrender that a post-war TV comedy was aired centered on that very theme.

Surrender couldn’t happen on Guadalcanal because there was no common cultural understanding regarding the concept of surrender between Americans and Japanese. Instead, there was just pure racial hatred on both sides, and on our side that was amplified by the attack on Pearl Harbor. That’s how bad things were in the mind of Arbery. The “kill or be killed” battlefield mindset was the mindset that Ahmaud Arbery had towards the McMichael’s.

The bottom line = Arbery believed that if he froze and surrendered, he’d be quickly killed, so he might as well fight. I find this absolutely disgusting, and I don’t blame Arbery for thinking that. Instead, I blame the entire political Left.

The core problem is that Arbery was conditioned to think that way, after years and years of hearing the racial hate narrative from the American Left, and now he is the next case for the racial hate narrative to evolve and continue.

Most people think the debate is over the conduct of the two White guys. What’s to debate? They were completely wrong to confront Arbery instead of calling the police, and that Georgia law giving vigilantes the privilege to perform citizen arrests has got to be repealed. Let the cops be cops, and let citizens be citizens. But once Arbery grabbed the gun, now the case can be presented that the armed White guy was acting in self-defense.

Yes, the McMichael’s are on trial, but unfortunately what’s not on trial is that Georgia law. That’s just considered background case information, and based on that, the McMichael’s will be found innocent, either with this judge, or via an appeal.

What most needs to be debated is Arbery’s conditioned response, because the racial hate narrative continues to intensify with each case. Only 8 days after this article originally posted, George Floyd was murdered by a Minneapolis cop after resisting arrest. There’s not one doubt in my mind that Floyd was additionally conditioned by the Arbery case, so he didn’t easily surrender either. I totally called it, 8 days in advance.

And both these cases made a huge difference in the November 2020 election. Without these cases, Trump’s landslide would have been so huge that no amount of voter fraud and cyber-attacks would have made a difference. Officer Derek Chauvin might as well have had his knee on the neck of Donald Trump. That was Trump’s re-election dying on the street in Minneapolis.

Millions of Black Americans have been conditioned, and the pattern continues. I can tell by the comments on social media. “Oh, I would have done the same thing”, one said. “I’m so glad someone had the courage to fight back”, said another. Others have commented that he’s a hero for fighting back. Hero? He’s dead and he didn’t even save himself. By saying he’s a hero, that’s just encouraging more people to violently resist arrest, and then get killed.

Another commented that given that state of race relations in the South, how can one expect a Black man to react otherwise. That was the comment of a Black man in law enforcement, who has Mensa-level intelligence, and who wants more than anything to see racial problems diminish. Even he has been brainwashed by the Left. That’s how bad things are.

Black people have been fed a steady and unrelenting narrative that the KKK is rising, that racism is increasing, and that there’s millions of dangerous gun-toting, tobacco-spitting, Trump-voting, Confederate flag-waiving rural White Americans ready to hunt them down and slay them mercilessly. That’s the narrative. People are buying into it by the millions. It’s fueling racial tension, cancel culture, and rioting, and it’s shaping voting patterns. And that’s what the Left wants, to bring about a Socialist revolution.

This has gone way too far. Despite a few high-profile incidents, race relations in America are nowhere near the level of the Battle of Guadalcanal. It hasn’t been that bad in a good 90 years.

Don Lemon, Rachel Maddow, and others have been pushing this narrative for years. It’s entirely for political purposes, and it intensifies with every Presidential election cycle. It’s all about persuading socially-conservative Blacks and immigrants to vote against Republicans, even though Democratic positions are typically against their values on faith, family, gender issues, and more. Those are the main swing voters these days, and they decide every major election.

The motivating issue for this political strategy is pro-Choice and pro-LGBTQ concerns. These pundits and politicians, and thousands of everyday leftists on social media, want as many Black people as possible to be fearful of Whites and Republicans, in order to lock in their Democratic vote. That way candidates who are pro-Choice and pro-LGBTQ can win elections. In the process, a whole lot of Black folks are being terrorized and used for their votes.

The phenomenal level of stress, hopelessness, and depression that is being planted into the minds of Black Americans is of no concern to those manipulating their votes. The more fearful they are, the more likely they’ll vote. They are constantly fed the narrative that the White American is the enemy. This is a socialist narrative.

Are there racist rural White Americans? Absolutely. Now show me some crime stats. What kind of violent crimes are rural White Americans regularly committing against Black people? None. When was the last lynching of a Black person by White supremacists? Over 50 years ago, and almost none after WWII.

Yes, there is a distant history of extreme racism. Over a hundred years ago, Blacks were ethnic-cleansed out of Forsyth County in Georgia and other places all across The South. Innocent people were jailed or lynched, and others got the message. Over several decades, millions of Blacks fled the South. In the suburbs of New Jersey, Blacks were locked out of buying homes in White neighborhoods as recently as the 1980’s. Is anything similar happening today? Nope. People don’t even complain any more if a Black family buys a house on their street.

Sociologists have taken public opinion polls for decades. Racism by Whites continues to decline for decades. Granted there was a major bump in the road from 1985 to 1995, but the bigger picture has been progress. The best proof is that mixed race relationships and marriages are way up, along with public acceptance of them.

To present a narrative that race relations are deteriorating is simply toxic to our politics and to our entire society. Folks who follow my blog know I despise racism and hate mongering of all kinds. I criticized Donald Trump when he referred to certain foreign countries as shit holes, and again when he lambasted Baltimore. I’m consistent, and I’m fair.

I personally know people who are pumping up the racial hate narrative on social media. About a quarter of them are devoutly pro-Choice, another quarter are obsessed with global warming and support a New World Order, and a full half are passionate supporters of everything LGBTQ. They know the political equation, and they know they have to instill hate and fear into the minds of Blacks to motivate them to vote their way. That’s the real terrorism going on in America. They want to divide us. They want hate. They want racism. They want revolution. And most critically, they want to brand the conservative White man as the enemy.

I am attempting to imagine the level of terror that Blacks are enduring from decades of this conditioning, but I am probably not completely grasping it. Black people have knowledge of real events that actually happened many generations ago, and they are being led to connect the dots and to think things are either getting worse now, or just as bad as a hundred years ago. And that is false on both counts.

Ahmaud Arbery is needlessly dead, and all those reporters, pundits, politicians, and social media kings that pushed the racial hate narrative are complicit in his murder.

I’m disgusted that people are being indoctrinated with hate and fear in order to manipulate their vote. And I’m even more disgusted that an innocent man died because a political narrative being forced upon Black America conditioned his hopeless response. As soon as he fought for the rifle, he was doomed. Even in the remote chance that he overpowered the McMichael son without being shot, and got control of the rifle, the McMichael father was there in the pickup with another gun.

Surrendering is an ENTIRELY UNACCEPTABLE level of social dynamics between unarmed Blacks and armed Whites, but at least Arbery would have lived. Yes, he should have surrendered.

If someone points a gun at me, I freeze. It doesn’t matter if it’s a policeman, a thug robbing me, or two White Southerners. I’m not going to feel insulted that my social status is temporarily reduced by my surrender, because I otherwise have plenty of self-esteem, and preserving my life is the priority. I’m not thinking it’s the Battle of Guadalcanal.

What Arbery and his millions of supporters fail to understand is the law-and-order wanna-be-cop personality of the McMichael father and his son. The elder McMichaels was a retired law enforcement officer, and he knew the Georgia law “authorizing” people to be vigilantes and to perform a citizens arrest of a suspect. He and his son were acting like they were cops. This whole case is proof that the vigilante law must be repealed. The law-and-order personality is conservative to a fault, and wants to completely follow the law at all times. They would not have shot Arbery after he surrendered, because that would be against the law, and they follow the law. It really is that simple. I don’t defend this personality, but I know it when I see it. There is 100% chance Arbery would have survived had he surrendered.

The hate mongering narrative has to end. It needs to be exposed for the terrorism that it is.

THE CASE FOR COLUMBUS DAY

Mon, 11 Oct 2021 15:06:53 GMT

IT’S THE CASE FOR CHRISTIANITY AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION

It’s Columbus Day, and time again for the annual tradition of historical revisionists and haters of Christianity to bash Christopher Columbus. I want none of it, and I couldn’t care less if he was Spanish, Italian, or Jewish. The case in favor of Christopher Columbus is the case for Western Civilization. If you believe that the progress of the world is being guided by the growth and maturation of Western Civilization and the spread of Christianity, then Columbus Day should be celebrated. If you believe that some other value regime is better for the world, chances are you want to vilify the man. That’s how the battle lines are drawn.

History is ugly, plain and simple. It’s full of invasions, wars, slavery, oppression, famine, and misery. That didn’t start with Columbus, or with The Crusades. Not even with the Muslims that plundered and invaded the Mediterranean and southern Europe for hundreds of years, leading to the counterassault known as the Crusades in the Middle East, and as the Reconquista in Spain and Portugal. No, the evils of the world go back thousands of years, far before the founding of Christianity and Western Civilization.

The glass of history isn’t half empty, it is half full. What really matters is the advances that we have today in engineering and technology, in medicine, in computers and electronics, in the arts and sciences, and in economics, literature, government, and democracy.

These advances have occurred because Western Civilization and the social structure of Christian society allowed these advances to occur. Yes, there were bumps in the road like what happened to that Copernicus guy, but progress still occurred. Despite our flaws and despite all of the inequalities and injustices remaining, humanity and civilization has greatly advanced under the Christian Western system. Thank you Jesus, and thank you Columbus.

This is our history, and what matters most is where we have arrived. I openly acknowledge that much work remains to be done. If I thought we were done with the need for advances, my Welcome Movement website and blog would not have been created. I would be singing the praises of Donald Trump instead of advocating that he become more Christian, more humble before God, and less crass and domineering.

Christopher Columbus is important and must be honored because he’s at the very center of the progress of Western Civilization.

It doesn’t matter that other explorers and pioneers set foot in North America long before Columbus. Let me explain. Yes, the Chinese visited our West Coast, and mapped it out. They referred to America as “Fusang”. The Japanese were here as well. The ancient Minoans from Crete had massive copper mines in Upper Michigan and Minnesota. The largest mine on Isle Royale in Lake Superior is called “Minong” by the Native Americans, obviously a reference to Minoan, as is the place name of Minnesota. I wonder what Sota means in ancient Minoan? I’ll put my money on cold or snow.

The ancient Egyptians were here, and the Carthaginians. Maya or Maya Rata is an ancient region of Sri Lanka as well as the name of a modern province in that country, with architecture identical to that of the Mayan civilization in Mexico, and dating to the same time period. Many words, and some cultural practices and beliefs are the same in both regions, and their calendars are in synch. To this day, South Asian DNA remains a significant component in the Yucatan, Belize, and Guatemala. Here’s one of many sources on this connection https://thegr8wall.wordpress.com/2013/04/01/similarities-between-the-hindu-the-maya-culture/

There are hundreds of Muslim place names in America, from Allamunchy in New Jersey to Tallahassee in Florida. There are Medina’s and Mecca’s in multiple states, and even American towns with exact place names for small towns in Turkey. Almost all of them have the same story, which is “the place name was Native American in origin.” Native Americans in the Eastern United States and the maritime provinces of Canada fear taking ancestry DNA tests, and they bitterly resent the findings showing substantial DNA from the Mediterranean region and the Middle East. They call it the curse of the Middle Eastern DNA. Rather than accept these DNA results at face value, modern geneticists have come up with a twisted theory called The Founder Effect to try and justify the findings. It’s a really bad case of science starting with a conclusion and working backwards to find the evidence to support it. I’d love to see Elizabeth Warren’s full DNA results. No doubt it shows substantial Middle Eastern DNA, and that may be why her test result showed almost no “Native American” DNA, to her great embarrassment. The actual origin of Native Americans, especially the Creek and Cherokee, is a matter of major discussion all over the internet. https://accessgenealogy.com/native/cherokee-dna.htm and https://www.woowoomedia.com/dna-scientists-claim-that-cherokees-are-from-the-middle-east/

Yes, the Muslims were here in America in huge numbers. The famous Piri Reis map was compiled in 1513 by an Ottoman Empire admiral using older source maps that no longer exist. The Piri Reis map shows amazing detail of places not yet reached by European explorers as of 1513. Columbus records in his log encountering a wooden sailing ship on the coast of Jamaica, with occupants in colorful clothing. He could not discern their place of origin, but the Native Americans had no ships. There were Black settlements in Nicaragua and Costa Rica prior to the slave trade, and likely founded by Muslim traders from Senegal and Guinea. They left gold artifacts with an unusual alloy mix identical to gold produced in Guinea, West Africa, and found nowhere else in the world.

Various European groups such as the Vikings, the Basque, the Welsh, the Irish, and the Templars were likely in America as well. Their contact may have been more fleeting, but they also left various artifacts. The explorer Giovanni Verrazano was the first modern European to visit what is now Newport, Rhode Island. His log and his map note a stone tower which is still standing and shrouded in controversy. It’s clearly of European architecture, and it has been repaired and repointed so many times that nobody knows for sure who first built it, or when. Carbon dating of mortar can only prove when a repointing occurred, not when the stones were lain. Here’s one of hundreds of theories on the tower. http://www.jasoncolavito.com/blog/did-giovanni-verrazano-visit-the-newport-tower

Doesn’t all of this make the case that Columbus was not so important? Not at all, just read on.

What was the result of all those settlements and civilizations from all those great peoples from all of those places? What came of them? What lasting advances were made? How was the world made a better place? The answer is nothing. Nothing at all. The Muslims in particular were all over North America and left so many place names, but the physical and cultural contact was largely lost at least 200 years before Columbus, and the religion was extinct in the West by the time the Europeans colonists arrived.

The contact that really mattered was the contact made by Columbus in the name of Kingdom of Spain. And that contact came only months after the last Muslim forces in Spain surrendered, and the Reconquista was complete. The knowledge of Columbus’s voyage swept Europe, and led to the major European powers exploring and settling the America’s.

A vast exchange of plants and animals occurred called The Columbian Exchange. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbian_exchange It is considered an epic event in world history.

The connection of the Old and New worlds had a profound impact on all of humanity. Europe accumulated massive wealth and power, and overpopulated from the new calorie-rich food supplies, especially corn and potatoes, that were imported and grown all over Europe. Much of that overpopulation was sent to other parts of the world as conquerors and immigrants.

There was nothing like the Columbian Exchange resulting from any of the earlier civilizations that visited America. Cattle, sheep, pigs, and horses didn’t make it to the New World with the Minoans, Mayans, Muslims, or any other Pre-Columbian group. Turkeys, corn, potatoes, tobacco, and tomatoes didn’t arrive in Europe either. There was no massive collapse of the Native American population from disease, and the migrants from the Old World in those past eras eventually mixed with the Natives and lost their cultural identities.

The next question is, was the Columbian Exchange a good thing? Would the world have been a better place, or advanced quicker, without this exchange. The answer is probably No.

Human civilization had several opportunities for civilization to greatly advance in the past, and become “modern”. Ancient Egypt was very advanced in many regards, and even today with our best modern technology, we could not build the great pyramids. There are depictions in Egyptian art of devices that look like flying machines and even lightbulbs. Another drawing shows a baby mammoth, perhaps from Labrador? Airplanes may have flown the skies of ancient India as well.

The Muslim World was very advanced around the year 1000. They also experimented with electricity and had batteries. They made spectacular advances in science and mathematics, and they founded the world’s first true universities. Timbuktu in Mali had a university before any in the Christian world. The ancient Chinese used natural gas for lighting and heating, and possibly manufacturing. They had thousands of miles of natural gas pipelines made out of bamboo. Their naval armada sailed all around the Indian Ocean, and contained huge wooden ships called junks that were far larger than those of any European power.

Well, what became of these civilizations and their advances? The answer is about the same as what became of the explorers and settlers that reached America before Columbus. That answer is very little. Those civilizations reached their glory days, and then faded. That’s why they deserve to be little more than historical footnotes. It’s the history of the Christian West that really counted.

What succeeded was the work of Columbus, and all the advances in Europe that happened only because the European powers extracted so much wealth from the New World, and benefitted from trade.

In the 1700’s something happened in England and the American colonies that never happened any time in the history of the world. We experienced the Industrial Revolution. All of the world has benefitted. The Industrial Revolution happened within the context of Christianity and Christian civilization. It didn’t happen in ancient Egypt, Baghdad, or China.

There is something about our Western value system, our views, and our perspective on the world that lends itself to social and economic development, and to democracies replacing monarchies. A key series of events occurred. First, the Renaissance led to the invention of the printing press in Germany by Johannes Guttenberg. Second, the mass printing of The Bible made the Protestant reformation inevitable. Third, the Protestant reformation set the stage for capitalism, the industrial revolution, and the rise of democracy. Thus, all of our great advances are rooted in our Christian value system, and in the rise of modern Christianity. I certainly don’t bash the Catholics, but we’d probably still be sailing in wooden ships with cannons, and living in monarchies, if Martin Luther didn’t post his 95 theses. Other religions and other value systems don’t generate societies as successful as that of the Christian West. Christopher Columbus and his voyages were a key step in the entire development of Western Civilization, and led to the rise of Europe.

That’s not only our history, it’s the most relevant history of the world. Ours is the system and the culture that has conquered the world in so many ways, not just militarily. All major aspects of society from religion and democracy to education, medicine, science, engineering, technology, and the arts has largely derived from that of Western Christian civilization. Thank you, Christopher Columbus. You created our world. Yes, you deserve to be celebrated, warts and all.

If some great revolution covering all aspects of society had happened in Japan, Nigeria, or Iran instead of in Europe, surely the world’s history, technology, and culture would be focused on their past instead. Our homes and businesses, and our public infrastructure, would be modeled after some other part of the world. But no, that didn’t happen. We don’t have natural gas pipelines made out of bamboo, do we? Modern western cities, even places like Dubai, Seoul, Tokyo, Brazilia, and Nairobi, don’t look like Jericho. The rest of the world is modeled after us. This is the ultimate legacy of Christopher Columbus. This matters way more than him spreading slavery or being responsible for diseases, oppression, and murder that claimed the lives of the Taino natives on Hispaniola.

Equal and greater evils had been happening for thousands of years, and WITHOUT any advance of civilization to show for it. Yes, the glass of history is half full, not half empty. The misery wrought by Columbus has born fruit and created the modern world.

 We know there has been oppression associated with Western Civilization. We know there have been wars, and there will be more. We know there are great injustices still unresolved. We know that our history wasn’t perfect, and the motives of whole nations and empires were selfish and insincere.

But we also know that progress occurs in phases. For instance, our Founding Fathers simply could not have established a system of democracy covering women and racial minorities. They just weren’t ready. They were the most progressive and advanced people in power anywhere in the world at the time, but the best they could implement was democracy and equality for all White men. They weren’t ready. Society wasn’t ready. Should we mock and blame them for the great steps that they took, and demand that their names be removed from public buildings? No, that’s just plain ignorant. The Founding Fathers took the first steps. Nobody else took them, did they? No other society in the world was on a path towards the full equality of all men in their society, no less to include women and other racial groups. In time, other people took the necessary further steps, and the social structure of our Christian-based society allowed it to happen. That’s how progress unfolds, that’s how history moves forwards.

What about good ole’ Chris? Didn’t he bring misery and oppression wherever he visited. Well, he wasn’t ready to establish a just and fair society either. He was only ready to expand the empire of Spain, and the fortunes of businessmen there. The nations of Europe were ready to advance themselves, and to spread Christianity to other lands. That was about it, at that time. Are the indigenous peoples of the America’s, Africa, and Asia better off as Christians, and for adopting Western Civilization? Absolutely. Not a doubt about it. The Christian value system is the best value system, and the best proof of this claim is the development of the modern world. Thank you, Christopher Columbus.

The real reason some people hate Columbus and our Founding Fathers is their desire for historical revisionism not just for Columbus, but for all of history. They want to portray the whole world as groups of people in conflict with other groups, and as exploiting and oppressing other groups. This is their message, this is their venom, and this is their politics.

They are an unholy alliance of socialist, anarchists, atheists, and artists. They hate religion, especially Christianity. They want no limits on sexual morality or substance abuse. They are advancing a culture war, and they have largely conquered academia, the media, the fashion and entertainment industries, and the tech sector. Their intellectual development is that of a rebellious teenager.

Yet collectively, they have more power than our political leaders, and they have the full determination to use it to dominate our society. That’s what Columbus bashing is all about, and it’s time for everyone to choose sides on this issue. It’s not about analyzing history and respecting the progress that humanity has made. Nor is it about building on that progress, and planning the next steps. Nope, Columbus bashing is all about spreading hate and political mischief, and upending our entire society. And the tip of the pitchfork is pointing squarely at the neck of Christopher Columbus.

Our best defense is to educate the public on the role of Christopher Columbus in the advancement of Western Civilization. I have no problem with cities and towns having an Indigenous People’s Day. There’s about 350 days not designated as any kind of holiday in this country. Pick one of them. The second Monday in October is already taken.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

VACCINE FAILURE IN GREAT BRITAIN AND ISRAEL

Mon, 27 Sep 2021 13:56:52 GMT

BARELY VACCINATED PALESTINE IS DOING BETTER

I am keeping this article short and simple, and only cite sources that support the established COVID narrative of the medical community. This way the data can talk, and my article can’t be labeled a conspiracy theory.

Great Britain is one of the very most COVID-vaccinated countries in the world. Here’s an article from a left-leaning news source, the BBC, dated September 24, 2021. https://www.bbc.com/news/health-55274833

The article states that over 89% of the population over 16 have had at least one dose, and 82% have had two doses. Other charts document vaccination rates per region, by age, and by race. In Great Britain, vaccination rates vary from 72% for Blacks to 94% for Whites. Here’s a chart from the article showing vaccination by age group:

OK Great Britain, how’s that working for you?

Let’s steer completely free of anything that can remotely be considered a conspiracy theory, and just publish the official government statistics https://coronavirus.data.gov.uk/ The link is a one-page document with several 6-month charts that all show a surging of COVID since July. Click it and see for yourself.

CASES --- peaked in July, and again in September

DEATHS --- Daily deaths are on a slow and steady rise, and peaked on the current date of reporting, September 24th, with 180 deaths.

PATIENTS ADMITTED --- Peaking in September. The current date of reporting, September 20th , showed 794 patients admitted to hospitals

A similar pattern has been documented for Israel, which also has a high rate of vaccination. I deliberately chose Israel and Great Britain for this article because those are the two countries that have most meticulously compiled data. Hospitals in Israel are overwhelmed with ventilated patients, and the number of them is reaching a fourth wave peak. https://hamodia.com/2021/09/24/israels-ventilated-covid-patients-reaches-4th-wave-peak/

Palestine, which is only 17.6% vaccinated, is doing much better than Israel with regards to COVID cases, and the death rate is about the same despite people living in poverty and having less access to “good” medicine. https://www.swfinstitute.org/news/88277/israel-vs-palestine-on-covid-data

I’m not exactly rushing out the door to get vaccinated after reading that a largely unvaccinated population with much less access to medical resources is handling COVID better than a mostly vaccinated population living a stone’s throw over a wall.

The established narrative is that the recent case surge is the Delta Variant of COVID, and the majority of the new cases are “breakthrough cases”, meaning the patient was previously vaccinated, but got sick anyway. And therefore, the narrative is that you better keep getting every booster shot as soon as they come out, to reduce your chance of getting sick. https://fintechzoom.com/fintech_news_dow-jones/dow-today-map-tracking-the-delta-variant-coronavirus-pandemic-news/

I’m skeptical, it’s well-known in the medical community that diseases spread easier among poorer people living in crowded households in crowded villages, and who are more burdened by inadequate sanitation and lack of adequate healthcare. An epidemic should strike Palestine much more severe than Israel. But instead the wealthier vaccinated population is suffering more. Why is that? Something is really wrong. What is actually going on?

Here’s a global vaccination tracker, which is more than interesting https://www.pharmaceutical-technology.com/covid-19-vaccination-tracker/

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

COVID DEATHS ARE ACTUALLY REMDESIVIR POISONING

Wed, 25 Aug 2021 13:33:40 GMT

IT’S ALL ABOUT FUTURE POPULATION REDUCTION

The pieces of the puzzle are falling into place, thanks to the research and advocacy of Dr. Bryan Ardis. www.thedrardisshow.com The picture emerging is enough to jolt even the most complacent and brainwashed reader out of their chair. Virtually all COVID-19 deaths are actually poisoning from Remdesivir (the drug prescribed as a cure). My webmaster has embedded his video link into my article for safekeeping.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Center for Disease control have mandated Remdesivir, a never-approved drug, to be the only treatment for COVID-19 in hospitals. It is the contention of Dr. Ardis that Remdesivir is highly toxic, and that Dr. Anthony Fauci knows it is toxic because the drug was used to treat Ebola in Africa some years back. Fauci saw that that it failed miserably.

The information I am presenting here is extremely valuable, and could save your life, or the life of a loved one, who may otherwise die of Remdesivir poisoning. Dr. Ardis documents the following as debilitating side effects of Remdesivir, all typically occurring within only 3 days of the onset of Remdesivir treatment.

Acute Kidney Failure
Multiple Organ Failure
Septic Shock
Hypertension

Patients often die within 10 days of the onset of Remdesivir treatment, and it’s considered “a Covid death”. Notice that these symptoms are all considered to be the classic symptoms of COVID. As the poisoning advances and the patient declines, the doctors shrug and say “oh, we tried really hard with Remdesivir, but the patient’s health rapidly deteriorated, leading to death”. Actually, it is Remdesivir that is killing the patient. The body accumulates water and it saturates the lungs. Doctors are looking at X-Rays and diagnosing Secondary Pneumonia , https://encyclopedia2.thefreedictionary.com/secondary+pneumonia , but the condition is actually Pulmonary Edema

https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/pulmonary-edema/symptoms-causes/syc-20377009

Dr. Ardis contends that medical professionals need to be trained on differentiating between pneumonia in lungs under X-ray versus water in lungs under X-ray.

Most importantly, Dr. Ardis prescribes an immediate cure to save patients dying from Remdesivir poisoning. He says doctors need to stop giving Remdesivir, and immediately administer a diuretic drug called Lasix. https://www.drugs.com/lasix.html He reports that patients given Lasix can lose as much as 20 pounds of water within 4 hours, and they can be up and walking around and nearly cured within 24 hours. It’s that dramatic.

Dr. Ardis reviewed CDC records, and found astonishing information. The video contends that 45,000 people have died from Remdesivir poisoning, and then makes the case that the actual number of deaths is 5 or 10 times higher, and therefore accounting for virtually the entirely of COVID deaths in the United States. A lawsuit regarding all of this was filed on July 19, 2021

Ardis talks about a teen who came down with an acute case of Guillain-Barre Syndrome, a severe neurological disorder, within one hour of taking the vaccine. Bell’s Paulsey is becoming epidemic, also due to the vaccine.

Most alarmingly, in 2020, the CDC came out with a new COVID-related disease called Multi-System Inflammatory Syndrome in Children, MIS-C, which includes the brain, kidney, spleen, and eyes. He claims the CDC website is counting MIS-C cases deaths, and the case count is over 4,200. I did my own independent research on that claim. It’s true, and the count is much higher now. Here’s the CDC link https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#mis-national-surveillance If they are admitting that many, what’s the real death count?

Dr. Ardis is infuriated, and believes that nobody should ever push something so experimental on anyone, especially a child. He considers everything he’s revealed to be nothing less than Crimes Against Humanity by the medical community.

Why would they do this? Why would they want to kill people with Remdesivir poisoning, and then say “it’s a COVID death”.

This is being done so that the “COVID” death count is high enough to justify the social order changes that is the goal of this entire Plandemic. It’s all about the vaccine, and related global population matters. Let me help expose their evil plan. They want everyone:

- Masked
- Social Distanced
- Locked Down
- Forced into Compliance with the New World Order,
- Voting for them out of fear, and most importantly
- Vaccinated

The vaccines contain three toxic substances that will cause many female babies to be infertile, and unable to conceive a child when they reach puberty or adulthood. Dr. Ardis talks about this starting at 47:55 in the video, and these points are the conclusion of his piece. The three toxic substances are:

- Polyethylene Glycol 2000 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31526095/
- Graphene Oxide https://www.nutritruth.org/single-post/graphene-oxide-a-toxic-substance-in-the-vial-of-the-covid-19-mrna-vaccine
- Polysorbate 80 https://thevaccinereaction.org/2016/01/polysorbate-80-a-risky-vaccine-ingredient/

In addition to immediate health effects upon the vaccinated person, these three toxic substances cause the growing female fetus to develop few or no eggs in their ovaries. All the eggs a woman carries in her ovaries are those she was born with. The ovaries never produce any more. That’s a medical fact.

By comparison, sperm are constantly produced by men. This means that 25 or 30 years later, when the young woman gets married and wants to start a family, she will be close to infertile, or actually infertile. Either no eggs ever developed in the ovaries due to exposure to these toxins before her birth (because Mom took the vaccine), or the few eggs that developed were all released in the menstrual cycle in their teen years, and the supply is now prematurely exhausted. Are you jolted out of your chair yet?

Now, the real reason for the booster shot every few months is exactly to catch the woman when they are pregnant, so that the unborn female child is sterilized and cannot reproduce in the future. Notice that the vaccine advocates are going out of their way to promote the vaccine for pregnant women. https://www.yahoo.com/now/study-reveals-yet-another-benefit-175419006.html Expect this to continue and intensify, because the real target of the vaccine program is specifically pregnant women.

They are actually bringing about the plot in that seemingly ridiculous 2006 movie, Children of Men. In the movie, no babies were being born due to a fertility defect in the global female population, and a race war was underway in Great Britain pitting the original English against an array of brown and black immigrants. Everything produced by artists and entertainers needs to be taken very seriously. It’s either what they want, what they prophesize, or both. Sometimes it’s as if they have a time machine, and they know what’s coming. Never trust them. https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0206634/plotsummary

What they call the "Great Reset" is all about reducing global population, per the mysterious and satanic Georgia Guidestones. https://medium.com/the-mystery-box/the-truth-about-the-georgia-guidestones-323cd33bd68

It’s not a coincidence that Bill Gates is the biggest advocate of the COVID vaccine, and he’s also a phenomenal advocate of global population control. Connect the dots, people. It really is that simple. And yes, he’s a 33rd degree Mason.

Here is Gates advocating the vaccines https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9GCuoqsRoOs

Yep, the pieces of the puzzle are pulling together. We are literally facing pure and absolute evil upon the Earth. This is more reason than ever why everyone at least halfway sane needs to turn to God and Jesus.

The Covid-19 Plandemic is all about getting people vaccinated, and vaccination is about genocide through infertilizing and sterilizing as many people as possible. There is no respect for life or humanity. Last time I checked, the core teachings of Christianity included helping the poor, the sick, and the oppressed.

The video cannot be directly shared on Facebook, or you'll be locked down for 30 days, if not permanently. However, The Welcome Movement is still small. The video is embedded in this article, thus avoiding the Facebook algorithm.

Remdesivir is produced by Gilead Sciences www.gilead.com , and marketed under the brand name Veklury https://www.veklury.com/

The Gilead Republic, or simply Gilead, is a fictional theocracy based on the territory of the former continental United States in The Handmaiden’s Tale. https://the-handmaids-tale.fandom.com/wiki/Republic_of_Gilead_(Series) Gilead is portrayed in such a way as to ridicule Christianity, and to present the apparent need to increase separation of church and State, and to brand conservatives as traitors and dangerous. That’s another interesting non-coincidence coming from our beloved artists. Never trust them, never.

It’s not the time to be a follower. Follow no law or guideline that is unjust. Be a rebel. Trust no authority figure that is anything New World Order. Trust God instead, and then advocate for the people. Do this, and the people will respect and trust you.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

DR. VERNON COLEMAN AGAINST COVID VACCINE

Mon, 05 Apr 2021 14:00:00 GMT

HIS CREDENTIALS ARE ASTOUNDING

Now we have a long-respected doctor who is the acclaimed author of multiple books coming out very strongly against the COVID-19 vaccines. Dr. Vernon Coleman is best known here in America for writing the 1996 book “How to Stop Your Doctor Killing You”. I remember that being a best-seller.

I am doing the same thing I did with the Dr. Shirley Tenpenny video. We have downloaded it, saved it, and embedded it in this article. That way when the original has been removed from the internet, we’ll still have it.

Big Tech hates him. His long-standing YouTube Channel was banned, and his new one will be gone soon as well. He has been blasted on Wikipedia and throughout the internet. He doesn’t care. He considers himself a truth-teller, a patriot, and a whistleblower.

Dr. Coleman considers this to be the most important video he’s ever created in his long and distinguished career. It may be his last video.

What’s happening can only be described as apocalyptic. He explains that new variants of COVID will come out and surge in the Fall of 2021 and Winter of 2022. Those vaccinated will be at far greater risk of becoming very seriously ill or dying because the immune system of those vaccinated will be compromised.

My words to describe it can only diminish the impact of what he has to say. Just watch it. The list below is from his own website.

Dr Vernon Coleman was the first writer to:

1) Warn about the dangers of benzodiazepine tranquillizers

 2) Warn that passive smoking causes cancer 

3) Warn that mobile phones (and masts) may cause cancer 

4) Warn that tap water contains harmful drug residues 

5) Point out that genetic engineering (in all its forms) can be a threat to human health

 6) Claim that high blood pressure can be controlled without drugs

 7) Warn about the risk of mad cow disease 

8) Warn that deep vein thrombosis (DVT) is a serious threat to air travelers 

9) Warn of the return of tuberculosis 

10) Explain why medical screening programs are of more benefit to doctors than to patients 

11) Warn that the threat of AIDS was wildly exaggerated for commercial reasons 

12) Warn that the overuse of antibiotics was creating drug resistant infections 

13) Warn that doctors were over-diagnosing asthma

 14) Draw attention to the value of generic drugs (as opposed to branded drugs) 

15) Warn that ADHD was being over-diagnosed and treated with dangerous drugs 

16) Point out that the incidence of diabetes is rising out of control 

17) Warn that prostate screening does more harm than good 

18) Warn that breast screening is of doubtful value 

19) Warn of the dangers of over exercising

 20) Warn of the damage that jogging can do to the spine and joints

 21) Warn that vaccines are neither as safe nor as effective as the establishment claims 

22) Explain that stress causes or exacerbates 90% of all illnesses 

23) Explain the facts about irritable bowel syndrome 

24) Explain why removing breasts from healthy women is unnecessary

 25) Warn that chemotherapy often does more harm than good 

26) Draw attention to the self-healing powers of the human body 

27) Warn that the drug tamoxifen (used to prevent cancer) can cause cancer 

28) Warn of the dangers of hormone replacement therapy

 29) Expose the link between a high fat diet and breast cancer 

30) Warn that depression was being over-diagnosed and over treated 

31) Point out the importance of the immune system in defending against cancer 

32) Provide evidence showing that meat causes more cancer than tobacco

 33) Explain how antiperspirants may be a health hazard 

34) Warn of the danger of using microwave ovens 

35) Draw attention to the danger of radiotherapy 

36) Warn that doctors are now as big a cause of death as cancer or heart disease 

37) Draw attention to the ability of the mind to heal the body

 38) Explain how and why air conditioning systems can be dangerous 

39) Warn of the hazard of superbugs 

40) Warn that tests and investigations are often unnecessary and dangerous 

41) Point out that one in six hospital patients is there because he or she has been made ill by doctors 

42) Explain why women will not live longer than men in the 21st century 

43) Warn of the dangers of paraquat (and associated products such as Roundup) 

44) Point out that increased longevity is a myth and a result of reduced infant mortality 

45) Why and how too many X-rays are done – and cause cancer 

46) Draw attention to the value of TENS machines in the treatment of pain 

47) Warn of the increase in the size of our ageing population 

48) Warn that obesity leads to an increased cancer risk 

49) Explain how experiments on animals mislead researchers

 50) Explain that many patients with dementia can be cured (because they have NPH and not Alzheimer’s disease)

And there have been many, many more accurate predictions and forecasts made between 1970 and today.

V ernon Coleman has for many years promoted the use of computers in medicine. In 1983, he co-wrote the world's first computer software on health for public use. The software was the Home Doctor series for Sinclair and Commodore computers.

Here is the link to Dr. Gordon’s YouTube page https://brandnewtube.com/@DrVernonColeman

Here is the link to Dr. Gordon’s website www.vernoncoleman.com

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

UPSTART PASTOR RUNS FOR GOVERNOR

Mon, 15 Mar 2021 14:45:30 GMT

NO VACCINE HAS EVER USED MESSENGER RNA

You’ve heard of the phrase: “penny for your thoughts”. You’re going to get that penny for your thoughts from Dr. Sherri Tenpenny in this video, times ten.

Dr. Sherri Tenpenny is one of the world’s leading experts on vaccines. She explains in this video that the COVID-19 vaccine is very different from any ever created, and it is absolutely deadly. She says that it’s part of a plan to depopulate the world.

This is a real doctor who is the head of a medical practice in a major metropolitan area of the United States. She is not some non-doctor who is researching online and theorizing about vaccines. Let’s start with her credentials:

Osteopathic Medical Director from Ohio, 62 years old, practicing medicine since 1985
Director of a Level II Trauma Center for 12 years
Founder of the Tenpenny Integrative Medicine Center http://www.tenpennyimc.com/
Anti-vaccine activist, spurred into action after attending the Sept 2000 National Vaccine Informational Meeting in Washington, DC
Author of two books and countless articles
Even the left-leaning Huffington Post had a positive writeup about her: https://www.huffpost.com/author/dr-sherri-tenpenny
Her website is an exhaustive library of information and blog articles on this subject https://vaxxter.com/

Here’s her video. If you don’t have time, at least watch the 7-minute segment which is the most informative

Fast forward, the best is from 12:30 to 20:06

She starts off by saying that we are a critical junction of time for humanity on a lot of levels. It’s all part of a plan, including banning paper money and having a cashless society, and making us slaves thru the transhuman movement. https://whatistranshumanism.org/

She doesn’t mention the Georgia Guidestones, but it all ties together. It’s a New World Order monument, an American Stonehenge of 20-ton granite monoliths engraved in eight major languages. It was funded by an anonymous group in 1980. The main goal of the engravings is to depopulate the Earth down to 500 million people. https://grandmageri422.me/category/georgia-guidestones/

What’s particularly eye-opening is that we can’t get a vaccine for AIDS or cancer after decades of trying, but we somehow got 3 or 4 big pharma companies to succeed with COVID-19 in just a few months. How did that happen? Something is wrong there.

She says just received a 172 federal page report on the progress of the vaccine. The report documents over 40,000 adverse events reported within the first 30 days of the COVID-19 vaccine, including 3,100 cases of antiphylactic shock and over 5,000 cases of neurological reactions. And that’s without them twisting or misrepresenting the data, or simply not reporting incidents. Oh, that would never happen, would it? That data is about as safe from tampering as a presidential election. Or less safe. But for the purposes of her research, she is using the reported numbers and accepting them as fact.

It has been estimated that only 10% of adverse reactions are actually reported. Taking this vaccine is like playing Russian Roulette with your life or your loved ones’, she says.

We’re going to get a little technical here, so the comparison that people can best understand is to compare the COVID-19 vaccine to the Star Trek episode showing someone being injected with Borg nanoprobes.

Of the 72 vaccines approved for use in the United States, several are RNA-based, but none contain Messenger RNA. The “messenger” aspect is to rewrite your DNA. No other vaccine has ever been approved to rewrite your DNA. This is real scary stuff. Tenpenny calls it a trojan horse mechanism, explaining in layman’s terms that it’s an on-off switch with no off button. Like the Borg nanoprobes, once they are in a host, they replicate and take over.

Tenpenny explains that in a normal RNA vaccine, the virus is part of the vaccine, wholly intact, so when your body generates an anti-body to a virus, that anti-body is against the outer coating protein of that virus.

What we are doing now with the Messenger RNA virus is taking a little piece of the virus’ genetics, and creating a “non-neutralizing anti-body” in the body. That means it doesn’t neutralize the virus. This creates an ADE (antibody-dependent environment), that allows that piece of Messenger RNA to start replicating on its own, creating little pieces of virus-spiked protein in our body for our body to create antibodies against.

This is why Billionaire Bill Gates, who’s main effort these days is vaccines, says that human beings will become their own vaccine-manufacturing machines.

Spiked protein antibodies will be replicating and spreading throughout your body and re-writing your DNA. They might not be mechanical, but they operate quite like those Borg nanoprobes.

These spiked protein antibodies will attach to the lung tissue, causing Diffuse Alveolar Damage, with various degrees of pus and bleeding that affect the tiniest surfaces where oxygen transfers from the air to our cells.

In addition, the spiked protein antibodies will kill off the anti-inflammatory white blood cells that clean up the mess and heal infections.

She explains that as time goes on, we’ll increasingly see extremely serious adverse reactions, and deaths in those vaccinated, including lung diseases, cardio-vascular disease, and auto-immune blood disorders. It’s like a time bomb in your body.

If you don’t want to be transformed into something transhuman, and if you want to live and be healthy, don’t take the vaccine. It’s that simple. It’s time to steal the “my body, my choice” phrase, and put it to good use.

The Star-Trek comparison doesn’t end with the Borg nanoprobes either. The all-powerful and all-knowing entity in Star Trek is called Q, who can either be a friend or a foe. Q was not on the side of The Borg. And now we have an anonymous person by the same name, Q, who is all-knowing and all-powerful, and not everyone trusts him. The Borg of the Star Trek series are symbolic of the transhumanism (part man, part machine) that Dr. Tenpenny warns is coming.

The Borg were the ultimate Cancel Culture entity who put “group thought” over “individual thought”. When the Star Trek series was aired, it was popular with liberals who supported Free Speech, and who wanted to think for themselves. Now 30 years later, those same fans still want to think for themselves, and most call themselves conservatives. I’m one of them. To me, Cancel Culture is like a Borg Cube on the attack.

The Star Trek Borg didn’t think for themselves. They want to destroy, conquer, and assimilate everyone else, just like today’s Cancel Culture crowd that take orders from some secret society (collective) run by George Soros and his ilk. The common people have been indoctrinated, and now it’s time for them to be inoculated. Transhumanism is beginning.

Interesting how all the pieces of the puzzle are coming together, isn’t it? Once again, life imitates art.

Here’s another eerie point, my start in public affairs was to lead a community organization in Hackensack, New Jersey in a seemingly impossible battle against a media titan named Malcolm Borg who was worth over 400 million in 1986 dollars. Borg owned a newspaper called The Record. Everyone in their right mind thought that a major metropolitan-quality newspaper with hundreds of employees, and based in the very same city (Hackensack), and the first newspaper in America to print in color, would be successful in securing zoning approvals to develop a townhouse complex on the woods of the former estate of its founder. Who in their stupidity would think they could beat that Borg? Well, I was young and stupid.

The campaign went from 1986 to 1995. His newspaper was immensely powerful, and in true Borg fashion, it was assimilating other media companies. Resistance was futile for The Herald, located in Passaic, and others. The Record controlled public opinion prior to the internet, and all the politicians cowered in fear of its leftist reporters and editors. Sounds familiar. Of all the tens of thousands of last names that he could possibly have, his name was Borg, and he acted like a Star Trek Borg. He was a giant figure in northern New Jersey in the 1980’s.

Guess who won that battle? Yes, it was the people, the little guys. We won it soundly and triumphantly. We won that battle by being explicitly bipartisan. We brought together the center, and we irritated the Party extremes. When the luxury condos were defeated, the center representing 80% of the people supported us, but 10% on the Far Left wanted affordable housing, and 10% on the Far Right complained about property rights and land coming off the tax rolls. In the end, property rights actually won. Borg exercised his property rights by selling the land at market rate to the County for preservation purposes. His land, his decision. Done.

Our message was tailored to appeal to both liberals and conservatives in the community. We explained how our campaign was for everyone, and for the greater good of the community. Political figures on both sides felt the need to support us. The impossibility of beating Malcom Borg and his media empire was suddenly achievable. As our victory got nearer, forces representing the Far Left and the Far Right both came out of the woodwork to try and stop us. They failed.

I think there is a lesson with Borg’s Woods that is relevant to the broader problems in America today. I want a nation in which 80% of the people are on one side, and the extremists each have 10% public support. Now that’s balance. Heck, I’ll take a 25-50-25 equation. Not as good, but still very much balanced. I know it can be done, because I already did it with the Borg’s Woods effort. The goal of my website is to bring balance to our society. My mission in life is to bring balance; it’s the essence of my being. Some people are annoyed that I don’t follow astrology. They say I’m the purest Libra who’s ever lived, and yes, I am a Libra. But I’m a Christian, and astrology is a form of idolatry.

This movie called the 2020’s is far from over. Not sure how or why the clues have been left, but the Bible is not the only source of the clues. They are throughout popular culture, in series like The Simpsons, and in movies like Back to the Future. We’ve been warned about the COVID-19 vaccine by the writers of Star Trek coming up with the Borg nanoprobes.

Are they time travelers or clairvoyant? Or did God put it into their minds to warn us that this madness is upon us? I don’t have that answer, but I don’t believe it’s all a coincidence. The clue exists, that’s what matters. All of the clues together point to how the people can win and bring balance to America. We just got to piece it all together. It seems impossible that the giants of America can be beaten, but the people are going to win this. God Bless America.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

ALL EYES ARE ON NEW JERSEY AND THE GREAT SHUFFLE

Ever watch a motivational speaker and then wonder ‘why doesn’t this guy run for office; nobody could ever beat him’? Philip Rizzo is that man. Rizzo, a pastor who has never run for office is making national news by seeking the Republican nomination for Governor of New Jersey. A dedicated conservative, he’s so committed to the task that he took a leave of absence from his church in order to run.

Here’s a recent news article on Rizzo’s candidacy https://www.nj.com/politics

Here’s his campaign website https://jerseyrizzo.com/

Phil Rizzo been a fighter all his life. In 1980, he lost half his right arm in an unusual accident. I was 15 at the time. I vaguely remember the news about a lally column falling, and then a 4-year-old boy had to have his arm amputated.

His challenge hasn’t stopped him from moving on with all areas of his life. I doubt he considers himself handicapped. He was an athlete in school, he’s been a success in business, he’s happily married with four children, he started a conservative Baptist ministry, and now he is running for governor. If losing an arm won’t hold him back, do you think he cares that the Republican party bosses aren’t supporting him? Damn the torpedoes AND the lally columns, full speed ahead.

Rizzo is off to a strong start at fund-raising, and if all goes according to plan, he will meet the threshold for matching GOP funding during a major fund-raising event in Colts Neck, New Jersey on March 25th. Fund-raising, especially from Christians, is coming in nationwide. Here’s information on the event https://www.facebook.com

The key-note speaker Kimberly Klacik of Baltimore. Here is one of her viral campaign ads showing her style. https://www.youtube.com

Klacik has been throwing her support behind other rising stars who also want to shake the boat, and jolt the Republican Party out of its failed approach of running party-hack politicians. Klacik is one of several Black Republicans, also including Billy Prempeh, who didn’t quite win seats in the US House of Representatives last November, but did shockingly well in deep blue districts. They all ran unconventional campaigns, and didn’t take orders from Republican Party bosses. Rizzo is another total outsider running for office.

All eyes will be on New Jersey for the June 8th Primary, https://nj.gov/state/elections/assets/pdf and again for the general election in November. Senate and House of Representatives seats aren’t up in odd-numbered years. Nothing as controversial is shaping up in Virginia, the only other state with a gubernatorial election. The nation and the world are looking at New Jersey to see if the Republican Party is able to burst forth with a new approach to change the losing political equation.

Let’s analyze his chances further. The debate among Republicans has always been:

“Do we energize the party base and maximize our turnout, or do we elect someone who has that cross-party appeal, and who will bring in the vote from labor unions, minorities, and working-class residents everywhere”.

Phil Rizzo deserves the Republican nomination because he amazingly does both. First, he is an unabashed conservative who is pro-life, pro-America, and pro-Faith. He earned a B.S. in Business Management at Villanova, and he is a small-business owner. He checks all the boxes on whether or not a candidate is a conservative, and he doesn’t shy away from any issue.

He talks openly about the value of life, and about reversing the requirement in New Jersey to teach radical Left ideas on sexuality to public school children. The Radical Left wing of the Democratic Party fears him more than any other Republican running. Some strategists think it’s best if a Republican tread lightly on any issue that might irritate the Radical Left. Nonsense, especially this year.

Most Democrats in New Jersey are not Far Left. Like Republicans, many are sick of the atheism, the radicalism, the socialism, the anti-police sentiments, the rioting, and above all the Cancel Culture tactics of the Far Left. https://jewishjournal.com/commentary They may refuse to admit it to conservatives, but they can’t stand where their Party has drifted.

There’s a gigantic crack within the Democratic Party in New Jersey. Rizzo is going to take a wedge and hammer to that crack, and create the Grand Canyon.

At the very center of this division are Christian Blacks and Christian immigrants from Latin America, Africa, and Asia who have been loyal to their Party despite it becoming openly hostile to their basic beliefs and values. They are tired of being used for votes. Blacks and immigrants together are roughly half the vote in New Jersey. Their mostly Democratic votes decide every election. They just need to be “welcomed” to the conservative side, hence the name “Welcome Movement”.

Party-anointed Republican front-runner Jack Ciatterelli hasn’t figured this out. Rizzo has. They filled his center-city Baptist church. He works with them all the time in business. He loves these people. It’s the Word of God to love everyone. He really does, from the bottom of his Christian heart.

The greatest lie being told to the American people is that the White Christian is typically a racist, and must be feared. The Left continuously tells that lie to fear-monger enough voters to win elections. This is 2021, not 1921. A lot has changed.

Those who have been disenfranchised are ready to consider options, but only if conservatives admit there has been discrimination, state that it was unjust and against the Word of God, and declare that the new conservative vision is to incorporate everyone, all people of all races and backgrounds, within a big-tent conservative majority going forwards. Together we’ll have the numbers and the energy to smash the Radical Left, put Socialism and Cancel Culture in a coffin, and nail it shut.

The Left can’t win with a message of peace and love, or with their platform. They can only win by instilling hate and fear. Pastor Rizzo smashes that Leftist plan.

Now think for a minute; what kind of Republican candidate deters Christian Democrats? The absolute last thing they want is a career Republican politician who keeps quiet on matters of Faith and morality, and answers to the Republican Party bosses. That’s exactly who Jack Ciatterelli is.

Here’s Ciatterelli’s campaign speech, it’s nothing special. Same old song. I’ve heard this speech a dozen times from both Democrats and Republicans. https://www.jack4nj.com/announcement_speech

He sang on for 16 minutes, and he uttered not one single word about how sick we are Cancel Culture and the Radical Left. Not one word about the Judeo-Christian values of New Jersey voters. Not one word about how at least half of Blacks and immigrants in New Jersey are conservative on core social issues, and how they are just being used for votes by the Democratic Party, which is openly opposed to their Faith and their values.

C iatterelli’s approach won’t bring over any Democratic voters tired of the Radical Left.

I lived in Hackensack for 34 years, and then in Newark for 10 years. I was active in community matters in both heavily Democratic cities. I know exactly how Democrats think because I’m an ex-Democrat. Yes, I do have the pulse of the people on my fingertips. People are mad, people are frustrated, people in both Parties are looking for a new voice. I see it, plain as day. Phil Rizzo is that voice.

The winning unity message has to be that all people, all races, are equal in the eyes of God, and we are going to move forward united to build a better society. Our love of God and pride in America is what brings us together. Otherwise, politics devolves into the tribalism of Critical Race Theory, which by their own design is the path to Communism.

The unity message stands in sharp contrast to the hate and radicalism of Cancel Culture. The Radical Left despises religion and everything hetero-normative, especially the traditional family. Immigrants and Christian Blacks are much closer to God and family values than the average leftist-indoctrinated White college graduate, yet the Left continuously lies and says that White Christians are the enemy, especially Republicans. The Welcome Movement exists to fight back against that lie.

Republicans who won’t run on the basic foundation of God and family values are useless. We need to build a just and honest society based on hard work, personal responsibility, family values, Freedom of Religion, and the Judeo-Christian tradition. That will be a diverse and numerous group of people, all absolutely emboldened to work together to restore the American Dream, and roll it out for everyone.

I can see the Marxist professors and other leftist thinkers just gritting their teeth and cursing my name. My son-in-law is one of them. They think conservatives still don’t know how they are indoctrinating our students with Intersectionality, and now they are pissed to read that we are fighting back against it. https://www.thoughtco.com/intersectionality

People from Faiths outside of the Judeo-Christian tradition are starting to realize that they too must be allied with the political Right, or eventually they will be attacked by The Left. The political right supports Freedom of Religion, Freedom of Speech, and other rights that protect everyone, including Muslims, Hindus, Buddhists, Bahai’s, Sikh’s, etc.

Rizzo wants to show the path for the entire country, and help inspire more people to follow the Word of God, and to live happy productive lives. One year later is the mid-terms, and a lot is at stake. If a serious Christian can win in a deep blue State, he or she can win anywhere.

Once Rizzo gets the matching GOP funds, he’ll have to be taken seriously by the GOP establishment. Pastors are known for their speaking skills, and this pastor has the power of a motivational speaker with a Christian focus. Watch his speaking style in this 2017 sermon he gave in Tennessee. https://www.youtube.com/ He has the passion and the energy to deliver the unity message needed to win this election. Governor Murphy will come to dread the thought of debating Phil Rizzo.

Christian Democrats of all races are welcomed with open arms to vote for Rizzo, and to join the Republican Party. But if some want to stay as Democrats, and just vote for good honest Republicans when they appear, I have another plan.

Organize yourselves as a Christian Democratic political action committee, and demand a seat at their table.

Run as Democrats for those pesky County Committee seats and the local school board seats. Never take orders from their Party bosses; instead answer to God and to Jesus.

Demand that the Democratic Party adopt a Christian platform and run Christian candidates.

Fight the Radical Left, tell them to their face that they are wrong. Be bold in your conviction to God and Jesus.

Work with Christian Republicans on all matters of Faith, values, and family, especially if you are elected.

Openly declare that you will vote for Faith-oriented Republicans each and every time that the Democratic Party nominates a pro-choice or pro-LGBTQ candidate. And then do it to show your power.

This is the first stage of shuffling the political deck of cards. We’ll cheer you on, we got your back. Christian Democrats pursuing this plan need to be cautioned that you will incur the wrath of the Far Left. When you’ve had enough, and when you see that conservatives have been your allies, make the break with the pure evil that dominates this country and the Democratic Party, and come over to our side.

Isn’t it ironic that a Republican such as myself lays out this potent plan to empower those who have been disenfranchised and marginalized? But the “woke” Left says I must be a racist because I am a heterosexual male who checks all the boxes that they say proves evil. Nonsense.

The Republican Party will quickly get the message that economic-oriented Republicans won’t get the Christian Democrat vote, but Faith-oriented Republicans will. By following this plan, Christian Democrats organizing in the cities can become a powerful force pushing the Republican Party in the Faith-oriented direction that the Welcome Movement advocates. Some Republicans won’t like this trend. Too bad, I answer to God and Jesus, not to any Republican boss, and I’m mad as all hell about 2020 and the whole direction of this country.

Christian Democrats and Christian Republicans are not enemies. We are only a hair’s breadth apart. “They” want to keep us divided, because if we come together, we own this country. They’ve known that for decades. We’re just figuring it out now.

People of Faith have been divided, and then pushed into the closet. Now it’s our turn to come out of the closet. It’s time to re-establish the Judeo-Christian value system, and this time there must be a distinct focus that it includes people of all races and backgrounds.

In this regard, “The Re-Establishment” I envision is exactly 180 degrees different from what racist conservatives did in the 1920’s when they circled the wagons and shut people out, and then lynched people they didn’t like. They had the audacity to call themselves Christians.

We don’t circle the wagons or fear outsiders, instead we open a big tent and invite everyone in. The difference of our message in 2021 has to be pointed out. Our love, our compassion, and our commitment to humanity will be seen and known. We will inspire and uplift everyone.

Unity shall defeat disunity. Order shall defeat disorder. Love shall defeat hate. Prosperity shall defeat socialism. The shift, the shuffle of the deck, will be so powerful that no algorithm on Dominion software is going to make any difference. The Re-Establishment is going to roll out across the entire country like an unstoppable wave.

Yes, Christians in both parties disagree a bit on social spending matters, and how to best help the poor. Suffice to say that people’s minds have to be fixed first. If people don’t have the right attitude and values, no amount of spending will fix the real problems that exist.

We can have that debate within our ranks. Last time I checked The Bible, Jesus didn’t minister to the rich. I myself have been poor, and I have conservative ideas on providing affordable housing without costing taxpayer money. Rizzo hasn’t committed his support on this, but I am hoping that his election win will give me the chance to advance these conservative housing programs. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/housing

THE GREAT SHUFFLE

It’s time for a huge political realignment. Imagine a deck of cards, with each card representing some voter demographic or interest group. Each Party holds multiple “cards”. Presidential elections come and go, but even a very controversial election like 2020 doesn’t change which Party holds which cards.

Now let me speak for the people here. We’re done with the whole political equation, especially after 2020. It’s time to shuffle the entire deck of cards. That’s the only way to change the losing political equation, and put the Judeo-Christian tradition back on top. The Great Shuffle will create a socially conservative Judeo-Christian Republican political party so expansive that it will carry every State but Vermont in Presidential elections. The last bastion that the White leftists will control is going to be northern New England, because there are relatively few Blacks or immigrants living there.

The whole theory that America will become more Democratic as the percentage of White population declines will become laughable after The Great Shuffle. We are at a turning point in the social and political history of this country. And the turning point could be happening in the very same location, Trenton. Astounding.

History does tend to repeat itself. I’m laying out the vision, so I’m filling the role of Thomas Paine, who didn’t answer to the powers that be any more than I do. I am a patriot and a proud American. I am a descendent through my Martindale lineage to John Pearson, who was appointed by George Washington to the position of Major of Commissary. Battles aren’t won without adequate supplies and provisions, and he organized that. Pearson rose to the rank of Brigadier General after the Revolution, and served in the House of Representatives. Here’s a painting of John Pearson.

America needs to go back to the principles of our founding. We are a Judeo-Christian country that respects Freedom of Religion and Freedom of Speech, and establishes no particular denomination. People of Faith will no longer allow ourselves to be split, weakened, and marginalized.

America led the world in 1776 by abolishing the monarchy, and setting the vision for the world. Over time we have established the greatest and most powerful nation that has ever existed. We are not going the communist route. America must instead become a place where people of all backgrounds are truly equal and live together in harmony.

Cancel Culture and the Radical Left want to destroy our founding in order to create a new system with them on top. They are transitioning us into a totalitarian communist regime based on Intersectionality and radical feminism. https://www.thoughtco.com

People of Faith still have the numbers to put an end to this lunacy, if we work together. It has to happen now, if another generation is indoctrinated with all the nonsense and divisiveness, there’s no hope. It’s time for a fresh start. Shuffle the deck, and let the cards land where they belong. I’ve lain out a vision, a direction for this election to proceed.

The people of America, of all backgrounds, need to take back this country, and rescue ourselves from the lunacy of contemporary social and political matters. We have to stand tall against them, no matter how ferocious they become. The Great Shuffle and the Re-Establishment both start with New Jersey, this year, 2021.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

DOCTOR SAYS COVID VACCINE WILL KILL YOU

Mon, 15 Feb 2021 18:04:28 GMT

NO VACCINE HAS EVER USED MESSENGER RNA

You’ve heard of the phrase: “penny for your thoughts”. You’re going to get that penny for your thoughts from Dr. Sherri Tenpenny in this video, times ten.

Osteopathic Medical Director from Ohio, 62 years old, practicing medicine since 1985
Director of a Level II Trauma Center for 12 years
Founder of the Tenpenny Integrative Medicine Center http://www.tenpennyimc.com/
Anti-vaccine activist, spurred into action after attending the Sept 2000 National Vaccine Informational Meeting in Washington, DC
Author of two books and countless articles
Even the left-leaning Huffington Post had a positive writeup about her: https://www.huffpost.com/author/dr-sherri-tenpenny
Her website is an exhaustive library of information and blog articles on this subject https://vaxxter.com/

Here’s her video. If you don’t have time, at least watch the 7-minute segment which is the most informative

Fast forward, the best is from 12:30 to 20:06

Spiked protein antibodies will be replicating and spreading throughout your body and re-writing your DNA. They might not be mechanical, but they operate quite like those Borg nanoprobes.

NO VACCINE HAS EVER USED MESSENGER RNA

You’ve heard of the phrase: “penny for your thoughts”. You’re going to get that penny for your thoughts from Dr. Sherri Tenpenny in this video, times ten.

Osteopathic Medical Director from Ohio, 62 years old, practicing medicine since 1985
Director of a Level II Trauma Center for 12 years
Founder of the Tenpenny Integrative Medicine Center http://www.tenpennyimc.com/
Anti-vaccine activist, spurred into action after attending the Sept 2000 National Vaccine Informational Meeting in Washington, DC
Author of two books and countless articles
Even the left-leaning Huffington Post had a positive writeup about her: https://www.huffpost.com/author/dr-sherri-tenpenny
Her website is an exhaustive library of information and blog articles on this subject https://vaxxter.com/

Here’s her video. If you don’t have time, at least watch the 7-minute segment which is the most informative

Fast forward, the best is from 12:30 to 20:06

Spiked protein antibodies will be replicating and spreading throughout your body and re-writing your DNA. They might not be mechanical, but they operate quite like those Borg nanoprobes.

ABSOLUTE PROOF HAS BEEN PRESENTED

Mon, 08 Feb 2021 17:12:23 GMT

CHINA STOLE THE 2020 PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION

It must be shocking to the political Left that absolute proof has come out that a cyber-attack from China stole the 2020 election. The public has been repeatedly told by the media and social media that this is one of those “wacko conspiracy theories”.

On February 5th, Mike Lindell, the my pillow guy, released the proof regarding the post-election cyber-attack from China and other foreign countries. Don’t watch Lindell’s entire video from start to finish, just forward to the 1:36:00 mark, which is one hour and thirty-six minutes. After watching that segment, it’s your choice to go back and watch the entire video. There’s more good stuff.

Fast forward to 1:36:00

Lindell has been hated by the Left since he created the movie entitled “Unplanned” about an abortion center manager who turned pro-life. He doesn’t care, he just wants to be honest, and to do the work of God upon the Earth. I totally get it. When I make my millions, I’ll be exactly the same way.

Starting at 1:36:00, Lindell presents the data from the servers that the United States military raided and seized in Spain and Germany after the election. There was a media boycott regarding those raids, but the news was shared among conservative circles online. We now know that it was “the good guys” that got the servers.

Remember when they said those server raids were another wacko conspiracy theory. Well, those raids actually happened, and Lindell just released the data. What’s next, is the Q stuff real too?

Be wary that not all right-wing conspiracies are true, and many false ones are being planted by Masons, and by CIA and FBI operatives posing as conservatives. We are in an information war, and one main goal is to discredit the conservative movement by releasing false information.

In particular, don’t trust any conservative videos coming out of Great Britain. The Brits are known for being pranksters, but more importantly the New World Order is run out of Masonic Crown Temple in the City of London where the Masons control the global banking system, the IMF, the central banks in every country, the Bar Associations in every country, the British royal family, the media and many major corporations, over two dozen secretive New World Order organizations, and more.

The Masonic Order in London is in a deep and multi-layered financial, military, and geopolitical alliance with The Vatican and with Washington, DC to collectively control Western Civilization, to indirectly control the entire world, and to keep their sins and scandals covered up. Without the sins and scandals, they can’t control important people. It’s all about control. And yes, I know many of America’s Founding Fathers were Masons too. It’s a complex situation. The forces of good and evil have been in a constant and ongoing battle for control.

My paternal ancestors came from England over 200 years ago, so if I want to criticize Great Britain, I can do it fairly and objectively. America declared our independence from Great Britain, and one of my ancestors, John Pearson, had a prominent role in the Continental Army. He was appointed by George Washington to a key logistics position, which was Major of Commissary. Perhaps I inherited his organizational abilities.

The Masons are the source of the Orwellian tactics of the media and the political Left. Donald Trump and Q are an existential threat to their entire collective. Both are being used by God to unveil and destroy that unholy collective so that events can advance according to His Will. The ultimate and tragic future of America is lain out in many places in the Bible, but most specifically in Revelations 17-18.

What’s playing out now in America is a matter of historic and yes biblical proportions, and it’s far from over. Here I summarize the grand finale of Lindell’s video:

1. The cyber-attack documentation is thousands of pages long, with line-by-line entries for each individual attack.

2. The exact Internet Protocol (IP) addresses of each cyber-attacker in China and other places are individually listed, and linked to election center computers in various counties in the six election theft States, which were Georgia, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin, Arizona, and Nevada.

3. The exact IP addresses of the election center computers that were attacked are listed for each entry.

4. Each entry notes if the attackers had the protocol keys (meaning it’s an inside job) or if they had to breach a firewall, and if the attack was successful.

5. The exact time of each cyber-attack is recorded

6. The exact number of votes flipped from Donald Trump to Joseph Biden is recorded for each cyber-attack, on a county-by-county basis, in those six States.

7. It’s all absolute fact, and undeniable.

Lindell explains that China’s action was planned in advance, but it was a Plan B. The planners hoped to not have to use it. The algorithm that they programmed into the Dominion Software, to tweak the election in Biden’s favor, was broken by the sheer and unexpected number of Trump votes on Election Day. A few hours after the polls closed, they had to shut down the vote count in those six States simultaneously, which is unprecedented and immediately raises a red flag. This gave time for Plan B, the cyber-attack, to be carried out.

The cyber-attack was an act of war by the People’s Republic of China upon the United States, as was the release of COVID-19. We now have the almost unbelievable situation in which the sitting President of the United States is indebted to China, which is America’s greatest geopolitical adversary, for putting him into office.

Lindell’s documentary is predictably being dismissed in a pure Orwellian fashion as another wacko conspiracy theory. There is a near-total news and social media boycott on its release. It’s being suppressed for a reason, it’s true. It’ll take some time for public opinion to amass around the proofs.

As days and weeks go by, more and more people will be exposed to the truth, and more and more prominent people will come out and say “yes, this is absolute proof”. I hate to admit it, but liberals and leftists are not stupid. At some point, each person will say to themselves “OK, I want to wrap my head around this, I’ll forward to 1:36:00 and watch it to see if it’s ridiculous, or has some merit”. That’s all we need, just a crack of open-mindedness. In the end, the truth always wins.

Now it’s time to critique Lindell. First, there have been other cyber-attacks on other targets, and litigation regarding them. He could have said that the quality and quantity of data he has equals or exceeds that of other cyber-attacks, and that said proofs have held up in Court.

Secondly, Lindell should have presented the cyber-attack information no later than 30 seconds into his video. Most conservative viewers will tune away within five minutes unless they see absolute proof. Most liberal or leftist viewers have a one-minute attention span, at best, in which their mind is open to information contrary to what they’ve been indoctrinated. Lindell waited an hour and thirty-six minutes to get to the good stuff. I have no words to describe that error.

Third, the information is not being presented in the format that I called for in my last blog article, printed on January 18th. Let’s remind my readers what I said on January 18th, to follow in parenthesis:

(CLEAR PROOF OF ELECTION THEFT – The objectors to the election theft will clearly list the objections and create a source document with links for proof. It will be lain out and enumerated in great detail, like a Bible, with every section, claim, affidavit and court action in every State numbered, lettered, and further sub-numbered for easy reference. Each point will be color-tagged in its heading as proven, mostly proven, or statistically impossible without election irregularities. It will be overwhelming, undeniable, and infuriating.)

Yeah, I know they don’t take orders from me. And I do understand that the election fraud proofs are so voluminous that it will take some time to organize it all into the format I am calling for. They should hire me to do it. I’m a key resource and I’m very organized, but they still haven’t discovered me.

I laid out The Plan in my last blog article. Items #1, #2, and #3 progressed exactly as I called it on January 18th, and in the order I called. See: https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/follow-the-plan-heres-the-plan

My track record so far has been spot-on accurate, and what’s next is Item #4 from my article, which is as follows:

4. RELEASE THE KRAKEN / RED PILL – The most important step is there will be a complete unveiling of all the evils, meaning all the Q stuff on child trafficking, the Federal Reserve, the CIA programs, and more. When it comes out, the public will see that the conflict is not simply over “politics” or “personalities”, but is instead between Satanic forces of evil vs. Christians and other good people just realizing now that they must to turn to God and Jesus.

I am not backing down or soft-peddling my predictions, or steps 5, 6, and 7. It’s all going to happen.

I need to get cracking on my Q article, which will be an analysis of many of the Q claims. I’m laying them all out. I will be publishing a probability forecast, meaning a percent chance, on the validity of each of them.

The saga continues. The most epic events in the history of humanity are unfolding before our eyes. We are alive now to watch, and even to participate in some fashion. We bear witness to everything.

I ask my readers to vary your sources. Read both liberal and conservative sources, and engage others politely but firmly on social media. Don’t be weak, and don’t be afraid to say you are a Christian. Watch the news on OAN, Fox, and CNN. Employ critical thinking and analyze everything. Be brazen in your belief in God, and turn to God if you are weak in your Faith. Hate nobody, and love your enemies as if they are your friends. The truth will come out, and pray that the cruel fate of our country described in Revelations is not cast in stone.

Rev 17-18 describes two separate forces of evil (the “crimson beast” and the “whore of Babylon”) who are in conflict with each other, and in conflict with “the lamb”, which is Christianity. It has recently become apparent to some Biblical scholars that the crimson (red) beast is communism. Rev. 17:8 explains that the crimson beast died but now lives again, to everyone’s surprise. That’s exactly what communism did, it died after the fall of the Berlin Wall, and now it lives again in a major conflict with capitalism and our freedoms. Our modern freedoms and liberties include sexual liberties that God frowns upon. Here is what Rev. 17:15-18 says about a great future city called “mystery Babylon”:

15 Then the angel said to me, “The waters you saw, where the prostitute sits, are peoples, multitudes, nations and languages. 16 The beast and the ten horns you saw will hate the prostitute. They will bring her to ruin and leave her naked; they will eat her flesh and burn her with fire. 17 For God has put it into their hearts to accomplish his purpose by agreeing to hand over to the beast their royal authority, until God’s words are fulfilled. 18 The woman you saw is the great city that rules over the kings of the earth.”

Hmmm, what “great city” is the economic and cultural capital of the world, and houses the United Nations? And this city sits surrounded by “the waters you saw” (rivers, bays, and the ocean) on a mystery continent unknown to ancient Israel, and it is populated with a great diversity of peoples from many nations who speak many languages. And there is even a statue of a woman that symbolizes the city, hence the reference: “the woman you saw is the great city that rules over the kings of the earth”.

After a few thousand years of speculation, we must be at or close to the biblical end times because there is one city that must be Mystery Babylon, and there are no other contenders.

Of all these passages, Rev 17:17 is most troubling. It basically says it is God’s Will that communism destroys capitalism along with our materialism and sexual liberties, “until God’s words are fulfilled”. What comes next in Rev. 17-18 isn’t much better, a Christian victory (yeah !!!), but followed by the complete destruction of mystery Babylon, and then the economic collapse of the world. Rev. 18 then describes the destruction and lament in detail. https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Revelation%2017-18&version=NIV

That’s God’s Will? Gee, thanks God. Please also note that Revelations is at least three visions describing the same events, each slightly differently, a bit like Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John each cover the days of Jesus, but not exactly the same way. These visions are Rev 1-16, Rev 17-18, and Rev. 19-22. Of the visions, Rev. 17-18 is the most America-specific.

Whether or not New York or America’s destruction is the only possible future is a matter of Determinism. Is there free will, or have all events been pre-determined by God? And if everything is pre-determined, the antagonist will say: “then what’s the point to avoiding sin, leading a just and good life, and doing good works to help humanity?” I cannot accept that our fate is sealed, and that our nation cannot turn to God and change our direction. God gave us a brain to use, arms to build things, and a heart to love. Is our future “determined” unless we get wise and turn to God? Determinism has the been the subject of contentious philosophical and theological debate for hundreds of years. We won’t solve this debate today. https://www.christiancourier.com/articles/1515-the-doctrine-of-determinism-what-is-it

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

FOLLOW THE PLAN, HERE’S THE PLAN

Mon, 18 Jan 2021 15:11:18 GMT

WE LOSE IF THERE IS MOB VIOLENCE

Friends, please post this widely on various social media, as Big Tech has restricted me until January 23rd to spread this message of non-violence.

A new chapter has begun. They are now labelling anyone or any group concerned with Election Integrity or the Q posts as "white supremacists". This is a Cancel Culture move. It’s not just statues and our history being canceled, now it’s us personally. This new identity becomes the basis for our further denigration by the media, social media, professors, gender warriors, and celebrities, and via legislation and police action. This is beyond intolerable and infuriating.

Here's AOC on a “Really American” video making the accusations, and demanding that any narrative against theirs be silenced by Facebook. Readers can say I'm paranoid, but on an objective level, am I? Just listen to her, and the guy who follows. Paranoia, by definition, involves fears that are un-justified. Our fears are 100% justified: https://www.facebook.com/reallyamerican/videos/2289777853774162

HAVE FAITH, THE PLAN IS ROLLING OUT

Readers need to have Faith that there is a plan, a real plan. Don’t lose hope and jump from the highest building in your town. Don’t entertain random acts of violence. Don’t gun down a Marxist professor, a leftist celebrity, or an elected Democrat in your State.

The solution is a Military Revolution, and it is coming very soon. Here is the basic Q video, entitled “Q – The Plan to Save the World Remastered”. In these times of bitter partisanship, it’s a breath of fresh air. It’s astounding how neutral and non-partisan it is. https://www.bitchute.com/video/qvfUkQTG5QHP/?fbclid=IwAR2ABt6TvPskE8AryfUcp8hCZE-hzAFlSpDe0_Yeog3EJCB_FL5KspzYRhE

God is on our side, but the steps haven’t happened yet for the Revolution. The Plan is not ready; it’s not happening this week.

Here’s one of hundreds of video’s claiming that the Revolution will happen imminently. This guy predicted Sunday, January 17th in this five-minute video: https://www.facebook.com/anthony.prewitt.1/videos/4036498673026849/ This man sincerely believed his information, and his informants are real and credible. They are deliberately misinforming followers of the start date to create a “boy crying wolf” syndrome. When the real start date arrives, the other side will be caught off-guard.

HERE'S THE PLAN, THE ORDER OF EVENTS

1. INAUGURATION - Biden will be inaugurated on January 20th, and there must be no violence by patriots. We saw what happened on Jan 6, and the public reaction. We support Law & Order, and if that means supporting a conservative-based military order for a few years, we’ll embrace it when it comes.

 2. OBJECTIONABLE PROGRAMS HARDEN PUBLIC OPINION - Biden and the Democratic Congress will unveil programs, introduce legislation, and push culture war things like banning all gender words. They will open the Southern border, prosecute the Trump family, silence voices they dislike, arrest and round up patriot leaders, and introduce legislation against gun ownership.

Everyone who voted for Trump is to be denounced, ridiculed, and in general "canceled", especially if you are a White Christian American. We are the new “enemy”. In their glee of attaining full political & social power, the radical Left is overstepping their bounds.

Their radicals are laying out their agenda, and soon they'll have the entire administrative structure behind them, including the IRS, DOJ, FBI and CIA. Those agencies are Deep State, and have been anti-Trump. And further supporting them are the artists and entertainers, the teachers and professors, the tech industry, the media, social media, and the gender-neutral radicals. It truly is a terrifying array of forces. I totally empathize with Donald Trump. I understand what he’s facing, and why it makes him rude and angry.

3. CLEAR PROOF OF ELECTION THEFT – The objectors to the election theft will clearly list the objections and create a source document with links for proof. It will be lain out and enumerated in great detail, like a Bible, with every section, claim, affidavit and court action in every State numbered, lettered, and further sub-numbered for easy reference. Each point will be color-tagged in it’s heading as proven, mostly proven, or statistically impossible without election irregularities. It will be overwhelming, undeniable, and infuriating.

4. RELEASE THE KRAKEN / RED PILL – The most important step is there will be a complete unveiling of all the evils, meaning all the Q stuff on child trafficking, the Federal Reserve, the CIA programs, and more. When it comes out, the public will see that the conflict is not simply over “politics” or “personalities”, but is instead between Satanic forces of evil vs. Christians and other good people just realizing now that they must to turn to God and Jesus. God has a plan that Trump doesn’t know. Trump is just being used.

When the whole world is red-pilled, many groups on the Left will shed members to the patriot side. Christian Democrats and many old-school liberals will not tolerate the evils that will be revealed by Q. See the fissures within the Left: https://www.pewresearch.org/politics/2017/10/24/political-typology-reveals-deep-fissures-on-the-right-and-left / We can only win if we play our cards right. We as citizens or as militia cannot be violent, we have to be moderate with our economic agenda, and we need to be open and “welcoming” to Christian Blacks and immigrants.

Christian Blacks and immigrants are key to the entire plan. The Left knows it, and that is why they are denigrating patriots as “white supremacists”. Intersectionality is divisive by nature. They need to continually instill fear and hatred to maintain their political coalition, and that is their downfall.

We, on the other hand, push for peace, unity, Faith, and economic prosperity for all people of all groups and races. What a contrast. The more we emphasize this contrast, the more we win.

I have outlined all of our core values and positions on my home page. www.thewelcomemovement.com As for me personally, I have no political power; I just believe that God is inspiring me, filling me, and guiding me as I write.

5. ASSEMBLE OUR MILITIAS - We must assemble our militias per the Second Amendment. We must be seen as organized, but non-violent. By organizing and standing ready, we will give moral support and encouragement to the military forces that will do the real work. They will act when they know we have their back.

6. MILITARY OPERATION – Once all the prior steps are met, then and only then will the Christian brass in the military step in and clean house. If the military makes their move before all of these necessary steps occur, we will lose the war of public opinion. Even a military operation can’t hold for long without public support. Lots of people wanted this Revolution on January 6th, and now they think it’s coming on Inauguration Day, to arrest them while they are in DC for the event. It’s can’t happen now because the key steps haven’t occurred.

When the military operation rolls out to reverse the Biden Coup d’état, they will list all the reasons why the country has been corrupted, and why we have actually been operating outside of the Constitution since the illegal creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913. Some say the key date is 1871, but I have not verified their claims regarding the “United States Corporation.”

The new military leadership will just be a change in the out-of-constitution government, except that these military leaders are openly committed to purging our country and restoring the Constitutional order that has been gone for 108 years. That explanation will work for most of the law-and-order advocates. The key point is that the military operation does not bring us outside of The Constitution FOR THE FIRST TIME. We’ve been out for 108 years, and the election theft just took us further out. I haven’t seen one Revolution video explaining this correctly.

There’s a plan, follow the plan. It hasn’t been explicitly lain out to me, but I’ve gotten bits and pieces from various sources, and I’ve seen events in action. I’m smart enough to put it together, and write it down. I am also an imperfect person being used by God for this purpose. I trust in the Lord that I have correctly summarized it.

7. NEW CONSTITUTION - The military operation will set the stage to rewrite the constitution to prevent the current problems from repeating. I fully expect the military to be in control for several years. I am unsure if they will appoint Trump as President or “Commander”. It’s possible. We have begun an "incredible journey that is just beginning”, Trump’s words after the Capitol Hill Riot.

In this quick 2015 Simpsons segment, Trump rode the escalator exactly as he did a few weeks earlier in real life. What’s prophetic is that his hair acted like Kraken tentacles, five years before any talk of “Release the Kraken”. Wow, I’m getting goosebumps. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x_dur0DomVk

Trump is a very determined and driven individual, and he does not give up. He doesn't care about his legacy or how much he's hated, he only cares about achieving peace and prosperity for America, and to secure our future. Donald Trump is a flawed person being used by God to fulfill his Will. Our future is not decided.

Biden taking office is part of the plan. He has to get in, do bad things, and own bad decisions. The people’s fear will then be real, not some prediction. Never lose your Faith in God and your faith in the plan, and never act violently. I am listening to a sermon online as I type this. We will win before this year is done, and the events that transpire will bring millions of people to God and to Jesus.
All of us conservatives have to be emphatically against all violence, either by individual patriots, or by our militias. Patriot militias are organizing now in all 50 States. It's been reported in the news that they are planning to demonstrate in State capitols this week, and in D.C.

 We are conservatives, we take orders, we organize, we worship God, and we support law and order, including the military regime when it comes. Just follow the plan. In the meantime, I have some homework for our readers.

First, be more knowledgeable on politics in general. It’s more complicated than simple party affiliation. By understanding other people’s realities, we can develop strategies to broaden the conservative umbrella and shift the equation. This link is non-partisan and non-biased. https://www.pewresearch.org/politics/2017/10/24/political-typology-reveals-deep-fissures-on-the-right-and-left/

Second, know your enemy. Read up on Intersectionality and Critical Race Theory. Conservatives need to understand how Marxism is advancing. People aren’t simply reading economic theory, and deciding they like it. Intersectionality is specifically the means to imbed a victim identity, and then amass a hate-based coalition to advance social and political change leading to a Marxist and atheist social and economic order. This entire approach is against the Word of God.

https://iwda.org.au/what-does-intersectional-feminism-actually-mean/?gclid=Cj0KCQiA3Y-ABhCnARIsAKYDH7ta48qpCmx7bSgvx4Kf_lMXfWO6HpfWIk1dWqX5ptf5NN5SpUOxLxMaAvnUEALw_wcB

 For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

THE BIDEN COUP D’ETAT WILL STAND

Tue, 12 Jan 2021 15:26:38 GMT

IT’S “REVENGE OF THE NERDS” IN REAL LIFE

Folks, the cause of freedom has been lost. These are truly the darkest of days. People in the future will look upon January 2021 as the great lost opportunity to save this country.

1. On Sunday, not one of the Supreme Court justices wanted to hear the most recent election challenges. The event was considered so un-newsworthy that it was barely even reported. The Courts aren’t going to do anything, nor will Congress.

2. Trump and the military are NOT taking any actions against the illegal government-elect. The Biden coup d’état is going to stand. Many Republican officials are distancing themselves from Trump.

3. On Jan 20th, an extremely vengeful administration is taking over, with full control of the Presidency, the House, and the Senate. We will not be a free country. There will not be another fair election.

4. There will not be an open and free flow of information on television or online either. There will only be one allowed narrative. Dystopian and Orwellian “hate speech” codes are coming, and it will soon be illegal to hold certain opinions on social and political issues. Any and all contrary opinions will be squashed, and the believers will be ridiculed, humiliated, and even incarcerated.

Prepare for very dark times, and for much persecution against patriots, and against anyone that opposes their agenda of atheism, socialism, and class conflict. Conservatives are being forced into the closet, and told to keep our "stupid beliefs” to ourselves.

I have never, nor will ever, advocate for armed resistance by the people. It will be too bloody and too costly. It's not a Christian perspective or solution either.

The military could have done it quickly and almost painlessly. The top brass became cowards when their country most needed them. This was the last good opportunity to save our country.

Trump's big mistake was the January 6th event in Washington, and especially with allowing security to be so thin that the capitol building could be stormed.

The reaction by elected officials, the media, and the Tech industry has evidently swayed the military command against the planned operation. It was to resolve many issues, not simply the election theft. Lots of people all over the country are posting “evidence” that the military operations are beginning, and some of it is very convincing. But is anything really happening?

At this point, it appears that all is lost. It hardly matters that a Rasmussen poll found that Trump's approval rate actually increased a few points after the Capital Hill Riot.

So, what’s next?

The Far Left has extreme and absolute hatred of this country, our people, our Faith, our traditions, our heritage, and our history. They have been growing in power and domination of all facets of our society.

The Right, and many moderates, are very averse to these trends. It's abundantly clear from the events of January 6th that a huge swath of the American population is absolutely furious with what the Far Left is doing.

The American people who have been running this country for nearly 240 years are now considered to be “the enemy”.

With Trump soon to be out of the way, full political power has been achieved by the artists and entertainers, the teachers and professors, the techies, the media, and the Critical Race Theory advocates. They have been wanting full power for a long time. Donald Trump was in the way. They have beaten him. Remember the movie “Revenge of the Nerds”? Well, the nerds are now in charge of our country. Life imitated art.

The battle lines have been drawn, and patriotism is in the process of radicalizing. I am quite certain that much conflict and bloodshed lie ahead, and overall dark times are coming.

I don’t like to publish this essay. No, I’m not throwing in the towel, or giving up. The reality taking place can’t be stopped. These damn nerds, the Radical Left, have won the Presidency, the House, and the Senate. And they’ll be coming after us, in many ways, like there’s no tomorrow.

At this point, the best strategy for conservatives is to educate the public on the true nature of the Radical Left, and to broaden our umbrella.

The focus of The Welcome Movement, from its inception, has been to bring most Christian Blacks and immigrants over to the conservative side. Make them true partners, and give them leadership positions. The failure of the Trump to do this is why the 2020 election was lost. Most of them voted for Biden, despite the hostility of the Far Left towards their Faith, their family values, and their general belief in capitalism.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

THE CASE FOR A REVOLUTION

Mon, 21 Dec 2020 16:44:18 GMT

IT IS TIME TO RELEASE THE KRAKEN

Our Constitution of 1787 had a good run, 233 years. Our Republic, our system of government, has been destroyed by Deep State forces which refused to allow the incumbent President to rightfully win his re-election. The Presidency was stolen.

As of this writing, all efforts working within the established legal system to address these grievances have been thwarted, and almost without exception the judges in question refused to hear the evidence. The cases were summarily dismissed based on “standing” and other legal quirks. The evidence is phenomenal, and has been documented. A good compilation was released this past Thursday by Peter Navarro. https://www.rev.com/blog/transcripts/peter-navarro-the-immaculate-deception-report-news-conference-transcript
Additional reports are due in January.

Under no circumstances can this be allowed to stand. America has drifted further and further from it’s founding principles of equality and small government. Various predatory forces have found a home, and they have usurped our system of government.

We stand at the edge of the bottomless pit of Socialism, and once we’re in, it’s doubtful that it’s even possible to shoot our way out.

Our sovereignty has been compromised by the Deep State, as follows:

1. By the Federal Reserve banking system,

2. by various federal surveillance agencies with tyrannical powers,

3. by a military-industrial complex wanting a continuation of foreign wars and insurrections,

4. by an abortion industry that doesn’t value life,

5. by a swamp of lobbyists and their corporate clients who have brazenly secured corporations the legal standing of a human being,

6. by an irresponsible tax and spend equation that has basically bankrupted our country with debt, no matter how many investors have been in denial of that truth, and

7. by a corrupted election system and the Dominion software.

8. Worst of all are the militant socialists who have taken over our universities, our public schools, our entertainment and fashion industries, our tech industry, our media, and our social media. They are indoctrinating multiple generations into believing that our country and our founding is evil. The current young generation, age 15 to 35, is the most immature and Leftist that we’ve ever seen. The thought of them growing older and not wiser, and running things, is beyond terrifying.

Donald Trump has done his best just to stand in defiance of all of these forces. That’s why people hate his guts. It’s been a tough battle, and he’s been a bit rude along the way. Hard to blame him, actually. He must be forgiven for any mis-statements or attitude. He is our defense. He is our leader against the forces of evil.

None of these massive problems that our country faces can be solved by Legislation or by electing new faces, because half of the public has been corrupted and brainwashed. That brings us to the only option left, Revolution.

At this point in time, the problems that have corrupted and destroyed our country are absolutely intractable and unresolvable, except by Revolution. I’m not sure when we passed the point of no return, perhaps it was when the Patriot Act was passed.

November 3rd wasn’t just another election. Pundits like Mark Levin have been clear that there simply won’t be another day, or another election, to fight these public policy battles and resolve them within the system of constitutional government. If Joseph Biden and Kamala Harris are actually inaugurated, we’re done. Our country, the guiding force of western civilization and the Judeo-Christian tradition, is finished. We slide into the abyss of socialism and economic collapse, and into the iron grip of the Deep State. The real socialists are already scheming to impeach and remove Joseph Biden via the Hunter Biden scandal, and install the radical Kamala Harris as President.

When we say it’s time to release the Kraken, that means it’s time for a Revolution. The Second American Revolution is not a symbolic Revolution. It is a real Revolution with military force, and a populist theme.

When the final legal efforts to reverse the election theft fail, President Trump and the top Christian-minded Generals need to declare martial law, cancel the planned Biden inauguration, seize power, and announce that a new Constitution will be forthcoming in four years. Not only will I accept this, I am calling for it.

The Revolution is a two-fold process. First, Donald Trump, as Commander in Chief, can invoke the Second Amendment and call upon the gun-owning citizens of this country to “form your militia’s and be ready for battle.” This was clearly the intent and wording of the Second Amendment, despite a Supreme Court ruling that says otherwise, and despite the fact that no President has done it in 233 years. It can be done, and it must be done. If it comes to actual warfare, it won’t last long. We have 8 trillion bullets, and the other side doesn’t know which bathroom to use.

Second, Donald Trump can order troops to occupy Washington, DC, Manhattan, Port Newark, and a few other strategic locations. Yes, real troops with tanks and guns, warships in the harbors, and planes flying overhead. 50,000 troops should be enough to hold Washington, DC against any local opposition and seize command of all government buildings. More will be needed for Manhattan. The first order of business is to march upon the city police headquarters, appoint a new Chief of Police, and tell them who’s in command. This might be needed in more cities if things get ugly. Second order of business, on the same day, is to take control of all mainstream media, Google, Facebook, and Twitter.

By seizing power in this fashion, Trump and millions of patriotic Americans can reverse the illegal coup d’état coordinated by Joseph Biden and his cohorts. This can only be done before Inauguration Day, January 20th.

The Radical Left created a Constitutional Crisis. Joseph Biden and the Leftists destroyed our country and ended 233 years of governance by our Constitution by stealing the election. We answer that by Revolution. There is no acquiescence. We don’t concede. We seize control, and if necessary, we fight them in the streets. I briefly witnessed a near riot this past Saturday in Hackensack, New Jersey. Pro-Trump forces and anti-Trump protestors were being held apart by the police. Having seen it first-hand, I am now convinced that there is no simple and peaceful resolution to everything. The day of the kraken has arrived.

I’m even designing a new seal for the Kraken government. It’s a mighty Kraken with a smiling human face and four of the eight tentacles are held up, each grasping an important symbol of the Second American Revolution. The outer left tentacle will grasp an American flag, and the inner left tentacle a hunting rifle. The inner right tentacle will gently hold up a newborn baby wrapped in blanket that reads “life”. The outer right tentacle will hold up a Christian cross. This seal can replace the eagle holding an olive branch and arrows, at least until a Constitutional government is re-established.

Following a period of Kraken rule, there will be a new Constitution and a new system of government free from all those terrible problems. It is time for Revolution. Let me declare it. Release the Kraken.

On this very evening, Jupiter and Saturn appear as one in the sky for the first time in over 800 years. What a coincidence? Perhaps this is the sign of some great change. Release the Kraken NOW.

Once the Kraken is released, we are outside of the Constitution of 1787, and aggressive actions can be taken to resolve all the insurmountable problems that cannot be resolved by elections, legislation, or the Supreme Court.

The Kraken will purge America of all these problems. I’ve outlined the first 26 days of the reign of the Kraken, and all the actions that must be taken.

Day #1: As soon as military rule is secured, the greatest blow to the Deep State will be to strip the Federal Reserve banking system of its power over our currency and over our country. Restoring prayer to public schools also comes on the first day, to set the tone of this Revolution.

Day #2: Reach out with a kraken tentacle and obliterate that building in Utah that collects all of our emails and phone calls. Seize it and burn it to the ground. We are not a free people with that system in place. Nor can we continue to allow our cell phones to keep a GPS log of everywhere we’ve visited.

Day #3: Issue a decree that Freedom of Speech will no longer include Freedom of Audience. We shall bring balance to the media and social media. If that means to reach in with a kraken tentacle and rip Don Lemon out during a live broadcast, so be it. Don Lemon and our other adversaries won’t be harmed, jailed, or killed. They are free to walk the street and speak as much as they want. They get no mass audience. “Oh, that’s unconstitutional”. Well yeah, but we are not under the Constitution anymore, so we can do it. Don’t like it? Too bad, this is a Revolution. All the leftists have been wanting a Revolution. They should have been careful what they wished for.

Day #4: Terminate the Patriot Act and deal with other excesses in our federal surveillance agencies. I can't say too much here, they are watching. They already have a file on me. Hint, the changes needed will help with our National Debt situation.

Day #5: Eliminate electronic voting. We’ll be back to manual voting machines, but this time they are designed to cleanly punch a chad of paper, and leave no hanging chads. Provisional ballots shall only be for persons overseas or in the military. All other votes shall be cast on Election Day, no early voting.

Day #6: Reign in on all the lobbyists, as they say “drain the swamp”. I am withholding details here as well.

Day #7: Declare that anyone or anything with a human heartbeat is protected life.

Day #8: Eliminate pensions for public employees; the taxpayers can’t afford it. Public employee unions are basically mafia rule over the government. There are now two classes of people in this country, the pension-haves who are the elites, and the pension have-nots who are the common people that subsidize their existence. This is unsustainable both socially and economically, and it cannot continue. One swipe of a kraken tentacle will take it out.

Day #9: Restructure the tax and spend equation and eliminate the annual debt, and create a path to eliminate the national debt. Well, it will take more than a day to come up with the equation, but you get the picture. Above all else, the dollar must retain its global domination, and all foreign investments in America must be secure. All international debts are valid and must be paid. To deviate from this would mean a global depression and a world war, especially with China. We want neither.

Day #10: Declare American English to be our national language, and reaffirm that our country is based on the Judeo-Christian tradition, without favoring any one group or denomination. All laws, public documents, voting ballots, and even instructions inside boxes of products are to be printed in English only. Order Puerto Rico to schedule a referendum to either accept American English as the principal language and stay as a Commonwealth, or become independent. Love us or leave us.

Day #11: Issue a series of edicts to end the leftist insanity on college campuses. Abolish all hate-America curriculum, all “safe spaces”, and all speech codes. Marxist professors will be identified and ripped out of the classroom by the Kraken tentacles, and rendered unemployed. Like our deposed leftist media figures, these professors will also be free to walk the streets and speak whatever is on their minds to individuals, but they get no broader audience. Something like McCarthyism shall rise again, but the focus this time is on restricting Freedom of Audience. It will not be on arresting people, putting them on trial, or locking them up. This Revolution will fail if my advice on this point is not followed.

Day #12: Abolish civil asset forfeiture and return all the monies to all the victims, with interest, and going back decades. It’s disgusting that no President has had the balls to do this across the board. Even Trump hasn’t done it fully.

Day #13: Decree that every city must elected unpaid Community Councils for every urban area with 10,000 population, with most governance on the community level, and less on the city hall level. City-level government is to function as a regionalized government. There is no democracy, and no appreciation for democracy, unless local people in every neighborhood control their own destiny and govern themselves. This restructure is to be considered fundamental to civics, see Day #21. News of this will be an “ah-ha moment” for a lot of people that this Revolution is real, and it’s for the common people.

Day #14: Restructure Obamacare. Resolve the excess charges in the medical industry and elder care industry. Sadly, we need price controls because of greed. The new National Healthcare Plan shall only provide medicines and devices that the patents are expired. If you want better and more modern care, you can pay the difference yourself. Better care must exist in order for medicine to advance.

Day #15: Quit the United Nations. Seize their building in Manhattan with a kraken tentacle and evict them. Bring in a professional demolition crew with some dynamite, and have the news cameras rolling. To hell with their New World Order. Remember how the message was sent that high-rise public housing is bad. The authorities in St. Louis, Detroit, Newark, Baltimore, and other places could have economically retrofitted those buildings as seniors-only housing, but it was more important to dynamite them. Blowing them up sent the message that was needed. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dASVC0OaJ4A

Day #16: Declare that marriage is, by definition, between one man and one woman. Same-sex couples get civil unions with less rights than a marriage, and they have no standing to demand marriage equality. No, their relationships are not equal. All such existing marriages will be declared to be civil unions for legal purposes.

Day #17: Issue an edict that all legislation on any level from local to federal that gives rights to any group of people is to be rewritten to read that the protection applies “to all persons” (excepting of course, marriage, which by definition is only between a man and a woman). Are you a person? Answer: Yes. Then you are covered. Legislation becomes divisive when it mentions people’s race, sex, sexual orientation, or national origin.

Day #18: Establish hetero-normative standards for movies, radio, television, plays, YouTube, and other internet products. They shall all be ordered to portray all persons and all relationships as heterosexual, with the exception that any unfavorable character can be portrayed as an unmarried LGBTQ person if the producer so chooses. Censorship Boards will be established to regulate all art and all productions. Nobody will be arrested or jailed, but Freedom of Audience provisions will restrict the broadcasting or rebroadcasting of anything that deviates from such standards, including what has already been made. Associated fines will be punitive and devastating, and the media organization will be shut down, for increasing blocks of time, every time they violate. Any production critical of the Judeo-Christian tradition shall be blocked from release or rebroadcast. There won’t be many violations, with soldiers are in place watching what is broadcasted. Lists will be made of acceptable and family-friendly television shows and movies, mostly from the 1950’s through the 1970’s. Will people in the future look back and say we made mistakes. Absolutely. I can say upfront that we will make mistakes. But the current state of affairs is all the proof needed that it’s a far greater mistake to do nothing, to have no censorship. Look at all the stupidity that has been brainwashed into the people of America. It’s destroyed our country.

Day #19: Establish minimal provisions for the Right to Bear Arms that all States must accept, including conceal carry. And give States the ability to approve additional freedoms at their choosing.

Day #20: Abolish the Citizens United Ruling. Who says it slightly favors Republicans? That’s nonsense. It so corrupts the country by favoring corporations over citizens that it has no ethical basis to continue. The kraken beak eats it up.

Day #21: Basic protections for tenants. A successful Revolution means showing the soldiers that the Revolution benefits their families. Most soldiers come from poor and working-class families in rural and urban areas. Their needs are important. Establish a Uniform National Lease similar to what was done for mortgages, and for the same reason, to end the horrific abuses and excesses. All security deposits shall be one month only, tenants do not pay a leasing agent fee, and the lease term is in perpetuity, as long as the tenants pays rent and wants to stay. Annual rent increases are to be automatic per the one and only original lease, and based off the annual increase in the Consumer Price Index. No more rent gouging, and no need to sign lease renewals. Tenants must not be maxed out, and must have complete SOCIAL MOBILITY to move at any time, for any reason. Social mobility is central to the notion of personal responsibility. Many tenants have become angry at the world, adopt Socialist views, and lock in entire States as Blue States. This is an extremely dangerous trend that has been off the radar scope of conservatives. Conservatives need to rethink everything we know about tenant matters, and show tenants a path to progress via a populist conservative agenda. Opportunities for owner-occupied affordable housing should be increased as well.

Day #22: Declare that all public buildings, streets, parks, schools, cities, etc., named for historical figures shall retain the name for all time. All statues are to remain in perpetuity. Those names removed for reasons of political correctness will be restored. Exceptions to this will be extremely limited. Nathan Bedford Forrest doesn’t get his name anywhere.

Day #23: Declare that all Christian, Catholic, or Jewish school shall function as Charter Schools with 100% public funding. Other Faiths can still have their schools, but those attending will have to pay for it. This is a Judeo-Christian country. Public schools will not teach religion, but must teach about religion as part of a broader ethics curriculum that sets morals and values. All schools, including faith-based schools, must also establish a civics curriculum that teaches about the structure of government, laws, and community involvement. An organization pushing for civics classes is called The Citizens Campaign. I was an active member for years. They are a bit left for center, but otherwise on course for civics https://thecitizenscampaign.org/ A right of center civics organization can easily be created in their image. Eliminate Calculus II to help free up the schedule for ethics and civics. The federal government shall mandate that all States establish ethics and civics curriculum, and establish minimal standards for the States.

Day #24: Declare that only three genders exist, and these are to be designated at birth by medical professionals, as follows: M = male (XY chromosomes), F = female (XX chromosomes), and I = intersex (chromosomes are not represented by normally formed sexual organs). Sex change operations are to be outlawed, except when an intersex birth defect is corrected. All persons who have already had sex change operations, or who travel out of the country to get them, shall have their gender designated as intersex (I) if their new sexual organs do not match their chromosomes. All licenses, forms and documents listing gender shall only have the categories M, F, and I. Abolish all laws, rules, and workplace guidelines for transgender matters, and substitute the word “persons” as needed. I’m not a big fan of laws regulating LGBTQ stuff. Shame is most of what is needed.

Day #25: Outlaw all scientific research to transplant animal DNA into the human chromosome, or human DNA into animal chromosomes, or to breed human-animal hybrids. Any such living beings created have no legal rights as a person, and need to be sterilized or euthanized. We need to be ahead of the curve on this one, it’s coming. Establish sweeping rules and standards for bioethics going forwards, including a total ban on creating deadly viruses or diseases.

Day #26: I’m not calling to roll back any environmental standards. This is a populist revolution. The public wants and needs clean air and water, and beautiful parks to visit, and we need greater protections from the food ingredient industry. But for sure, we won’t accept the Green New Deal, nor this ridiculous Paris Accord that lets China and undeveloped countries pollute the global air with new coal-fired plants while America pursues cleaner energy sources. Who’s the moron who thought of that double standard? National forests were set up to be harvested for timber, and those areas that are not old-growth forest can have sustainable logging. There’s a whole science called forestry that maximizes timber production over time with selective tree removal. The highest yield does not involve clear-cutting. Let the real science prevail.

Day #26: Set up an acceptance system in which foreign countries can base their currency on the American dollar, if we like them, and if they restructure themselves based on criteria we establish unilaterally. America is not going to be part of some New World Order. We are the New World Order. We will lead, and they can follow if they want to be part of our greatness. We can stabilize the economies of many Third World countries in this fashion, and allow the people to attain prosperity.

And if there’s anything to the Q Anon stuff, release the information to the public, and take care of that in the first few days of the Kraken. Round them up, prosecute them in a military tribunal, and depending on what they did, they either get life in prison or the death penalty for Crimes Against Humanity.

The underlying problem is that despite our advances in technology, we as a people have become immature. We have the collective wisdom of a bratty 14-year-old girl with her hair dyed purple. That’s why our government has failed. We have become too stupid and immature for democracy to function.

Imagine what this country will be after four years of civics and ethics classes and a faith-based environment free from the media, fashion, and entertainment industries indoctrinating the public with all their crap. Yes, we need the censorship I’m calling for. None of the reforms will be lasting without it, because we’ll still be immature and bratty, and incapable of running this country. Its time for this country to grow up and be responsible.

The Kraken government shall be in effect for no less than 4 years, in which case it is hoped that population will have grown mature enough to properly handle democracy. If it takes longer, so be it.

Once that decision is made to get back to a Constitutional Republic, the 1787 Constitution shall provide some rough guidelines, plus all the changes outlined herein. A Constitutional Convention can be called, and the military shall allow it to proceed.

I have outlined all the steps and major actions to be taken. America needs a Revolution, a real Revolution.

I had been hoping for Trump to win the Presidency via the Courts, but now I realize that means no Revolution, or worse, it could mean a Revolution in the other direction. The longer this crisis goes on, the more I’m leaning towards a conservative Revolution, and the more likely it looks.

Conceding and accepting the Biden Coup d’état is not even an option. Biden is not my President, and I’m not going to sit back for four years and complain about it. The key fact about me is that I don’t make problems, I do something far more horrifying. I fix problems.

Trump can accomplish everything outlined here. So can anyone else designated by the ruling military leaders once the Revolution commences. I have a clear plan, and I’m available to consult them along the way. It is time to release the kraken.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

THREE STATES WILL DECIDE ELECTION CHALLENGE

Tue, 10 Nov 2020 14:44:46 GMT

JUST FLIP AZ, WI, AND PA, AND TRUMP HAS 272 ELECTORAL VOTES

The 2020 Presidential Election is far from over. President Donald J. Trump only needs to flip Arizona, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania to top the magic 270 number and win the Electoral College. Based on trends, this is very possible. And other paths to victory exist.

Here's my map for Nov 10th: https://www.270towin.com/maps/eOn7y

I explain my call on each of the swing States, as follows:

1. NEVADA stays Democrat. 95% reported, and about 73,000 votes are still not counted. Trump is down 36,000 in a small population state (that's a lot), but Nevada's Republican former AG has real evidence of fraud, and their case is growing. A Trump win is still possible.

2. ARIZONA flips Republican. Biden's lead continues to shrink, and it's down to 15,000. That's very slim considering 7.4 million population. 98% reported, and about 66,000 votes still not counted. Late votes are trending Republican. I estimate 33% chance for Trump win it outright, without a recount or exposing fraud. A Biden lead of just a few thousand can easily evaporate in a recount and fraud investigation. Arizona will end up with the narrowest percent margin of any State. Fox News was wrong to call it for Biden when they did. Arizona is likely to flip, and much more likely to flip than Nevada.

3. WISCONSIN flips Republican. 99% reported, and remaining votes will be slightly more Democrat. However, no recount has begun, and fraud cases are still building, especially in Milwaukie and Madison. A 20,000 Biden lead could grow to 25,000 after the initial count is done, but it will be tough to hold blue. Of the 3 "flip states" I'm calling, Wisconsin is the toughest nut to crack, but if Trump loses Wisconsin, he can still take the election by flipping either Georgia or Michigan.

4. PENNSYLVANIA flips Republican. Biden's lead of about 45,000 may seem safe, but it's a big population State. Former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani, the President’s attorney, says Pennsylvania is the MOST LIKELY State for Trump to flip, based on the sheer magnitude of fraud in Philadelphia historically, and now in this election. Consider it red.

5. MICHIGAN stays Democrat. Widespread fraud has been found, and the case is building, but erasing a 154,000 vote Biden lead will be difficult. Black Republican Senate Candidate John James is down by 85,000 votes. He has a 40% chance to prevail after a recount and fraud votes are removed, that's my call. He’s a dynamic guy, and his presence is sorely needed in the US Senate. James could be speaking publicly on issues for the next four years, and his influence could help grow the Black conservative base nationally.

6. GEORGIA stays Democrat. Biden's lead is only 12,000 with 99% reported, but late reporting votes are strongly trending Democrat. Most likely Biden's lead will increase to 20,000 when all votes are counted. There may be less fraud here than in the other States. It's still possible for Georgia to flip after a recount and fraud exposure, but for the purposes of this map, I left it blue

7. MAINE'S northern backwoods Congressional District comes in Democrat. 1 electoral vote. Some say it will go Trump. It's not needed here.

RESULT: TRUMP 272, BIDEN 266

On this map, Georgia and Michigan are optional gravy for Trump. I am still calling them for Biden. Each would give Trump another 16 electoral votes. These States are other paths for Trump if one of the 3 "flip states" I've identified don't come through.

I’ll be addressing the vote in New Jersey on a future blog post. Some people laughed, but I did what was needed to try and motivate both the voters and the Republican Party leaders. New Jersey’s top Republican strategists have lost touch with the basics of political strategy, and the importance of the down-ballot races. Always show a path to victory, and always try to maximize your voter turnout. Congressional and State legislative races hang in the balance.

New Jersey is still only 84% counted, and the late votes are trending Republican. Trump’s vote has risen from about 38% to about 41% since Election Day. It’s rising, as I predicted, for the reasons I predicted. The factors I talked about are real and valid, it’s just wasn’t enough to win the State for Trump with the low conservative voter turnout. When all the votes are finalized in New Jersey, I’ll have a lot to say, especially about the close down-ballot races.

There are surely 2.5 million voters who support Trump in New Jersey, and maybe more. It’s a turnout issue, if we all come out to vote, we win. There’s a lot of psychological warfare going on regarding which States are and aren’t Red States. The Left are experts at this. People are deterred from voting. This has to change. Always show a path to victory, as I am doing now. Always work to broaden the base of the Party, which is central to the mission of the Welcome Movement. There are huge numbers of conservatives-minded people in New Jersey who still vote Democrat, for various reasons.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

REVISED: PROJECTING DONALD TRUMP WINS NEW JERSEY

Fri, 30 Oct 2020 20:59:25 GMT

UPDATED WITH DATA TO SUPPORT MY POSITION

On October 12th, I projected that Donald Trump would win the electoral votes for my home State, New Jersey, despite most polls putting him at under 40%.

Now, I’m updating my call with real data to support my position that large numbers of people in the State’s urban centers are going to procrastinate and fail to complete the mail in ballot, greatly affecting partisan turnout and vote share.

Let’s cut right to the data. Let’s compare voter turnout in New Jersey’s 2020 Presidential Primary to the state’s last Presidential Primary in 2016. The 2020 Primary was also conducted by mail-in ballot only.

Here’s the link to Election Archives for the New Jersey Board of Elections
https://nj.gov/state/elections/election-information-results.shtml

2016 Democratic Primary results

https://nj.gov/state/elections/assets/pdf/election-results/2016/2016-official-primary-results-democratic-district-delegates.pdf

2020 Democratic Primary results

https://nj.gov/state/elections/assets/pdf/election-results/2020/2020-official-primary-results-democratic-district-delegates-amended-0826.pdf

2016 Republican Primary results

https://nj.gov/state/elections/assets/pdf/election-results/2016/2016-official-primary-results-republican-district-delegates.pdf

2020 Republican Primary results
https://nj.gov/state/elections/assets/pdf/election-results/2020/2020-official-primary-results-republican-district-delegates-amended-0826.pdf

Before we analyze the data, I need to explain that the Democrats combine two State Legislative Districts to create each of their 20 “Delegate Districts”. I am unsure how the Republicans derive their 12 Delegate Districts from the 40 State Legislative Districts, or why their Districts are so unbalanced by number of registered voters. The Democratic and Republican Delegate Districts do not directly overlap, or correspond to each other. This means that the source data can be used to compare the Democrats to the Republicans by state totals, but not by Delegate District number.

More importantly, the data can be used to compare each Party’s own performance from 2016 to 2020. This is the link for New Jersey's State Legislative Districts: https://www.njleg.state.nj.us/districts/districtnumbers.asp

Here’s a few highlights from my voter analysis:

1. DEMOCRATIC TURNOUT WAS LOWER IN NORTHERN URBAN CENTERS:

The Democratic Primary voter turnout was far lower in 2020 than 2016 in the Delegate Districts that included the State’s major urban centers. The turnout ranged from 77% to 83.9% (see below). The rebuttable presumption is that the middle-class and wealthy suburbs in each of the following districts came in at 100%, 120%, or even higher (meaning they voted at a higher rate in 2020 than in 2016), but the cities themselves came in around 50% or even lower. So few urban residents voted in the 2020 Primary that they dragged down their respective Delegate District totals to below the 2016 count. The data I have only shows the combined total of each Delegate District, as follows:

- Elizabeth and Plainfield (77.0%)
- Newark and Irvington (83.1%),
- Most of Hudson County plus City of Passaic (83.1%), and
- Paterson, Garfield, Orange and East Orange (83.9%).

For example, the higher income suburbs around Elizabeth and Plainfield could have voted at 130%, but the two cities in that Delegate District turned out so few voters that the entire Delegate District vote was only 77% of what it was in 2016.

This is really front and center to my entire theory that poor and working-class Urban voters are disenfranchised by the mail-in-ballot system. General Election-only voters are already less motivated than people who vote in both the Primaries and the General Election. That’s why the Democrats resort to hate and fear tactics to get out the General vote. Now, how are the Democrats going to motivate the average General Election-only urban voter to fill out the mail-in ballot when they can’t even get their urban Primary voters to show up for the Primary?

2. TRENTON AND CAMDEN:

The Democratic turnout was slightly higher for the district that included Trenton, likely because Trenton is numerically a smaller percentage of the district than the other “urban” districts. There are many higher income Democrats in nearby areas that successfully mailed in their votes, and made up for Trenton voting low. However, Republican turnout was up more.

Democratic turnout for their Delegate District #2, which includes the City of Camden, large parts of Camden and Gloucester Counties, and parts of Salem and Cumberland County was 89.1% of what it was in 2016. For the Republicans, voter turnout was up 47.1% in roughly the same area. This is a major swing.

3. LAKEWOOD REGION:

The Democratic Delegate district covering parts of southern Monmouth and northern Ocean County came in nearly the lowest of all, only 79.7% of the turnout in 2016. This district includes Asbury Park, a small urban center, as well as economically challenged Democratic voters in northern Ocean County, perhaps in places like Lakewood and Seaside Heights. This is the same general area that had the astounding 68% increase in Republican turnout, their highest in New Jersey.

Clearly there are major income and demographic differences between the respective Party voters in this part of New Jersey. Republicans in this part of New Jersey are more likely to be higher-income Orthodox Jewish homeowners, while Democrats are more likely to be lower-income minorities who are renters and who work service sector jobs.

The Lakewood region is strongly trending Republican, and this will continue for generations based on an ongoing surge in the Orthodox Jewish population that has astounded demographers. In two generations, 100,000 Orthodox Jews in and near Lakewood will become a million people spread out into many communities within 20 miles. This will lock in New Jersey as a Red State.

4. REPUBLICAN TURNOUT INCREASED MORE THAN DEMOCRATIC TURNOUT.

In 2016 Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders drew 894,305 votes statewide, versus 954,600 in 2020. That’s an increase of 6.7%. In 2016, the Republicans drew 282,405 votes for Donald Trump, Ted Cruz, and John Kasich combined, versus 380,971 for Donald Trump in 2020. Overall Republican turnout was 34.9% higher in 2020, versus 6.7% higher for Democrats. Now for the really interesting data.

Obama gathered 1,141,199 in the 2008 Primary when he had challengers, but only 283,673 Primary Votes in 2012 when he ran unopposed. Fact: Obama’s Primary vote in New Jersey in 2012 was less than 25% of his count in 2008. Complacency. Remember that word, I’ll talk about it more later.

Obama’s stats in 2008 and 2012 leads one to think that the 2020 turnout for Trump would also be only about 25% of his turnout in 2016. Or perhaps 50%. After all, Trump did the same thing that Obama did for his re-election, which is that he ran unopposed in his Party’s Primary Election in New Jersey. Nope, the reverse happened. Trump’s turnout was 67.6% HIGHER in the 2020 Primary than in 2016. Republican turnout increased from 2016 to 2020, despite Trump running unopposed. Compared side to side, these numbers for Obama and Trump are eye-popping. The loyalty for Trump is far more intense among his base. There was no complacency at all.

This is real data showing more energy and momentum on the Republican side in New Jersey.

5. ALL REPUBLICAN DISTRICTS INCREASED; SOME DEMOCRATIC DISTRICTS DECREASED.

The overall Republican turnout was higher in all 12 of their Delegate Districts, ranging from 6.4% in one that covers part of Middlesex County and nearby areas, to 47.1% higher in the far northwestern district, and an astounding 68.2% higher in the district covering parts of Monmouth and Ocean Counties. This shows momentum, and it also proves that the mail-in-ballot system does not deter Republican voters, no matter what their socio-economic background, because their value system is based on personal responsibility.

Democratic turnout dropped from 2016 to 2020 in all the Delegate Districts with lots of economically disadvantaged Democratic voters.

6. JEFF VAN DREW AND SOUTHEASTERN NEW JERSEY.

In this area, which is partly represented by Congressman Jeff Van Drew, Republican turnout was 47% higher versus 27% higher for the Democrats. The respectable Democratic turnout here, versus other Jersey shore regions, may be due to Van Drew being the only Congressman nationally to switch parties due to the Trump impeachment. Because of what Van Drew did, politics is more visible, more front and center, for voters of both parties in all of New Jersey, but especially in this region.

Elected Democrats are doing little to stop all of the rioting, looting, flag burnings and statue topplings. This agitates the silent majority of voters, and these days that includes people of all races and backgrounds. Past election records can’t be used to predict the 2020 Presidential contest in New Jersey and elsewhere.

There is also a national trend for working class Whites to vote Republican, even if they are registered Democrats or Independents. Many working-class Whites who are still registered as Democrats are just not motivated to vote for these Democratic candidates who are bashing American history, and who sit silent while their Far-Left Party activists condemn capitalism and all the “deplorables”. These deplorables look like them, but vote Republican. That Leftist political game is slowly shifting the working class White population to the Republican side. And plenty of working class minorities are following not far behind.

After four and a half years of Trump Derangement Syndrome, working class people are trending Republican in northwestern New Jersey, across the entire southernmost tier of New Jersey, and in select northern areas, including Bayonne, southwestern Bergen County, Sayreville, and the Raritan Bayshore of Monmouth County.

The following article analyzes the 2012 and 2016 Elections in New Jersey https://gregorynaigles.com/2017/01/21/what-on-earth-happened-in-2016-part-5-new-jersey-presidential-election-and-demographic-analysis/ The second map comparing Romney voters to Trump voters by municipality is very telling, hence the article title “What on Earth happened”. The old paradigm of wealthy educated people being the Republican brand is breaking down and being replaced by a new paradigm in which elitist and college-educated people are Democrats, and the common people of all backgrounds vote for Trump.

This is part of the reason why Black and Latino support for Trump is far higher than for any other Republican Presidential contender in generations. Minority enthusiasm for the toxic masculinity displayed in the hit movie Black Panther presages their acceptance of what some say is Donald Trump’s toxic masculinity. The leftist message that masculinity is toxic and bad for society is losing appeal, especially among men. The same movie also showed a technologically advanced society acting tribal and choosing its political leaders through violent conflict. That’s quite concerning. Does it also presage the future? Life does imitate art. There can be another whole discussion about that.

Now, back to the mail-in-ballot chaos discussion. In many households, especially in urban centers and economically depressed rural areas in southwestern New Jersey, those mail-in ballots will be sitting buried in a massive pile of junk mail, magazines, newspapers, bills, homework assignments, kid’s artwork and doodlings, grocery receipts, various Legal notices, traffic tickets, and other paperwork amassing on the dining room table. Ballots will be separated from instructions, causing uncertainty and more procrastination. Food and drinks will spill, and pets will chew. Some ballots will be partially filled out, but they didn’t have time to read the three ballot questions. Some people will rip off the certificate, or otherwise process it wrong. Some ballots will be filled out correctly, but left on the table or in a car, and not mailed in. Chaos will reign.

How do I know this is true? I linked the 2020 Primary results to prove that the vote count will be depressed. It is true. It happened in June for the Primary Election, and it will happen again in a much bigger way on Election Day. A prediction with facts, and citing a recent precent must be taken much more seriously.

The Delegate District covering Elizabeth and Plainfield voted at only 77% of their 2016 turnout for the 2020 Primary. That should have been a giant red flag waving in the faces of the State’s Democratic leaders. “Equality of Opportunity” created by mailing everyone a ballot did not result in “Equality of Outcome”. The Democratic leaders of New Jersey saw the results, but didn’t learn from their mistake. They are going to try it again for the General Election. This is a special kind of stupid.

On Election Day, many of these voters will head out to their polling places, only to be handed the same paperwork to fill out. There will be giant lines of people, hours long, all seeking advice on how to correctly fill it out. There won’t be enough poll workers or other volunteers to help everyone before the polls close at 8:00 PM. People are going to be screaming that they wanted to vote, but the polls closed. Well, it was their Democratic Party leaders that designed this system, and their voters procrastinated their vote. No, they don’t get a second bite at the apple. Sorry. Don’t like it? Blame your Governor and your State Democratic Chair.

Voters in better financial circumstances, and less overwhelmed with various problems and emergencies will handle the mail-in-ballot paperwork with much greater efficiency and accuracy. This includes conservatives as well as higher-income Democrats. The famously liberal voters in places like Ridgewood, Maplewood, and South Orange, all making six figures, will fill out and mail in their ballots, outperforming their town’s Democratic votes in 2012 and 2016. There will be no problem there. I expect record Democratic turnout from those liberal suburbs.

It’s the lower income working class people that are registered Democrats who will be most disaffected. Meanwhile Republicans of all income levels are responding and filling out the paperwork. The Primary data from June proves it. There will be a performance difference between working-class Republicans and working-class Democrats for the 2020 General Election.

Think about it. It’s really asking a lot for the person working three part-time jobs just to pay rent and put food on the table to find the time to tackle the vote by mail paperwork. “This is important, but I’ll get to this later is the basic response”. Of people with low or modest income, conservatives will actually get to it later, complete it properly, and mail it in (or walk it in on Election Day), all at higher rates than those who are left-leaning, because they are more PERSONALLY RESPONSIBLE. A filter has been created, personal responsibility, which blocks out many Democratic-leaning voters.

Am I the first person to make this observation? No, others have touched on similar themes. Brian Dunn, a former Obama campaigner and founder of a company that works on VBM programs, stated in an article published on June 23, 2020: “There is justified concern that Democratic-leaning voters may be disadvantaged through vote-by-mail systems”. The author of the article said there will be no effect on partisan turnout or vote share, but in journalistic fairness quoted Dunn as taking an opposing view. https://www.pnas.org/content/117/25/14052

Surely, New Jersey’s leading Democratic strategists have analyzed these 2016 and 2020 data sets side by side, and saw the trends. Despite seeing the trends, they went ahead with having the General Election decided by a mail-in ballot to everyone. The lure of “Equality of Opportunity” was so great and so politically correct that they must have felt it will somehow benefit them on Election Day. Fine by me, the mail-in ballot system strongly favors Republicans, and I’m supporting Donald Trump.

Now, for the big question. Will the pattern I have documented make enough difference on Election Day? After all, Biden is so far ahead in the official polls.

Here’s a few recent polls, mostly showing Biden with about a 20% edge in New Jersey. https://projects.fivethirtyeight.com/polls/president-general/new-jersey/

We all remember how inaccurate the polls were in 2016. There are three major factors affecting the accuracy of the polls in 2020

1. SILENT MAJORITY NOT RESPONDING TO POLSTERS.

After four and half raging years of Trump Derangement Syndrome, voters are even more unlikely to admit to pollsters that they are voting for Trump. Especially with friends, co-workers, or family members listening to the conversation. Some will say they are voting for Biden, and others will hang up the phone. In the more liberal areas of New Jersey, you don’t see any lawn signs for Trump or people wearing MAGA hats. That’s how suppressed conservative political expression has become.

2. MAIL-IN-BALLOT SYSTEM.

The effect of the mail-in vote system on partisan turnout and vote share, as fully described in this essay.

3. PSYCHOLOGICAL TACTICS ARE BACKFIRING.

The pollsters, along with pundits and the mainstream media, are all saying that New Jersey for Biden is a done deal, so why vote. Trying to change people’s perception of reality is emotional abuse. These psychological tactics are a bit like gaslighting. They think they can discourage conservative voters into staying home. Ironically, these psychological tactics will do more to depress the Democratic vote in the urban centers. Complacency that New Jersey will vote Blue has set in. “We got this; enough other people are voting. I don’t need to fill out this complicated paperwork”. Republican-leaning voters are personally responsible, and are more likely to vote no matter what.

“Likely voters” answering pollsters are not actual voters who successfully maneuver the mail-in-ballot system. Take 10% away from Biden and give it to Trump, and suddenly the race is a coin toss. On Election Day in New Jersey, the dreamology of Equality of Opportunity will crash and burn against the wall of reality and personal responsibility.

Now, how do these factors affect that actual vote? Are the polls off by a few percent due to Trump Derangement Syndrome. I bet that’s a 5% swing of the vote. So, it won’t be 59 to 39, but more like 54 to 44 for intended voters. If the General Election was being conducted normally, not by mail-in-ballot, I’d give it to Biden 54 to 44, with 2% going to other candidates. Remember, intended voters may equal actual voters for most elections, but not for this election due to the mail-in system.

Now, does the mail-in-ballot system and the psychological tactics suppress enough Democratic votes enough to make up the difference? In this case, the votes lost to Biden are not gained by Trump. I think so. We shall see. I’m still calling New Jersey for Donald Trump.

By insisting that every resident is mailed a ballot, the Democratic leaders of New Jersey created a filter, an obstacle to voting, that disenfranchised many of their own voters. The Democrats wanted “equality of opportunity”, and they thought that mailing everyone a ballot would level the playing field and allow everyone the equal opportunity to vote. It sounded so fair, so wonderful, and so liberal. On Election Day, that liberal worldview of “equality of opportunity” is going to crash and burn.

There’s going to be an utter panic on Election Day, with folks screaming that they wanted to vote, but can’t or didn’t.

Here’s the New Jersey voter information portal. https://www.nj.gov/state/elections/vote.shtml

Their list of frequently asked questions doesn’t even contain the question: “Will there be people at the polling place to help me fill out the provisional ballot” That’s how blind they are to this crisis coming.

I described in the origin version of this essay on October 12th how people react to voter registration drives in urban areas. They say they are going to fill out the paperwork and mail it in, but they don’t. “I’m really busy right now, but. I will fill it out later and mail it in. I got this”. I saw this happen first-hand, repeatedly. And that voter registration paperwork is far simpler and easier to fill out than the 2020 Mail-in-ballot.

The New Jersey mail-in ballot of 2020 is going to become a textbook case illustrating the conservative position that “equality of opportunity” does not mean “equality of outcome”. And the consequences are high, New Jersey’s 14 electoral votes could decide the Presidential election. I’ll be ecstatic if my home State is the surprise win that vaults Donald Trump over the magic 270 number. Here’s an electoral map https://engaging-data.com/sizing-states-electoral/

All the Republicans need to do is get 2 million people in New Jersey to vote for Trump by mail. He got 1,601,933 votes in 2016. Given the energy and the increased participation in the Primary election, it’s entirely reasonable to expect Trump to pull in 2 million votes in New Jersey.

Will Biden get 2 million? Hillary got 2,148,278 votes in New Jersey in 2016. That was without all the chaos of a mail-in-ballot. Will the mail-in system and complacency that Biden will win disenfranchise a few hundred thousand Democratic voters statewide? You can bet on it.

This race in New Jersey is not a 20-point spread. It’s a nail-biter. Don’t let any of the media or the pollsters tell you otherwise.

I don’t know how many States are voting solely by mail-in ballot. Each State is handling the CoronaVirus situation differently. Other northeastern Blue states that are also voting solely by mail-in ballot don’t have as large a Republican base as New Jersey does for what I described in this article to make a difference. This could be a New Jersey specific situation, or it could affect just a handful of States nationally.

And if it comes down to New Jersey’s electoral votes deciding the Presidency, there won’t be anything close to a final answer until November 20th. Here’s a quote from Tahesha Way, Secretary of State for New Jersey. "Around November 20 the counties will provide their certified election results to me and I must certify by December the 8, so by December 8," she said.
https://6abc.com/vote-nj-voting-in-new-jersey-2020-election/7456468/

Just wait till the night of the election. All the experts and the media will call New Jersey for Biden, without any real evidence. And then as November 20th nears, a few counties will release their tabulations, and the news will be shocking. By November 20th, the real numbers will be released. The New Jersey vote could be the makings of one of the greatest political upsets of all time.

I know my State and the people of New Jersey fairly well. I typically use this blog for advocacy purposes, but this is an actual prediction. I also predicted on October 12th that the Democrats will figure this out just before Election Day, and there will be a mad scramble to go door to door, and walk people through the awkward voting process. Well, that doesn’t seem to be happening. A whole lot of complacency has set in. New Jersey is decided, they say, and their attention is on “swing states”.

The path is set for Donald Trump to win New Jersey’s 14 electoral votes. The Republicans just need to get the word out that the election is within reach in New Jersey, and set a goal of 2.1 million votes. Let’s give a 100,000 edge to the likely 2 million that is needed. This is totally achievable. If people see that it’s really possible to win New Jersey for Trump, even more people will vote.

And if the Republicans are smart, they will prepare in advance for the legal challenges here in New Jersey that could go all the way to the US Supreme Court. And they should tell Trump Headquarters to defer conceding New Jersey, no matter what, until the final vote is in.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

PROJECTING DONALD TRUMP WINS NEW JERSEY

Mon, 12 Oct 2020 13:14:09 GMT

YES, I’M SERIOUS, AND HERE’S WHY

It’s October 12th, and I’m projecting that Donald Trump will win the electoral votes for my home State, New Jersey, despite most polls putting him at under 40%. The reason is totally off the radar scope, and it will shock all but the most seasoned political observers. Filling out the ballot and mailing it in is too complicated. It will be procrastinated, disproportionately affecting who votes.

I just voted. I read all the instructions, I filled out the ballot and inserted it into an envelope with a special tear-off certificate that needs to be filled out, but not torn off by the voter. This envelope then must be inserted into yet another envelope, and then mailed. There are several sets of instructions duplicating the process. They are printed on the envelopes and on inserted pages. For Bergen County where I live, the instructions are in English, Spanish, and Korean. Further complicating the matter are thousands of words associated with three ballot questions to be put to the voters, each with an interpretive statement, and that’s all in English, Spanish, and Korean. It’s information overload.

Mail-in ballots are way more complicated than filling out a voter registration form, and in New Jersey it is the only way to vote in this election. Prepare to become a believer in my election prediction.

Have you ever participated in a voter registration drive? I have, once as a Democrat, and once as a Republican. Here’s the classic response of an unregistered voter:

HIM: “I’m so glad to meet you. Thank you so much, I’ve always wanted to register to vote, and I want to vote in the next election. Just give me the form, I’ll fill it out and mail it in”.

YOU (as trained to say): “Let’s just fill it out now to make sure it’s done, and done right. It will take less than a minute, it’s really easy. I’ll walk you through it, and I’ll make sure it’s processed. You’ll get a voter registration card in the mail in a few weeks. What’s the correct spelling of your legal name, as it appears on your birth certificate?”.

HIM: “Actually I’m really busy, I don’t have the time right now. But I promise you, really, I promise you, I want to vote. I’ll fill it out and mail it in. I got this”.

Now, what’s the chance that guy will actually fill out the voter registration form and mail it in? If you’ve participated in a voter registration drive, you know the answer. You were told the answer by those who trained you. It’s way less than 50% in the suburbs, and the figure is abysmal in the urban centers.

There is every reason to believe that this pattern will duplicate for the mail-in ballot, which is far more complicated than a voter registration form. https://www.state.nj.us/state/elections/assets/pdf/forms-voter-registration/68-voter-registration-english.pdf

Huge numbers of people are going to procrastinate and fail to complete their mail-in ballot, and those completing it will disproportionately be the more organized and personally responsible members of society. Yes, the mail-in ballot system strongly favors Republicans. Wow. Bang. Zoom. Whoopie!!!!

Lots of voters who open the packet will “get to this later”, especially after getting blasted with information overload. It’s just too much to read and process.

In many households, especially in urban areas, those mail-in ballots will be sitting buried in a massive pile of junk mail, magazines, newspapers, bills, homework assignments, kid’s artwork and doodlings, grocery receipts, Eviction, Family Court and Collection notices, traffic tickets, and other paperwork amassing on the dining room table. Ballots will be separated from instructions, causing uncertainty and more procrastination. Some ballots will be partially filled out, but they didn’t have time to read the three ballot questions. Some people will rip off the certificate, or otherwise process it wrong. Some ballots will be filled out correctly, but left on the table or in a woman’s car, and not mailed in. Chaos will reign.

Conservatives will handle the paperwork with much greater efficiency and accuracy. Far fewer conservatives will be deterred, or procrastinate the task for too long. Republicans will be far more likely to complete the mail-in ballot, and complete it properly.

By insisting that every resident is mailed a ballot, the Democratic leaders of New Jersey created a filter, an obstacle to voting, that disenfranchises their own voters. The Democrats wanted “equality of opportunity”, and they thought that mailing everyone a ballot would level the playing field and allow everyone the equal opportunity to vote. It sounded so fair, so wonderful, and so liberal. On Election Day, that liberal worldview of “equality of opportunity” is going to crash and burn against the stone wall of reality and personal responsibility.

There’s going to be an utter panic on Election Day, with folks screaming that they wanted to vote, but can’t or didn’t.

The New Jersey mail-in ballot of 2020 is going to become a textbook case illustrating the conservative position that “equality of opportunity” does not mean “equality of outcome”. And the consequences are high, New Jersey’s 14 electoral votes could decide the Presidential election. I’ll be ecstatic if my home State is the surprise win that vaults Donald Trump over the magic 270 number. Here’s an electoral map https://engaging-data.com/sizing-states-electoral/

I don’t know how many States are voting solely by mail-in ballot. Each State is handling the CoronaVirus situation differently. Other northeastern Blue states that are also voting solely by mail-in ballot don’t have as large a Republican base as New Jersey does for what I described in this article to make a difference. This could be a New Jersey specific situation, or it could affect just a handful of States nationally.

Now, let’s look at the polling numbers. There have been 12 polls in New Jersey since September 1st, and Trump is running 34% to 40%. Add a few points to that to reflect the reality that people are cautious about telling a pollster they are voting for Trump. Remember, that’s why the 2016 Trump win was such a surprise. After four years of Trump Derangement Syndrome, that polling gap could be even wider.

But even considering the likely polling gap, in a normal election, the Republican nominee wouldn’t stand a chance in New Jersey. This isn’t a normal election, there’s a filter designed by Democrats that favors Republicans.

I have a Bachelor’s Degree in Information & Systems Sciences from Stockton State College in New Jersey. Yes, I’m an INFO major. That gives me some standing on the subject matter of information overload and information processing. In addition, I have been a Democrat, an Independent, and a Republican. I have lived in Hackensack, Newark, suburban Bergen County, and in the middle of the piney forests of Atlantic County. I work as a home improvement contractor, and I have visited over 1000 homeowners in the last 12 years in suburban and urban areas. I’ve seen those dining room tables overloaded with paperwork. Some piles even include my company’s unsigned home improvement contracts. “Yes, I’ll sign it, we’re going to hire you to change our windows”.

I know my State and the people of New Jersey fairly well. I typically use this blog for advocacy purposes, but this is an actual prediction, not an advocacy piece. I also predict that the Democrats will figure this out just before Election Day, and there will be a mad scramble to go door to door, and walk people through the awkward voting process. It will be too little too late. Donald Trump will win New Jersey’s 14 electoral votes.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

THE DOCTRINE OF SYSTEMIC PROGRESS

Tue, 07 Jul 2020 14:54:56 GMT

THE ANSWER TO “SYSTEMIC RACISM”

The real history of America and Western Civilization is a positive and uplifting narrative of tremendous progress in improving the condition of humanity. Technology, commerce, and the quality of living have all advanced, each feeding on the other in a systemic manner. Almost without exception, each era, each stage, has been an improvement in how different races and ethnic groups treat each other. All of this progress is not random, it’s systemic. I’m calling it the Doctrine of Systemic Progress.

I can state without hesitation that the progress is not happening fast enough, and it’s not embracing enough people. This objection should only be made within the context of the overall systemic progress.

What a year 2020 has been. Central to the hysteria that has gripped our nation is the “13th” video about the 13th Amendment. This video has become the gold standard for the cause of Systemic Racism. It has millions of views, mostly since April 17th when Netflix released it for free on YouTube. It’s 100 minutes long, doesn’t matter. Conservatives and old-school liberals need to watch it to better understand current events, and to understand what the Marxists and LGBTQ radicals are doing with their revisionist history campaign. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=krfcq5pF8u8&fbclid=IwAR1JmLo2NBNjKQZwIQOt4usUrah7AitZzOOMG7WEl5JKlTf2yEB6DknadgY

13th makes the case that the slavery of Black people never ended, and instead has morphed from one form to the next, with mass incarceration and the modern prison industrial complex as the modern version. Several people asked me to watch 13th, hoping I’d be converted to the cause of race conflict and Leftism. They think they understand me. They don’t.

The negatively of the Systemic Racism movement cannot be defeated with the counter negativity advanced by most conservatives. It can only be outshone by a positive and appreciative narrative on our history.

We need spread love and unity to counter all the anger, hate, and rage. We can only do that if the message is positive and uplifting, and “of the Kingdom”, as my pastor would say.

Conservatives have some surprising allies this time. The old-school liberal perspective on the glory of Western Civilization is in alignment with conservative thinking, as explained by Dennis Prager in this video

https://www.facebook.com/prageru/videos/702655477195326 .

Prager explains that the main difference between the old-school liberal and the modern conservative is mostly on the amount of social spending by government. Western culture is very much “liberal” on many counts, especially with regard to the Arts and democracy. To demonize Western Culture is to attack the old-school liberal perspective. Liberalism and Leftism are actually very different.

Christianity can bridge the gap that has been created by all the class warfare politics screaming from the Marxists. My pastor has preached that racism is sin, plain and simple, and that the answer is theology, not sociology. He wants dialog. Great start. I’m here to talk about our real history, the progress made, and the issues unresolved.

Faith and the principles of Christian living is what brings people of different races and ethnicities together. Love and unity shall defeat hate and division. Peace shall defeat turmoil. Maturity shall defeat immaturity. Order shall defeat disorder. The Word of God shall defeat the words of rage. The light of truth and kindness shall part the spiritual clouds of discontent and anarchy. Here’s how we do it…

THE DOCTRINE OF SYSTEMIC PROGRESS

CHRISTIANITY

Plain and simple, our Faith and our values are the needed message for our society. Jesus is a true prophet, and he must be followed. Our narrative is positive and uplifting, and full of love, togetherness, and acceptance. We firmly reject any kind of sociological or anthropological perspective that other Faiths and other value systems are equal, and should be left to their own. It is good when people in various under-developed parts of the world abandon their traditional religious beliefs, and turn to God and Jesus.

WESTERN CHRISTIAN SYSTEM ALLOWS FOR ADVANCES

Christianity in it’s true and highest form brings people of different races, ethnicities, and languages, and it creates a common understanding on the structure of values and society. The structure of our Christian Western society has allowed for all the systemic advances we’ve had today in engineering, technology, infrastructure, computers, industry, medicine, agriculture, the arts and sciences, literature, and government. We did it, we built that. All of us so-called “evil” explorers and leaders of Western Christian civilization built that. We created democracy and the modern world. And now almost the entire world benefits and follows our model. In a systemic manner, wars, rebellions, racism, and oppression of all kinds continues to decline globally. Some historians call it Pax Americana. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pax_Americana

PROTESTANT ETHIC

The modernization of the West came about because of the Protestant Ethic. In 1905, Max Weber, a German sociologist, economist, and political figure completed a book entitled “The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism”.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Protestant_Ethic_and_the_Spirit_of_Capitalism

It was translated into English in 1930. Weber argues that capitalism in Northern Europe evolved when the Protestant, and in particular the Calvinist ethic, influenced large numbers of people to engage in work in the secular world, and to engage in trade and the accumulation of wealth for investment. All of this was to be done with great zeal and devotion. People were encouraged to contribute back to the church and to the community. This allowed nations with this ethic to develop economically, industrially, and militarily, and to rise in prominence and power over other nations without this ethic. The Protestant work ethic was the key underlying force behind the unplanned and uncoordinated emergence of modern capitalism, the Industrial Revolution, and all the technology that has followed. Capitalism has conquered the world.

I don’t want to be seen as minimizing or criticizing the Catholic Church, but without Martin Luther and the Protestant reformation, Europeans would still be sailing the seas in wooden ships with canons, and travelling on land by horse and buggy. There would be no automobiles, trains, airplanes, telecommunications, or computers. Slavery would still be widespread, Popes would act like kings, and warfare would be nearly constant.

The Protestant Work Ethic is an explicitly non-racist explanation for the success of the West. It obliterates the racist explanation that Northern Europeans succeeded because they are superior and smarter, and that the people of the world should be ranked from best to worst by a racial hierarchy. We fought and won a world war to defeat that idea.

Jarad Diamond wrote a book entitled “Guns, Germs, and Steel”. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guns,_Germs,_and_Steel His book also makes a good case that the success of the West is not due to genetic or intellectual superiority. Diamond’s research is on pointe with respect to the domestication of animals and the spread of disease from densely populated cities to lightly populated areas, but he minimizes or completely overlooks the impact of the Protestant ethic in the development of the modern world.

We succeeded because the Christian Western system creates systemic progress.

PROGRESS ON SLAVERY AND RACISM

The following is a historical record that should be categorized as Systemic Progress from approximately the year 795.

795: International slave capture and trading is practiced by Vikings and Muslims, esp. during the reign of King Charlemagne. European slaves became widely popular in the Muslim World. The Muslim slave trade thrives in earnest along the east African coast with the spread of Swahili, an Arab-based slave-trading language. In the 800’s, Europeans stopped voluntarily selling each other into slavery. That was the first step in over 1200 years of systemic progress to come.

869 – 883: Zanj Rebellion. People from what is now Somalia and Kenya who were enslaved in Mesopotamia revolt against the Abbasid Caliphate. It was the largest slave rebellion in human history. They were eventually subdued and put to death. The death toll is estimated at 500,000 to 2,500,000. The Zanj Rebellion saved Christian Western Civilization by weakening the Abbasid Caliphate at a critical period. The Abbasids otherwise would have conquered their only rival, the Byzantine Empire. Then they would have easily overrun all of Europe, which was under-developed and under-populated, within just a few years of Constantinople falling.

1000: The Vikings convert to Christianity and abandon slave trading

1095 – 1291: The Crusades: Soon after the Roman Catholic church rifted from the Eastern Orthodox Church (East-West Schism 1054), Pope Urban II launches the Crusades. For a time, Christians took back key areas in what is now Israel, Lebanon, Syria, and Turkey. The effort ultimately failed in the East, but Christians prevailed in Italy, Spain, and Portugal.

929 – 1492: Reconquista: In 929, the Emir of Cordoba, leader of the Umayyad dynasty in Islamic Spain, declared himself a Caliph independent from the Abbasids based in Baghdad. He immediately attempted to reconquer several small Christian kingdoms in northern Iberia. War was nearly constant for hundreds of years. The Almoravid Dynasty, based in Morocco, intervened and became the key player. The two largest cities in Europe then fell to Christian forces, Cordoba in 1236, and Seville in 1248. Cordoba was also one of the main centers of commerce and learning for the entire Muslim world, on par with Alexandria and Baghdad.

800 – 1300: Islam Dwindles in North America. There is considerable evidence that Muslims from Spain, the Middle East and North Africa were in the Caribbean and the United States in large numbers. Hundreds of Muslim place-names survive, and the DNA of natives from Eastern North America, especially Creek, Cherokee, and the Algonquin tribes, have a heavy DNA component, over 50%, from those regions. It can be surmised that contact was lost with the fall of Cordoba and Seville. Islam dwindled away to nothing in America.

1492 - 1502: Less than a year after the Muslim’s last stronghold in Spain falls (Granada), Christopher Columbus leads four voyages to explore the New World, establishing Christianity. The sub-Saharan slave trade in the Muslim world, which was already bringing slaves to Iberia and the Arab region for 700 years, expands to the new world under Christian masters. The new system is called chattel slavery, and this should not be considered progress over the Muslim system of slavery. It’s one of the major setbacks in the overall systemic progress.

1493: Native Americans are brought back to Spain and presented to Queen Isabella. She declares that Native Americans may not be enslaved

1509: Portuguese Navy soundly defeats the combined Muslim navies and secures eventual European domination of the Indian Ocean, China, and southeast Asia.

1500 – 1800 Barbary Slave Trade. Muslim kingdoms in what is now Algeria, Tunisia, and Libya capture 1.25 million Europeans by seizing merchant and fishing vessels, and by conducting slave raids on coastal communities throughout Europe. Those captured by ship included approximately 700 Americans, leading to the Barbary Wars. America prevailed and stopped the enslavement of Americans and Europeans by Muslim powers.

1600’s and 1700’s: The British Empire imports hundreds of thousands of White people to the New World and the Caribbean to serve as “indentured servants”, typically under contract terms of 5 to 15 years. Most of the English and Scots came voluntarily, and most of the Irish came involuntarily. Their living condition is miserable and slave-like, but not on the level of chattel slavery. Under British law, the children of indentured servants were not born into slavery, and they themselves were free after their contract expired, if they survived. Of note, some Africans also came as indentured servants, typically to the Northern colonies.

1776: The Americans Declaration of Independence has stirring words pertaining to individual rights. Most northern States are established without slavery, or abolish it within years. The Founding Fathers were ready for Democracy, but only for White men. They should not be blamed by the revisionists for taking the first key step.

1787: The U.S. Constitution is established, and it sets the precedent for democracy to replace monarchies throughout the world.

1794 – 1848: France abolishes slavery throughout its empire, in stages. Haiti revolts from French rule and becomes independent. Like the Zanj Rebellion, the conflict in Haiti greatly weakened France, and allowed England to emerge as the dominant world power.

1804: New Jersey is the last State to voluntarily abolish slavery. However, there’s a grandfather clause. The abolition movement gains force throughout the North

1807: British Empire abolishes the slave trade, meaning new slaves cannot be seized, bought, or sold. The British Navy goes on patrol to enforce this. This does not change the status of existing slaves. Those pesky grandfather clauses.

1833: British Empire abolishes slavery throughout, including its Caribbean colonies. It’s replaced by more indentured servitude. They begin transporting over one million people from India and another million from the British Isles to serve as indentured servants in the Caribbean and Australia. Indians were also brought in large numbers to East Africa and South Africa. Indentured servitude becomes uneconomical and dies out by the late 1800’s.

1854: Republican Party is founded in Wisconsin, specifically to oppose the expansion of slavery. It quickly grows in popularity, leading to the election of Abraham Lincoln in 1860.

1861: Russia frees its serfs, the last of the Europeans still enslaved by other Europeans.

1861: American Civil War starts, largely over slavery and “States Rights” to allow slavery.

1862: Abraham Lincoln issues the Emancipation Proclamation in 1862, freeing all slaves in lands taken by the Union army.

1863: Russia vocally supports the North in the American Civil War. Russian warships are greeted in New York and San Francisco during the war. The serious threat of war with Russia ensured that Britain and France would not intervene on the side of the Confederacy.

1865: The North wins the Civil War, and then abolishes slavery with the 13th Amendment. Reconstruction begins in the South.

1865 – 1866: Black Codes. Progress is slow in the Black community in The South. The positives are that nobody is born into slavery, men can own property, and it is no longer illegal to teach a Black to read. One major negative is that thousands of men are incarcerated for minor reasons, and effectively enslaved. Women and children are “free”, but under the effective control of others. The first incarnation of the KKK is established, but is stamped out by President Grant in the early 1870’s

1868: 14th Amendment addresses citizenship and equal protection under the law. This law has far-reaching consequences.

1870: 15th Amendment ensures voting rights for all male citizens. Progress is delayed by poll taxes, literary tests, and other means.

1870’s – 1940’s: Jim Crow laws mandate and enforce segregation, delaying progress by Blacks. It’s better than the Black Codes, but not by much. Millions of Blacks are able to flee Jim Crow persecution and poverty by migrating to northern cities. The situation in many Southern areas is the equivalent of ethnic purging, as people are terrorized into emigrating to the North. Sharecropping and domestic servitude is widespread. The pay is very low, and most people are forced to live on land owned by Whites.

1915: A major setback occurs with the production of “Birth of a Nation”, which is considered the first major motion picture. The movie is extremely racist, and leads to the second establishment of the KKK. The group grows to tremendous power by the early 1920’s in both the South and the North.

1920: 19th amendment allows women to vote, which is the culmination of decades of work in States all across America

1924: Ottoman Empire abolishes slavery and disbands the imperial harem

1924: Native Americans are uniformly granted US citizenship, and the right to vote. The last wars with Native Americans concluded in the 1870’s to the 1890’s.

1925: The murder trial of KKK Grand Dragon D.C. Stephenson destroys the public image of the KKK as upholders of law and order. Membership declines in 5 years from 4 million in 1925 to only 30,000 by 1930. It’s never been strong for over 90 years.

1929: Progress: Persia (Iran) abolishes slavery

1933 – 1939: New Deal Legislation establishes an economic system to better represent the common man, including Blacks.

1943: Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882 is repealed.

1945: The Nazi Empire and their White Supremacist racial hierarchy is defeated

1946 – 1950: Post-War economic policies allow millions of White Americans to leave the congested cities and establish themselves in the suburbs. The real estate and mortgage industries are still racist. Blacks don’t participate in much of this progress, and become increasingly segregated into specific urban neighborhoods.

1947: Jackie Robinson becomes the first Black professional baseball player. He hits a home run in his first at bat.

1954: US Supreme Court rules in Brown v. Board of Education that State laws establishing segregation in public schools are unconstitutional

1950’s and 1960’s: Civil Rights movement in America is led by Black churches organizing for progress. There is widespread support by Whites in the North

1962: Saudi Arabia and Yemen abolish slavery, under pressure from Great Britain. This ends slavery in the Arab world. However, there is still slavery in Muslim Africa.

1964: Civil Rights Act of 1964 outlaws discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin

1965: Voting Rights Act of 1965 prohibits racial discrimination in voting

1967: US Supreme Court strikes down laws banning interracial marriage in the case of Loving v. Virginia

1967: Race riots devastate Newark and Detroit, and a dozen other cities are seriously set back. Progress is not happening fast enough.

1973: Another setback, the US Supreme Court allows abortion in the case of Roe V. Wade. Babies aborted are disproportionately Black. Some will later claim that all the abortions caused a reduction in crime in the mid-1990’s, that the criminals were killed before they could be born.

1970’s: Generally good times for Blacks in America. The urban violence of the 1960’s does not continue. Churches and communities are very strong by modern standards. Employment and housing opportunities for Blacks increase, and many begin migration to the suburbs. By 1980, most of the obstacles to Blacks buying homes in suburban communities in America are eliminated. In particular, there is no more red-lining.

1982-1986: Serious setbacks. An epidemic of crack cocaine in urban centers destroys families and communities, fuels gang violence, and leads to policies of mass incarceration. This negatively affects what Whites think of the Black community, and erases the gains of the 1970’s. This came simultaneously with The AIDS epidemic and rap music. Many Whites are disgusted by rap music that promotes violence, racism, sexism, and homophobia. Ronald Reagan’s changes in the income tax structure in 1986 disproportionately favor wealthy Whites, and widens the income gap between the wealthy and the working class.

1981: Mauretania is the last Muslim nation in Africa to abolish slavery, but it had to be re-abolished in 2007. Some say slavery is still practiced in 2020 in Muslim North Africa.

1991: For the first time ever, more people approve of interracial marriage between Blacks and Whites than disapprove

1994: Charles Murray releases The Bell Curve, the last major piece of scientific racism. The book tries to make a scientific case that Blacks have lower IQ’s due to biological inferiority. It is clear from the book’s recommendations that Murray conducts science backwards, meaning he looks for evidence to support a conclusion. However, The Bell Curve is the last gasp of scientific racism. Public opinion among Whites that Blacks are genetically and intellectually inferior has declined dramatically in several decades.

1982 - 1995: The entire period from 1982 to 1995 is a major setback to the earlier phases of systemic progress. Urban neighborhoods deteriorate further as the housing stock increasingly falls into the hands of absentee slumlords. Poverty becomes more entrenched as many urban Black neighborhoods transition from owner-occupied middle and working class areas to poor rental districts, and then Latino’s begin to outcompete Blacks for needed housing. Rioting hits Los Angeles in 1992. Mass incarceration of Blacks begins. The OJ Simpson verdict in 1995 infuriates Whites and increases racism, antagonism, and the desire for even more mass incarceration.

Mid-1990’s: Crime rates fall dramatically, and the number of police shot annually in major cities plummets.

1996 – 2006: This is mostly a period of economic growth, and there is again progress within the Black community. The problems from 1982 to 1995 begin to diminish, and racism by Whites decreases. Housing opportunities for Blacks to move to the suburbs increase, and income for Blacks increases.

2007: Approval of interracial marriage between Blacks and Whites rises from 5% in 1958 to 79% in 2007

2008: Many people believe that the election of the nation’s first Black President is a major accomplishment in race relations. Many Whites want to prove to themselves that they aren’t racist, so they vote for Obama, allowing him to win key battleground States. Obama serves for 8 years, and he does a great job speaking and presenting himself professionally, but he accomplishes nothing for the Black community.

2008 – 2010: The foreclosure crisis disproportionately affects the Black Community. The Great Recession harms the economy, and the recovery is slow. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/foreclosure-crisis.asp#:~:text=Key%20Takeaways-,The%20foreclosure%20crisis%20was%20a%20period%20of%20drastically%20elevated%20property,of%20the%20information%20accompanying%20them .

2010: 8.4% of all marriages are interracial, the highest figure ever

2019: Record low unemployment for Blacks and Latino’s.

2020: CoronaVirus and associated economic shut-downs devastate America, beginning in March, 2020. All the economic progress of the past few years is quickly reversed. Rioting begins throughout America following a few high-profile Black Lives Matter cases. Marxist agitators are stirring up great discontent and division, and due to the economic collapse, they have a much wider audience. We appear to be entering a long period of turmoil and race conflict.

2020 Statistics

Only 2.2% of employed Black woman work as domestic servants, down from 60% in 1940

1% of Whites say they would move if a Black person moved in next door, down from 44% in 1958

86% of Whites say they have a Black friend, up from 18% in 1964

42% of Blacks own homes, Black two-parent families earn 87% of what White two-parent families earn. Blacks who are middle-class outnumber Blacks living below the poverty line

One source on some of these statistics is the Brookings Institute:

https://www.brookings.edu/articles/black-progress-how-far-weve-come-and-how-far-we-have-to-go/

The above list is presented as objectively as possible. There has been nearly constant progress, with the main reversals being the period 1982 to 1995, and of course the last few months.

The Doctrine of Systemic Progress is not to be read as a statement that everything is fine now, or that the delays in the progress were acceptable.

The point is that the overall trend is positive, and especially when considered simultaneously with the advances in science and technology that have benefited everyone. This is the narrative that needs to be learned by everyone, with the perspective that Western Christian civilization as a whole should be praised for allowing this systemic progress.

We must recognize that the anarchists are advancing negative narratives because they want to portray the whole world as groups of people in conflict with other groups, and as exploiting and oppressing other groups. This is their message, their venom, and their politics. We can’t support negative narratives, period. The anarchists are disproportionately members of the LGBTQ community who hate religion, especially Christianity. The Cancel Culture movement is LGBTQ-led, and they are using Black Lives Matter cases to gain critical mass.

The ultimate objective of the Cancel Culture is not statues and monuments, and it’s not even to defeat of Donald Trump in November.

Understand who is leading Black Lives Matter, it’s the Radical Left LGBTQ/Marxist community, not the overall Black community. The Black Lives Matter organization is run by lesbian Marxists. https://nypost.com/2020/06/25/blm-co-founder-describes-herself-as-trained-marxist/

The website of their organization is clear that they are openly opposed to “the Western-prescribed nuclear family structure requirement…We foster a queer-affirming network. When we gather, we do so with the intention of freeing ourselves from the tight grip of heteronormative thinking, or rather, the belief that all in the world are heterosexual (unless s/he or they disclose otherwise)”.

Source: https://blacklivesmatter.com/what-we-believe/

What they want to “cancel” is everything and everyone that stood in the way of same-sex marriage, and could possibly reverse their gains, especially organized religion.

They want to cancel out religion, tear down religious icons, burn down churches, declare the Bible to be hate speech, and intimidate people into not attending church. Here they are in 2020 protesting and blocking a church entrance on a Sunday morning (note that is a mixed-race church, see the Black man in the red tie on the steps). They are chanting that the kids need to be saved from learning about God and Jesus. https://www.facebook.com/THECOLUMBIANPOST/videos/748282289333851

It’s really not about Black lives, they are just being used to gain momentum.

No Christian should support their anarchist Black Lives Matter movement, and therefore no Christian should vote for candidates that support the anarchist movement.

The rioters are an unholy alliance of socialist, anarchists, atheists, LGBTQ radicals, and artists. They want no limits on sexual morality or substance abuse. Their intellectual development is that of a rebellious teenager, and the remaining responsible adults have become minimized and submissive.

They are advancing a culture war, and they have largely conquered academia, the media, the fashion and entertainment industries, and the tech sector.

Collectively, they have more power than our political leaders, and they have the full determination to use it to dominate our society. The negative incendiary narratives are the key to everything. No matter what happens now or in the coming months, at all times be focused on their tactics. Analyze everything with an eye to determine if they are creating a negative narrative.

Systemic Racism as a theory relies entirely on a negative view of Christianity and Western civilization. It stands on the shoulders of Historical Revisionism, which is fast becoming the standard narrative of history. Historical Revisionism has been taught to kids in public schools for a good 20 years. The radical left is achieving their penultimate goal, which is to link together all the negative narratives of the past and present, everything from The Crusades, Christopher Columbus, and the Founding Fathers to slavery, Jim Crow, segregation, mass incarceration, and a supposed rise in White supremacy in 2020. It’s a narrative that is hate White, hate America, hate capitalism, hate Christian, hate the straight man, and hate Western Culture.

No Christian, of any race or background, can support it, because the narrative and their political alliance is phenomenally against Jesus and against God.

I know all about negative and twisted narratives from events that happened a long time ago. People are being selected and used as examples to teach the public that the truly evil people in our society are straight, White, Christian, American men. It’s all about demonizing the mainstream American, people like me. This started with Peter Sellers movies in the 1960’s, and now it’s the only story told by the mainstream media and entertainment industry. I am way closer to this issue than all but a few of my readers realize.

The goal is first to demonize straight, White, Christian, American men, and to portray current events as a reign of terror in order to scare people into voting their way. And since months or years go by without any White Supremacists committing hate crimes anywhere in America, they have to hoax them (Jussie Smollet), and now they are redefining the police as White Supremacists.

Meanwhile, people are so terrorized by the narrative of White Supremacy that they are over-reacting to various confrontational situations, and that gets them shot or suffocated. Each case adds to the narrative, and builds the case further. See https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/this-isnt-the-battle-of-guadalcanal I wrote and published that before George Floyd was killed. Floyd believed there was a reign of terror because of how the media and social media portrayed the Arbery killing, so he resisted arrest, and now he’s dead too. And the guy in Atlanta was next. It’s all swirling together and building.

I want my readers to understand --- I got this. I’m on it. I am absolutely in tune, and comprehending every move of their movement. I knew these LGBTQ Marxists from being a community leader in Newark, and from being a Bahai. They disgust me, not because they are LGBTQ, but because of how they want to tear down and destroy this whole country to create a Marxist New World Order. I quit the Bahai’s, which on paper is a peaceful religion, and then I moved out of Newark. The media, social media, and especially the Black Lives Matter organization, are all culpable in these high-profile murders for portraying a reign of terror. They are the ones actually terrorizing people, via their narrative.

The second goal is Intersectional by design. See Intersectionality https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intersectionality It is to rally together all “good White men” who are Socialists and climate change activists, with all minorities, LGBTQ peoples, Muslims, Native Americans, and pro-Choice forces to create a New World Order. It is pure politics masquerading as other issues. They want widespread rioting leading to a communist revolution. Autonomous Zones in urban centers is the first stage of the revolution. That’s coming straight from their think tank. It has begun. The symbol of the raised fist, which is the logo of socialism, has suddenly become very popular.

I’m not saying that the political Right are a bunch of angels, they have their own issues. Economic selfishness is the biggest problem on the Right. But at least most identify as Christians, so the door is open to teaching them where their understanding of Christianity needs to be deepened. I think that over time Distributism will gain traction on the Right. The Far Left has slammed the door, locked it, thrown away the key, and additionally nailed it shut.

The best hope for this country is a comprehensive answer to Systemic Racism. Seems like nobody is coming up with one. Well, I got this too, it’s the Doctrine of Systemic Progress.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

EMERGENCE OF THE REBELLIOUS CONSERVATIVE AND THE ORTHODOX LIBERAL

Thu, 11 Jun 2020 18:36:23 GMT

I OPPOSE THE ESTABLISHED DISORDER

“Orthodox” means a devout and unwavering follower of an established belief system. But what is a “liberal”?

Go back to the 1970’s, and it was easy to define. A liberal was a free-thinking person, willing to take risks, opposed to the established order of society, and open sexually. They weren’t orthodox in their thinking patterns.

The liberals of that era would say they aren’t dogmatic. They would question things, act defiant towards the status quo, and often talk with an attitude.

A conservative from the 1970’s was part of what was called “the established order”. They were not willing to take risks, they were not open sexually, and they followed belief systems that liberals categorized as dogmatic. They didn’t question things, they didn’t act defiant, and they spoke quietly and firmly, acting in command. They were obedient to the news media, which by today’s standards was conservative.

Now there’s been a shift. The word “dogmatic” has dropped off in popular use. That’s the first clue that a major shift has occurred.

I’m in business to consumer sales. I meet a lot of people in a lot of communities. I’ve noticed a strong pattern. The more “liberal” a person is these days, the more they are terrified about CoronaVirus, and follow the mask and social distancing protocol. The level of hysteria over CoronaVirus in the most far left communities is far higher than elsewhere.

They define themselves as liberal, but they are not risk taking with respect to CoronaVirus. If they won’t share air with someone without a mask, that says a lot about their sexual openness. They are obedient and dogmatic with respect to the authorities proclaiming the medical emergency.

Then I enter a house where the customer identifies as conservative, and they couldn’t give a damn if I wear the mask or not. Some will even tell me “take off that stupid mask”. They question the media dogma and the medical authorities.

It’s 2020, and the people who are “free-thinking” and don’t want to follow the dogmatic news lines being fed to them usually identify as conservative.

It’s the same pattern for global warming or some new Black Lives Matter case. Those that follow the narratives fed to them won’t consider any other possible scenarios because their underlying thought patterns are to accept the orthodoxy of their liberal social order. They are not to question it, or ponder new ideas. They believe in their social order as strongly as conservatives believed in their social order in the 1970’s.

Because they act in an orthodox manner towards their value system, I’m calling them the Orthodox Liberals. They speak quietly and matter-of-factly, as if in command. And they are. My son-in-law talks in this manner, just like my conservative Grandfather. The parallel doesn’t end there.

My son-in-law, age 26, is the classic Orthodox Liberal of 2020. He’s a nice guy, committed to his wife, risk-adverse, non-rebellious in all regards, soft-speaking, doesn’t get high or drunk, and is very frugal with his finances. Except for his politics, that also described my conservative grandfather. Joseph has a degree in Engineering from a prestigious university, as does my daughter, and his career goal is to leave the private sector and become a professor. He’s a devout follower of Bernie Sanders, Socialism, and climate change. He supports the dogma and orthodoxy of every single Left position, and he questions none of it. He’s not free-thinking, even though he would describe himself that way.

So, if Liberals in 2020 are the new orthodoxy, what are Conservatives?

Turns out that young conservatives are increasingly rebellious and cynical. They are defiant, question a lot, and talk with an attitude. Watch this video, and take special note of her tone and personality. https://www.facebook.com/howard.smith.3766/videos/3351714771505244

She identifies as conservative, but her root personality is totally rebellious with respect to orthodoxy and dogma. She’s defiant, she questions everything, and has an attitude. Her root personality is reminiscent of the rebellious and liberal 20-year old in the 1970’s; only her social and political positions are different.

She’s free-thinking, and she even ridicules people who “follow the magic words” with a clever video clip showing a magic wand.

Remember, folks who were angry and rebellious towards the “established order” in the 1970’s were free-thinkers with an attitude.

Contrast that to Barack Obama’s quiet and commanding speaking style. Obama is not at all cynical, and his positions are basically the new established order. My son-in-law was 13 when Obama began his first Presidential bid in 2007. That election was the ascension of the Left Orthodoxy. Obama mentored him and all the other Orthodox Liberals. Obama uses lofty words and phrases, as if a strong vocabulary is evidence that someone is smart and correct. I find it smug and condescending. Don’t try to talk above me.

Donald Trump’s speaking style is a lot like the woman in this video. He actually has a very strong vocabulary, but doesn’t use it. He deliberately talks on a 7th grade level, so that the message doesn’t go over anyone’s head. He repeats key phrases in a speech two or three times. I also have a strong vocabulary, and I won’t use it either. Same reason. We’re both mad at the New World Order.

Trump is risk-taking and open-minded, he’s been sexually open, and he’s cynical towards the left Orthodoxy. He’s mentoring the young lady in the video.

The positions of liberalism have become the new established order, which is the New World Order. A lot of people are acting very defensive and orthodox towards that value set. The guardians of this left Orthodoxy are the mainstream media. ANTIFA are the hooded social order warriors who seek to attack and destroy anyone who dares to oppose their order. They fill the same social and political role as the KKK in the 1920’s.

There has silently been a role reversal of liberals and conservatives. What’s up is down, and what’s down is up. Crazy times we are living in.

Young couples under 34, Millennial age, are often loyal to their spouses, devoted to their children, shrewd with their finances, and they follow the social order (which is now Liberal), unconditionally. What they are orthodox towards is not God or country, it’s the Leftist Orthodoxy. “I’m a citizen of the world”, they’ll say.

Everything pivoted when the orthodoxy changed. The people who are demonized in this new order of society are those from the prior established order --- the straight, White, American man, especially if Christian or Catholic. That’s me. I even have an English last name that was prominent and respected in the old established order for writing the legal library used by lawyers. [ https://www.martindale.com/ ]( https://www.martindale.com/ )

I’m 6’2” with blue eyes, light brown hair, and an athletic build. I’m accused of looking pure Anglo-Saxon. From the perspective of revisionist history and the New World Order, I’m a born evil person deserving of hate. I’ve been dealing with this my whole life, and I feel like a target. I have to live quietly and perfectly, or I’ll be instantly selected for some demonization campaign to prove that the straight White Anglo-Saxon Protestant (WASP) man is the personification of evil.

People of White ethnic ancestry, say Italian, Irish, Greek, or Polish, have only been demonized for about 10 or 15 years, just for being White. They are quickly getting tired of it, and coming around to my reality. The irony is my actual ancestry is more diverse than I look. I have ancestry from all over Europe, and I’m only 94% White on a DNA test. I just happen to have a prominent English surname.

In a weird way, I can partially understand the racism that Blacks endured in past era’s, being demonized for what they were born as, because I’m demonized for what I was born as by the New World Order. Yes, I know they had it worse.

And just like the Hippies of the 1970’s, the conservatives who are demonized now are free-thinking and cynical about everything. They will question the orthodoxy and dogma of the media and our education system. And I do. I also married outside my race, so at least by some criteria, I’m open sexually. And what about the risk-taking criteria? I’m not content to be employed. I established my own business. That’s risk taking. I dabble in the stock market, and trade aggressively. That’s risk taking. I defy the New World Order, like Trump. I’m just more low-key about it. I’m conservative by value set, but I’m not orthodox in my thinking patterns. It all makes perfect sense to me.

Let me announce loudly and clearly: I OPPOSE THE ESTABLISHED DISORDER.

Let those words be blasted into the collective consciousness of humanity.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

INCENDIARY NARRATIVES HAVE CONSEQUENCES

Fri, 05 Jun 2020 13:48:42 GMT

CHRISTIANS MUST PROMOTE A POSITIVE NARRATIVE

I didn’t realize how prophetic my last blog post would be. On May 18th, I blogged about Ahmaud Arbery in a piece entitled “This Isn’t the Battle of Guadalcanal”. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/this-isnt-the-battle-of-guadalcanal

In that piece, I talked about narratives and the conditioning process that makes Blacks and other minorities hateful and fearful of Whites. Arbery, I argued, was conditioned by prior negative narratives to believe that he’d be shot and killed if he didn’t resist, so he might as well resist. Now his death is another narrative to fuel the negative hate-America story.

Next comes George Floyd, who was asphyxiated and murdered by a Minneapolis police officer on May 25th. He fought with a cop twice, according to official reports. The restaurant surveillance video indicated physical interaction taking place inside Floyd’s vehicle. Floyd was high on fentanyl, which contributed to his mental state. And he was conditioned by the Arbery incident, and other high-profile incidents, to resist arrest.

Question: What do police do if you hit one of them?

Answer: They beat the crap out of you.

If you are a White man and you hit a cop, there’s a good 85% chance that you’ll be physically abused. If you are a Black man and you hit a cop, that rises to at least 95%, and you’ll be hit harder. In Floyd’s final moments of life, Officer Tou Thou smugly told the bystanders who were trying to intervene: “This is why you don’t do drugs, kids”. That doesn’t sound like White (or Asian) supremacy. That shows open contempt for a drug addict, who happens to be Black.

A reasonable Christian position is to be strongly opposed to the police beating up suspects, of any race, for any reason. Drug addicts are victims, and drug addiction is a disease. They should have our sympathy, and our encouragement for full recovery. We can’t support beating or suffocating a drug addict because they lashed out and hit a cop. We support a fair and just society. Everyone is equal in the eyes of God. Everyone gets their day in court.

The police have the right to use only enough force to subdue a struggling suspect, and arrest him. They should not be causing bodily harm, and most certainly not kill anyone.

I call this the truth narrative. It’s missing the element of the innocent victim. What happened is bad, but it’s not an incendiary narrative. The truth narrative would not incite a national movement, because most people know that cops beat the crap out of White men that hit them.

People have spliced together the most divisive possible alternative narrative, that Floyd was completely innocent, that he surrendered calmly and willingly, that he was not high or drunk, and then he was killed as an expression of White supremacy.

Folks had me believing that weeks had gone by since Floyd’s death, because they are saying that the police investigation began only because the death videos were circulating widely. Actually, the police investigation began immediately, and the FBI got involved the very next day.

One could not possibly make the narrative more incendiary. The narrative has a purpose, which is to infuriate the public and cause rioting. This is not happening randomly, it’s coming from a think tank, and it’s being collectively fed to the media. These tactics take Saul Alinsky to the next level. http://www.openculture.com/2017/02/13-rules-for-radicals.html

I know all about negative and twisted narratives from events that happened 20 years ago. The narratives created are not simply to destroy someone’s life and their future; they are being used as examples to teach the public that the truly evil people in our society are straight, White, Christian, American men. It’s all about demonizing the mainstream American, like some Peter Sellers movie. I am closer to this issue than all but a few of my readers realize.

The radical left is achieving their penultimate goal, which is to link together all the negative narratives of the past and present, everything from The Crusades, Christopher Columbus, and the Founding Fathers to slavery, Jim Crow, segregation, and a supposed rise in White supremacy in 2020. It’s a hate White, hate America, hate capitalism, hate Christian, and hate Western Culture narrative.

The goal is first to demonize straight, White American men, especially police, and then to rally together all minorities, LGBTQ peoples, Muslims, pro-Choice forces, and “good” White men who are Socialists and climate change activists in order to create a New World Order. It is pure politics masquerading as other issues.

The goal is widespread rioting leading to a communist revolution. The symbol of the raised fist, which is the logo of socialism, has suddenly become very popular.

How are Christians to respond to the cultural challenges?

First, we must promote our Faith and our values as the needed positive message for our society. Our narrative is positive and uplifting, and full of love, togetherness, and acceptance.

We must believe that the Western Christian system is the best, and has allowed for all the advances we’ve have today in engineering, technology, infrastructure, computers, industry, medicine, agriculture, arts and sciences, literature, and government. We did it, we built that. All of us “evil” member of Western Christian civilization built that and created democracy. The whole world benefits and follows our model. Wars, rebellions, racism, and oppression of all kinds continues to decline globally. The big picture is a positive narrative.

We cannot have some kind of anthropological perspective that other Faiths and other value systems are separate and equal. That’s not a Christian perspective.

Next, we must recognize that the anarchists are advancing negative narratives because they want to portray the whole world as groups of people in conflict with other groups, and as exploiting and oppressing other groups. This is their message, their venom, and their politics. We can’t support negative narratives, period. On top of that, they hate religion, especially Christianity. No Christian should support their anarchist movement, and therefore no Christian should vote for their preferred candidates.

They are an unholy alliance of socialist, anarchists, atheists, and artists. They want no limits on sexual morality or substance abuse. Their intellectual development is that of a rebellious teenager, and the remaining responsible adults have become minimized and submissive.

They are advancing a culture war, and they have largely conquered academia, the media, the fashion and entertainment industries, and the tech sector.

Collectively, they have more power than our political leaders, and they have the full determination to use it to dominate our society. The negative incendiary narratives are the key to everything. No matter what happens now or in the coming months, at all times be focused on their tactics. Analyze everything with an eye to determine if they are creating a negative narrative.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

INCENDIARY NARRATIVES HAVE CONSEQUENCES

Mon, 18 May 2020 13:47:49 GMT

Ahmaud Arbery was conditioned to think he’d be killed

It’s the Fall of 1942 on a dusty road on the island of Guadalcanal. A Japanese soldier is on foot patrol outside of base camp, and he comes upon an abandoned American jeep. But it’s not abandoned. Suddenly he’s face to face with two American soldiers who burst forth, pointing their guns. Each side knows what is at stake, kill or be killed. It’s a war, and there’s enormous racial hatred on both sides. The Japanese soldier instantly weighs the odds, and says to himself “well, if I’m going to die, I’m going down fighting. Maybe I’ll take one of these gaijin with me”. He knows that his chance of winning is 1000 to 1, but he lunges for the American soldier’s rifle. That’s the Battle of Guadalcanal mindset.

Had it been a confrontation between American and German soldiers, there could have been a surrender. Soldiers on both sides had some expectation that they could be taken as a prisoner of war, and when the war is over, they could be freed. That didn’t happen on Guadalcanal. There was no common cultural understanding regarding the concept of surrender.

The “kill or be killed” battlefield mindset was the mindset that Ahmaud Arbery had towards rural White Americans. That’s why Arbery resisted and fought for the rifle despite impossible odds that he would prevail. He believed that if he froze and surrendered he’d be quickly killed, so he might as well fight.

Most people think the debate is over the conduct of the two White guys. What’s to debate? They were completely wrong to confront Arbery, and that Georgia law giving vigilantes the privilege to perform citizen arrests has got to be repealed. There’s nothing left to debate except Arbery’s conditioned response.

Millions of Black Americans have been similarly conditioned. I can tell by the comments on social media. “Oh, I would have done the same thing”, one said. “I’m so glad someone had the courage to fight back”, said another. Others have commented that he’s a hero for fighting back. Hero? He’s dead and he didn’t even save himself.

Another commented that given that state of race relations in the South, how can one expect a Black man to react otherwise. That was the perspective of an intelligent Black man in law enforcement, Mensa-level, who wants more than anything to see racial problems diminish. I’m speechless.

Black people have been fed a steady and unrelenting narrative that the KKK is rising, that racism is increasing, and that there’s millions of dangerous gun-toting, tobacco-spitting, Trump-voting, Confederate flag-waiving rural White Americans ready to hunt them down and slay them mercilessly. That’s the narrative.

This has gone way too far. People have really been sold a racial hate narrative.
Despite a few high-profile incidents, race relations in America are nowhere near the level of the Battle of Guadalcanal. It hasn’t been in over 90 years.

Don Lemon, Rachel Maddow, and others have been pushing this narrative for years. It’s entirely for political purposes, and it intensifies with every Presidential election cycle.

The motivating issue is pro-Choice and pro-LGBTQ concerns. These pundits and politicians, and thousands of everyday activists on social media, want as many Black people as possible to be fearful of Whites and Republicans, in order to lock in their Democratic vote. That way candidates who are pro-Choice and pro-LGBTQ can win elections. In the process, a whole lot of folks are being terrorized and used for their votes.

The phenomenal level of stress, hopelessness, and depression that is being planted into the minds of Black Americans is of no concern to those manipulating their votes. The more fearful they are, the more likely they’ll vote. They are constantly fed the narrative that the rural White American is the enemy. This is Exhibit A in the Bahai position that politics is inherently divisive. In some ways, it’s worse than the Jussie Smollett hoax.

Are there racist rural White Americans? Absolutely. Now show me some crime stats. What kind of violent crimes are rural White Americans regularly committing against Black people? When was the last lynching of a Black person? I saw a video of delivery guy who was stopped trying to leave a gated community in Oklahoma. Unacceptable, but was there a violent crime? Was there any crime? If that racist crap in Oklahoma is the worst thing happening, things have clearly improved.

Around 1912, Blacks were ethnic cleansed out of Forsyth County, Georgia. Innocent people were jailed or lynched, and others got the message. Over several decades, millions of Blacks fled the South. In the suburbs of New Jersey, Blacks were locked out of buying homes in White neighborhoods as recently as the 1980’s. Is anything similar happening today? Nope. Sociologists have taken public opinion polls for decades. Racism by Whites continues to decline for decades. Granted there was a major bump in the road from 1985 to 1995, but the bigger picture has been progress. The best proof is that mixed race relationships and marriages are way up, along with public acceptance of them.

To present a narrative that race relations are deteriorating is simply toxic to our politics and to our entire society. Folks who follow my blog know I despise hate mongering of all kinds. I criticized Donald Trump when he referred to certain foreign countries as shit holes, and again when he lambasted Baltimore. I’m consistent, and I’m fair.

I personally know at least 15 people who are pumping up this narrative on social media. About a quarter of them are devoutly pro-Choice, another quarter are obsessed with global warming and support a New World Order, and a full half are passionate supporters of everything LGBTQ. They know the political equation, and they know they have to instill hate and fear into the minds of Blacks to motivate them to vote their way. What they are doing is a form of terrorism.

I am attempting to imagine the level of terror that Blacks are enduring from decades of conditioning, but I am probably not completely grasping it.

WHO IS COMPLICIT IN THE DEATH OF AHMAUD ARBERY?

Ahmaud Arbery is needlessly dead, and all those reporters, pundits, politicians, and social media kings that pushed the racial hate narrative are complicit in his murder.

I’m disgusted that people are being indoctrinated with hate and fear in order to manipulate their vote. And I’m even more disgusted that an innocent man died because a political narrative being forced upon Black America conditioned his hopeless response. As soon as he fought for the rifle, he was doomed. Even in the remote chance that he overpowered the McMichael son without being shot, and got control of the rifle, the McMichael father was there with another rifle.

Surrendering is an entirely unacceptable level of social dynamics between unarmed Blacks and armed Whites, but at least he would have lived. If someone points a gun at me, I freeze. It doesn’t matter if it’s a policeman, a thug robbing me, or two White Southerners. I’m not going to feel insulted that my social status is temporarily reduced by my surrender, because preserving my life is the priority. I’m not thinking this is the Battle of Guadalcanal.

The narrative is so powerful and so consuming that millions of people are eager for any event as proof. That’s why there’s been an explosion of hate crime hoaxes. They want to prove racism, and then weaponize the event for use as proof positive in the political arena. That way even more people can be sold the narrative, and the cycle continues, and affects voting patterns. And when good proof goes years without coming, there’s always a Jussie Smollett to fabricate a racial hate crime.

The hate mongering narrative has to end. It needs to be exposed for the terrorism that it is.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com  

To see all our video’s on YouTube, or to subscribe to Welcome Movement on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCuC3W2lsfVJq3tsOIKVaQiw    

DISTRIBUTISM

Fri, 01 May 2020 15:13:35 GMT

THERE CAN BE ECONOMIC JUSTICE WITHOUT SOCIALISM

May 1st is a holiday for the Socialists and Communists. There’s no better day than May Day to talk about an alternative to their theories.

I’ve begun to research an economic theory called “Distributism”. It’s in synch with most of the core theories on The Welcome Movement home page www.thewelcomemovement.org.

Distributism is an economic theory whose core value is the individual ownership of property (meaning both businesses and home ownership). Economic activity, wealth, and the allocation of government power is to be distributed as broadly as possible, decentralized among as many different individual participants as possible. Nobody is held back, and social mobility is maximized.

As many people as possible have a slice of the pie, as opposed to socialism in which nobody has a slice of the pie, and the entire pie is owned by big government. Distributist thinkers claim their theory is the polar opposite of socialism, because government is very small, and almost everyone is engaged in capitalism.

Distributists contend that laissez-faire capitalism is actually closer to Socialism, because a small percent of wealthy people owning and controlling everything is only a hair’s breadth away from the government controlling everything. In a society with a huge wealth disparity between the wealthy and the masses, huge numbers of people do not own homes or business, and are dependents on government.

Those are strong points, and hard to deny. We’ve seen in recent years the emerging power of people like Bill Gates and Marc Zuckerberg, and to some extent government is merging with them. I find that to be an alarming and dangerous concentration of power. It is an emerging threat to individual safety and autonomy. Add George Soros to that list.

Distributism is within the family of capitalist economic theories, but markedly different from laissez-faire capitalism in which half of the people are miserable and have nothing but debt and bills, and clamoring for class warfare politics and a Socialist revolution.

Laissez-faire is a French term that means “hands off”, meaning no government regulations on any aspect of economics. Laissez-faire principles hold that businesses, including utilities, credit cards, and landlords can charge whatever the market will bear, and if some people are stuck economically and rendered unable to move their families to a better neighborhood, that’s considered their own fault. The classic response is “Work harder, be more responsible, and don’t ask for any government aid because we don’t want to pay for it”.

I call that Social Darwinism. I’ve long considered that response to be non-Christian because social mobility is restricted. It’s also very elitist. Christian principles are about as far from Social Darwinism as one can get.

Most working-class people want to advance and improve their life situation, but they are held back by various predatory economic forces. In my case, it is a crushing child support obligation. Nobody is more oppressed, scoffed at, and unrepresented in America than the man with a child support obligation. I’ll save my full story for a future blog.

Distributists contend that deregulation encourages a very unequal distribution of wealth, and an unhealthy concentration of power. No better example exists than the horrendous interest rates that so many people pay on their credit cards, locking them into a lifetime of debt, and preventing them from becoming owners. My years of work on affordable housing and rent control dovetails with Distributism as well. We need less families renting, and more becoming owners.

Under Socialism everyone rents, because nobody owns businesses, housing, or land. Instead, it’s all owned by the government, and la-di-da, it’s free for everyone. I like the idea of everyone owning a slice of the pie, and not renting.

Distributism supports capitalism, but not laissez faire capitalism. A few points from Distributist theory:

1. They are opposed to monopolies and cartels

2. They are strongly opposed to usury (excessive interest rates in the banking industry)

3. They encourage small business ownership for craftsman and other small proprietors, as well as creating larger businesses with cooperative ownership. In those cases, every worker is a part owner of the company, and capitalism is maximized.

4. They want political and economic power decentralized, and not so powerful over the common person. The traditional family unit should be the dominant element of society, not the State, and not giant businesses.

5. There is a Christian focus to this economic theory, and it emanates largely from both Catholic and Protestant Christian teachings. Every issue, especially economics, is viewed from the perspective of Christian teachings.

6. Less people will be compensated via traditional wage labor, because most people will either own businesses, or they will become part owners of a work cooperative. Wage labor is mostly for younger workers starting off.

7. A Guild system is preferable to labor unions, as the guild system is not based on class struggle. A labor union is inherently and by design based on class struggle, with the ultimate goal being civil strife leading to socialism, and then to communism. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guild

8. Banking reforms include financial cooperatives and credit unions

9. Support for Subsidiarity. That is a theory which holds that no larger unit (social, economic, or government), should perform a function that can be can be performed by a smaller unit. Most people will immediately think of government social services, but subsidiarity actually applies to the decentralization of everything. This allows the family to emerge as the primary element of society. Government, big business owners, and secret societies should not be so powerful.

The vast majority of adherents of Distributism are strongly Christian, and they are conservative on social matters, esp. with regard to the central concept that a family unit entails one male and one female, and any associated children or elderly being cared for. I’m not sure what their position is on civil unions for same sex couples, which I feel are necessary for practical reasons such as inheritance and the division of assets upon termination of the civil union. However, there should be no “equality” with marriage. Civil unions must at all times be considered a lesser contract to marriage, even from the perspective of secular government.

Those following Distributism object to the widening separation of church and State, the trend towards Atheism among artists and entertainers, and the increasing power of government agencies over civil liberties.

Here’s more on Distributism. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributism

There is a third-party Christian movement in America that supports Distributism. This is the American Solidarity Party. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Solidarity_Party

I registered onto their email list, but I have received no emails. Evidently, they are very small and dis-organized. Their chosen candidates for President and Vice-President in 2020 have never met. My initial review of their website shows that it needs a lot of work. Some issues and platforms are clearly “spliced in” to attract certain interest groups, and it’s been done in an incomplete way that shows the issues were spliced in. That’s a bit patronizing, and people can see through it. I make a far better case on my own home page for those same issues, and they are core to my thinking, not spliced in to serve anyone.

They are light years behind me in making a case that immigrants and minorities should be praised for their commitment to Faith and Family values, and to entrepreneurism, and brought into the conservative fold.

The American Solidarity Party is under-educated about the plight of those renting, and how lack of adequate attention to renter’s issues is pushing millions of tenants towards Socialism, class warfare thinking, and anti-Semitism. I could theoretically educate the Distributists on these matters, but I don’t have an audience with them.

Another likely issue with the American Solidarity Party is this is another group not concerned about the ability of a person to pay child support. But they want to make divorce more difficult. All that will accomplish is a rise in the murder and suicide rates. It doesn’t take a lot of pondering to realize that is not exactly a Christian alternative.

And most importantly, the basic problem with Third Parties is it’s hard to gain critical mass. I wouldn’t consider supporting a Third Party with less than 5% voter support. However, that is a threshold reached several times in recent decades.

The American Solidarity Party deserves to be watched, to see if it develops as a centrist Christian alternative to the two main political parties. To have a centrist Christian Party is some kind of political holy grail. It would unite people of all races and ethnicities in America, and force the big Parties to be more moderate. The ferocious partisanship of modern times would come to an end.

At the current time, I am far more interested in Distributism as an economic theory. There are other groups promoting it too. I will keep my readers up to date as I learn more about Distributism. For those wondering, the pelican is the symbol of Christian charity.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

THE GREAT HOAX

Thu, 16 Apr 2020 14:22:18 GMT

THE FAR LEFT WANTS AN ECONOMIC COLLAPSE

Here’s why the Far-Left Media and Academia WANT the economic collapse caused by everything shutting down to blunt the advance of the deadly CoronaVirus epidemic:

1. First and foremost, it makes the re-election of President Trump less likely

2. The collapse of capitalism makes Socialism and Communism more likely to advance

3. It means less cars on the road and fewer industrial gases being generated, so they think there will be less global warming

4. Less people will have children because times are tough, and that reduces the growth of global population

5. The collapse of oil prices stops all fracking, and makes fossil fuels less profitable. This hastens the transition to renewable energy resources

6. Social distancing is harming the functionality of churches, both socially and economically

7. More people are winding up on various forms of government assistance. That locks in their vote for the Far Left.

8. Rich people are losing money, lots of it

They have an agenda. This global calamity is being manipulated into their crowning achievement. And that is The Great Hoax. Just look at how they twist and distort all news to make everything as negative as possible. It’s one giant ongoing hoax.

The Far Left initially attacked President Trump and called him a racist and a xenophobe for closing our borders to China. By taking that position, they were essentially saying that CoronaVirus is nothing to be concerned about, and Trump is over-reacting. On February 24th, Nancy Pelosi was prancing around in Chinatown without a mask and without practicing any social distancing. She said everything is safe, and everyone is over-reacting to CoronaVirus. “Come join us” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eFCzoXhNM6c

Within days, the facts became crystal clear that CoronaVirus was a real problem. They couldn’t admit that they were wrong and Trump was right. They had to reverse their position and find a new way to attack the President.

They found it on February 28th. At a campaign rally, Trump started complaining about how the Democrats politicized the CoronaVirus issue, and he called that politicization a hoax. Here’s a one-minute video of that speech. https://thehill.com/homenews/campaign/485245-trump-hits-democrats-over-coronavirus-criticism-this-is-their-new-hoax.

The first 12 seconds are crystal clear in what he’s saying. “Now the Democrats are POLITICIZING the CoronaVirus. You know that, right. CoronaVirus. They are politicizing it”. He explained that first they tried to get him on Russia, and then the Impeachment, and now they are politicizing the CoronaVirus. ”This is their new hoax”. The politicization is the new hoax.

I personally know some Far-Left activists who are going to great lengths on social media to repeat the lie that Trump called CoronaVirus a hoax. These are smart educated people who know exactly what Trump said, but they are talking down to their audience of followers. It’s so condescending. They talk to their followers as if their followers are uneducated people who can’t think for themselves. I find it revolting how they talk down to and hoax their own friends and followers. It’s totally elitist, and In some instances, it’s a passive form of racism.

They really got people convinced. It doesn’t matter how many times Trump explains his statement and shows video footage to back up his position, the Far-Left media has convinced millions of gullible people of that position. They are locked into their narrative, and riding it hard.

When people realize they’ve been hoaxed, it’s time to be “welcomed” by the Welcome Movement.

The Great Hoax is everything the Far Left is doing to manipulate the CoronaVirus Crisis, and to get as much mileage out of it as possible to advance every aspect of their socio-political agenda. It’s disgusting that anyone would try to get political mileage out of real people suffering and dying. And that is the real hoax.

If Trump was smart, he’d take my 8 points and outline them, and start calling out this hoax as The Great Hoax. And if he says it repeatedly and loud enough, which is exactly the way he likes to talk, eventually the concept of “hoax” and “CoronaVirus” will come to mean the Far Left’s politicization of a global calamity.

And Trump needs to explain that when everyone else isn’t looking, the Far-Left activists are snickering and cheering on the economic collapse, and the prospect of a failing economy ousting Trump in November. The Great Hoax brings their entire worldview much closer to realization.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

WE HAVE ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL ECONOMIC DISASTER

Thu, 02 Apr 2020 14:44:16 GMT

BUT DON’T TELL THAT TO THE LANDLORD

Trillions of dollars of wealth has been lost. This is not a prediction. I like to speculate, but this is not my speculation. It has already happened. Trillions have been lost. The losses are increasing further. Without a doubt, 10 Trillion will be lost before this CoronaVirus problem is resolved, and maybe much more.

The whole economic engine of our great nation is sputtering. It’s running at 70% power or less. It won’t “bounce right back” because the trillions lost aren’t coming back. The money is not simply gone, it’s worse than gone. It’s gone into a debt that can’t ever be repaid. The trillions already lost are hurting so many businesses and so many people. So let’s ask:

WHO takes the loss? The entire country is on a pathway towards bankruptcy.

WHO is protected from the loss? Trillions have been lost.

This is a serious discussion on at least three levels. It’s an economic discussion. It’s a philosophical discussion. It’s a spiritual discussion. Yes, it involves rents, but it is far deeper and more fundamental than a discussion on rent control.

Should all segments of society share in the loss? Should everyone from big business to the average tenant somehow “share” in the loss?

Or should the working class be the most protected? Wouldn’t that be the proper Christian position? As a Christian, I’m naturally inclined to lean in that direction. I’m far more of a Christian conservative than an economic conservative.

It really does matter if the working class is economically protected by public policy decisions. But at the same time, it doesn’t matter, and here’s why. THE WORKING CLASS DOESN’T HAVE TRILLIONS TO LOSE, so the money can’t be extracted no matter what. A stone cannot produce blood.

TENS OF MILLIONS OF PEOPLE COULD THEORETICALLY BE RENDEDED BANKRUPT AND/OR HOMELESS BECAUSE THEY CAN’T PAY THEIR RENT, BUT THAT WOULD YIELD FAR LESS THAN ONE TRILLION.

It might not even yield 100 billion. The losses are many trillions. And then tens of millions of people will be forced onto government-funded social services, which will cost trillions more. There’s no net gain. Making the poor and working class absorb the nation’s economic loss will only compound the problem, and create an even greater loss to society as a whole via social service spending.

So, we are back to the questions. Who’s taking that loss? Who’s protected from the loss?

Some say that residential and commercial landlords must be "protected" from the loss, no matter what. “That retail store signed a lease to rent my space, and they must pay no matter what. It’s not my problem that 100 employees will lose their jobs if the retailer goes out of business”, says the multi-millionaire from Stamford, CT or Franklin Lakes, NJ who owns the building.

Is this sound public policy? Why are landlords somehow the only ones protected, when all other segments of society are taking a loss. Why are they entitled to have no loss to their business plan?

CoronaVirus and its economic impact are pushing the entire country into a Depression. This is not a Recession, it’s a Depression. This economic crisis is far worse than the summer of 2008 when the financial community was in crisis. Remember Bear Stearns?

Here’s a snapshot of what’s happening now. Stocks and mutual funds, and people’s life savings, are way down. Business contracts have been canceled or postponed. Most apartment buildings under construction are going to just sit there, half-built for years. Home values will be collapsing, it just hasn’t hit yet. Of course they will, it’s a simple matter of supply and demand.

Incomes are down or eliminated for huge numbers of people. Even people who can work can’t work because their new job is to sit home and be a full-time teacher, since the schools are closed too. All of this means that millions of tenants can’t pay their full rent. Or any rent. I’m talking about both commercial tenants and residential tenants. Fathers can’t pay their child support or alimony. Millions have filed for unemployment, and millions will go bankrupt because they can’t pay their credit cards at the insane interest rates our country allows.

Taxes collected, meaning everything from sales tax to income tax to property tax, will go dramatically down. Therefore, in coming months and years, government will not have inadequate revenue to pay for schools and other services. Not even close. This means that taxes will increase dramatically on the remaining taxpayers. Taxpayers and property owners are going to be slaughtered in the near future, within a year.

Many businesses are shut down or losing revenue, and since consumer spending is down to 50% or less, there’s little hope of a rebound. Banks will be taking huge losses, for multiple reasons. And don’t forget that bankers personally own most major businesses either directly or via stock holdings. And the Arts, sports, non-profits, and houses of worship are all taking a devastating loss.

It seems like every segment of society is taking a loss.

But only one segment adamantly refuses to take a loss, and has a profound philosophical position of their entitlement to an unaltered money flow. Now we are back to the landlords. Nobody else acts so entitled.

Will it be decided that the landlords are entitled to nothing less than 100% of their rent due? Even in a national economic disaster unprecedented in our lifetime? “What’s to decide”, they say. From their perspective, it’s ridiculous to even have this discussion. There’s nothing to discuss, that’s the status quo. That’s the way it is. That’s how firm they are about it.

Will the whole country collapse economically, but meanwhile tenants can simply be told “hey, you signed a lease. If you can’t afford it, go find a cheaper place to live. Consider yourself lucky that I’m letting you break the lease terms”. But the reality is that the tenant can’t leave, because there’s nowhere to go. It’s just like the situation in Portland, OR for the last 10 years.

What will be the social and political consequences of a public policy decision that tenants just have to pay their full rent? I can answer that. If anyone wants a sneak preview of that future, just look at what’s happened in Portland, OR over the last 10 years. A light rail line opened, causing a phenomenal waive of gentrification. Rents doubled and tripled in just a few years. Tenants, many of them burdened with gigantic student loans, went nuts. They couldn’t afford to survive. From their perspective, the entire economic structure of society was a failure. They founded ANTIFA and the Equality Federation, which have both gone national, along with the most virulent and organized push for Socialism in the entire country. They actually got state-level rent control passed in Oregon, which is a joke because it allows 9.9%. That’s not a victory for tenants.

It sure looks like the forces that molded Portland, and made that city into the political force that it is today, are going to happen all over America due to this economic crisis and the refusal of landlords to offer meaningful concessions. And in fairness to the landlords, the level of concession needed puts them underwater.

What is taking shape is beyond terrifying from a social and political perspective. Conservatives all around the country are in for a jolting reality check. They don’t see what is coming. They really don’t. All they see is “Just pay your rent, you signed the lease. That’s a binding contract”. I’ve been poor, I’ve lived in Newark. I see what’s coming. I don’t need to go back to Newark. Newark and Portland are coming to my town, and to the rest of America

It’s like we have entered into the End Of Days scenario prophesized so long ago. The Times of Tribulation are upon us. The darkness has descended.

I don’t want to minimize the suffering of those who have contracted CoronaVirus, but I am not talking about people getting sick. I’m talking about the social and economic collapse. America has entered a crisis only seen three times previously in our history. Those times were the American Revolution, the Civil War, and the Great Depression/World War II.

Each time our society has been completely transformed and reoriented. We as a nation survived the first three. That doesn’t mean we will survive this time. It’s far from certain with the divisive political forces dividing our country. The continuing existence of our country is on the line, and it is seriously in doubt.

Praying will help, and prayers are desperately needed, but to just trust in God to see us through this national crisis is utterly foolish. It’s about as smart as continuing to attend services in your church or synagogue during the pandemic, because social distancing is not needed when you have faith in God.

All will not be well, and everything we think is the status quo in this country is on the table.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com  

To see all our video’s on YouTube, or to subscribe to Welcome Movement on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCuC3W2lsfVJq3tsOIKVaQiw

REFLECTIONS ON THE STIMULUS BILL

Mon, 30 Mar 2020 19:58:19 GMT

WERE THE DEMOCRATS TRICKED INTO SUPPORTING IT?

As usual, I have a much wider perspective on everything.

You know how candidates give campaign money to workers on Election Day to go around and knock on doors. They always hire way more workers than are needed, and they spend half the time lounging around the County campaign headquarters munching on donuts. Prior to hitting the streets, they’ll be subjected to lengthy political speeches. Both parties do it. It's really just to buy the votes of the campaign workers.

That's what Trump is doing to the entire country with this Stimulus Bill. He's buying a whole lot of votes when those CoronaVirus checks come in. If one out of 10 Democrats who gets the check decides to vote for Trump in November, that seals the election as a landslide.

I’m not necessarily against a Stimulus Bill, but how it’s implemented is important.

But what's really interesting is that the Democrats are going along with it. There are three reasons the Democrats are going along with the Stimulus Bill:

1, in order to set a precedent in the direction of "guaranteed income" that they fear is needed when most jobs go to robots.

2. It also sets a precedent in the direction of Reparations for Slavery.

3. And lastly, it sets a very Socialist precedent that the government should generally fund the finances of working-class people. The key is that the Stimulus Bill is paid for by taxpayers, and most tax revenue comes from the wealthy.

SO, it's really risky what Trump is doing. Yeah, he personally benefits and Republicans in general will benefit in 2020, but this precedent will be remembered for decades. We all know that the balance of power shifts back and forth between the two parties.

This Stimulus Bill is also is a gigantic gamble for the Republicans because it puts our nation one step closer to insolvency with the National Debt.

Notice how when the Democrats are in power, the Republicans bitch and moan about spending and the national debt, and when the Republicans are in power, they continue the problem. They already know that it was hopeless after all the spending in Afghanistan.

When the Democrats eventually get back into power, it will be decided that the only way to solve the problem is to devalue the National Debt with a massive wave of inflation. Maybe something ten-fold in a decade. That will take care of the wealth inequality in this country, and resolve the situation of the top 5% paying the lion’s share of taxes. And that kind of inflation will trash the entire economy. Housing costs won’t keep up with the inflation, providing lots of affordable housing opportunities. Most landlords will go bankrupt, and all their housing will become available for purchase, and dirt cheap compared to prevailing wages at the time.

A whole new world is coming when the National Debt overwhelms us. That’s where we are ultimately going with the Stimulus Bill. The reality is that the Republicans haven’t tricked the Democrats on this Stimulus Bill, it’s the Democrats who have tricked the Republicans. It’s a long play, and most Republicans won’t figure it out until it’s too late.

Most of my conservative political friends disagree when I say that the Far Left is way smarter than Republicans on political tactics. Well, they are. Republicans are more focused on personal improvement and spiritual development, and Democrats are more focused on society and the world as a whole. And that’s politics. I will never retreat from this position. Everything the Far Left does has a hidden purpose. I have enough exposure to them here in New Jersey that I see right through it.

I’ll live to see a $100 an hour minimum wage, and all the high-rent apartments being built now will be turned into low-cost condominiums. Well, that’s one possibility. There’s a worse scenario. The preferred solution of the Far Left is that government will just sweep in and own most housing, and if that happens most people will be trapped as tenants and voting Socialist.

Home ownership encourages people to be conservative, while renting traps people, makes them victims, and encourages them to support the divisive politics of Intersectionality and Atheism that is the base upon which Socialism builds. That is why Red States are where most people own homes, and in Blue States most people are renters.

Barack Obama “fundamentally transformed America” after the foreclosure crisis, with millions upon millions of privately-owned single-family homes falling into the ownership of landlords. That was not an unintended consequence, that was the plan. The Far Left WANTS as many people as possible being stuck economically as renters, and living paycheck to paycheck. Unless they are really pushed, elected Democrats won’t support rent control because it REDUCES the financial stress that renters face. The economic stress is what locks in the vote.

The Far Left think tanks have it all figured out, and Republicans are just beginning to catch onto this. People are just being farmed for votes, and left to suffer. For years I thought this was just being done to Blacks and Latino’s. Actually, it’s being done to everyone, including White people. The Socialist Far Left wants as many people as possible to suffer economically, and is farming their votes. It’s no coincidence that Portland OR has had the greatest increase in rents in the last 10 years, and that is the same city that spawned both ANTIFA and The Equality Federation.

Some readers might be wondering, am I just thinking about politics a lot? Well yes, I am, but in this case, I know it because I lived it. Despite being a conservative, I was a tenant advocate in Newark from 2007 to 2017.

The Word of God is about helping people, and as a believer, I was going to help people, including myself. I was poor, but had no government benefits because I worked. I was suppressed by a child support obligation so huge that it forced me to move from the suburbs into Newark just to survive. I was walking the fence politically with rent control. The Far-Left likes rent control, so they supported me. Huge numbers of Blacks and immigrants in Newark are Christian Democrats who are quite conservative on family, faith, abortion, and gender matters. They supported me as well. I relate with them very well, and was quite pleased to discover that their beliefs are just a hair’s breadth from those of a Christian Republican. A big business “country-club” Republican is several steps further to the Right than a Christian Republican. They don’t understand the economic suffering in Newark and other cities, not from a conservative perspective, not from a Christian perspective, not from any perspective. Just clueless.

Republicans of all stripes have no idea how close Christian Democrats in the cities are to their social and faith beliefs. They allow the media to portray Christian Republicans as being racist and the furthest Right of any Republican. The reality is the opposite, a Christian Republican rejects racism as being against the Word of God, and they are the most moderate of any Republican on social spending matters. I don’t care if anyone calls me a “Rino”, as I am quite comfortable with my Faith and my conviction that capitalism, with adequate regulations, is the best economic system. Socialism comes with a total contempt for Christianity. They’d shut the churches down if they ever took power.

The Democratic strategists have known that Christian Republicans are their greatest threat for decades, and that why they stress Intersectionality and hate-monger against White Republicans in general. If Christian Democrats ever make an alliance with the Christian Republicans (that is my ultimate goal for the Welcome Movement), it’s game over for the Far Left and Socialism. And to be honest, some people very far to the Right won’t like it either.

One of my claims to fame is that in 2014 I personally wrote and got adopted the strongest rent control ordinance in the United States. It covers market rate housing, not subsidized housing. It’s still in place in Newark. It’s reducing evictions and homelessness, increasing consumer spending, and many people are saving money to buy houses. All without a dime of taxpayer money being spent. The entire corrupt Essex County Democratic political establishment was dead-set against it. They are bought and sold to the landlord lobby that funds their elections. Pathetic.

After several years in effect, the amount of money that tenants were saving rose into the tens of millions annually, and most of them simply spent it. The landlords cried doom and groom and predicted disinvestment, but all of a sudden Newark was booming economically from all the spending. That’s capitalism. Money was being spent locally instead of being siphoned away by distant landlords. The strength of the consumer economy is indeed based on the consumer having money to spend. Economics 101. It was a powerful economic lesson that I learned first-hand, and it is central to the economic populist principles of the Welcome Movement.

During the debate, I rose to the microphone in the Newark Council Chambers and stated that rent control for everyone; that it’s for people of all races, all ages, all income levels, and all political affiliations. At the time, I had never heard of the term Intersectionality. I was opposing Intersectionality without knowing it. Socialism withers and dies without Intersectionality and the tactics of Saul Alinsky. The Far Left activists of Newark were unhappy with my speeches and blog posts.

Never forget the goals of Socialism and its relationship with Intersectionality. PragerU has a good take on Intersectionality, but they are way behind the learning curve on its relationship with Socialism. Nevertheless, their video is essential viewing for every conservative https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rc7VUoytoU4&t=131s

We have entered into a very long political play with this Stimulus Bill. It will be twisted into a major push for Socialism.

There’s a political answer to Intersectionality and Socialism, and that’s for conservatives to go into the cities and address the real concerns of people, and show that there are economic solutions that uplift real people and increase consumer spending. I have something shocking on the Housing tab of the Welcome Movement website. It’s a conservative-based housing plan, and it will cost the taxpayers nothing. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/housing

I believe it’s possible to make capitalism work for everyone. And the more that happens, the more the calls for Intersectionality and Socialism will fall on deaf ears. The Far Left will go back to what it used to be, a fringe movement of artists and entertainers with a 10% to 25% support level.

And remember, we don’t fight their hate with hate. That’s not Christian. A few people are doing that on my Welcome Movement Facebook page. I’m tolerating it for now. It’s easy to fall into the trap of ridiculing political opponents. I have myself.

We fight their hate with love and inclusion, by exposing their hate for the hate that it is, and by promoting the Word of God as the basis for public policy and government. That’s what we are about. That’s how we are going to make our alliance with the Christian Democrats in the cities and in remote rural areas. Once united, we are the middle 50% of this country. The Far Left and the Far Right will each have the support of a quarter of the population, and they’ll be quite powerless politically. I can hardly wait for this to roll out. It’s only a matter of time. Help us grow the Welcome Movement. The Great Realignment is coming.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

STOCK MARKET CONSPIRACY

Mon, 16 Mar 2020 15:06:38 GMT

DON’T BE PART OF THE BASE FOR THE BIG INVESTORS

Yes, you heard that right. A conservative blogger is going to unveil a conspiracy in the stock market. I’ve been dabbling in stocks for the past year or so, mostly losing money as I learn some painful lessons. The realization of how stockbrokers operate has hit me. Basically, it’s a conspiracy to benefit the wealthiest investors and the stock trading companies they work for. It works like this:

 1. "They", the wealthiest investors, want a great many investors to be as broadly invested in individual stocks as possible, but not for the reason the stockbrokers say. It's not for you to be safe. You are actually LESS SAFE because you can't quickly and easily divest your holdings in a market downturn.

 2. They WANT us to be non-liquid, not able to quickly divest all of our holdings when the market goes down.

 3. They need enough people, meaning enough investors, broadly in the market through the peaks and valleys to create STABILITY in the market.

 4. Without that stability the market would be much more volatile, peaking and crashing much harder. That would play havoc with the whole economy. And most importantly, that would make THEIR business plan difficult.

 5. The real reason they want a stable base of investors out to create general market stability so they can invest in easy-to-liquidate Exchange Traded Funds (ETF's), ETF Shorts, and Futures/Options. They, the top of the top 1%, are doing exactly what they don't want the broad base of investors to be doing. They are quickly buying and selling positions, and often shorting the market as needed.

 6. So the rest of us are basically their slaves. Slaves to these greedy bloodsuckers. We are positioned by our stockbrokers to suffer the market downturns so the biggest investors can have the stable market base necessary for their business plan. They are making a killing off our losses. And these “individual investors” aren’t just average middle-class people like myself. Many wealthy people have millions and even hundreds of millions, invested this way. We are all being led by our stockbrokers to have positions that can’t be quickly liquidated and shifted around.

FOLKS, BREAK FREE OF YOUR OPPRESSION. Stop listening to the lies of your stockbrokers and other "market advisors".

You are actually safer and more broadly invested with a single good Exchange Traded Fund like the Russell 2000 (^RUT). The Russell 2000 is the top 2000 companies in America. Owning $100,000 in the Russell 2000 is way broader and safer than having $5,000 invested in 20 companies. 2000 is broader than 20, don’t you think? Even Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez is smart enough to get that.

And if the market is going down, you can sell the Russell 2000 in a few clicks on your computer, and put your money into Short Russell 2000 (RWM).

RWM goes up if the Russell 2000 goes down. So, you make big money in a down market. There's a double-short Russell (TWM) and triple-short Russell (SRTY) as well. These are riskier of course. Russell 2000 is just one example. There are many other ETF's and other "shorts" as well. I haven't even researched 10% of them. I bet there’s one for each country, so if there’s a terrorist attack or big natural disaster somewhere, you can quickly invest in a triple-bear ETF for that country.

"They", the financial community and the big investors, specifically don't want you to be that liquid. And they want you to be completely in the dark on everything I'm posting here.

I am firing my stockbroker today, it’s nothing personal. I’m just emancipating myself out of their slavery. I already have a TD Ameritrade account, and I'm migrating it all over there. It’ll take a week. Meanwhile my holdings are in cash. I sold my stocks Friday afternoon.

In retrospect, it would have been best to sell my stocks earlier in the afternoon on Friday, and put all my holdings into a triple-leverage ETF on the Dow Jones or a key market segment, and then sell that position at exactly 3:59 PM. And then within that same minute to put all my holdings into SQQQ, a triple-short ETF. Stocks were soaring as President Trump was making a live address to calm investors, so a triple-bull ETF position was a sure thing for the critical 3:45 – 3:59:59 closing pattern. A sure thing is rare in the stock market.

Lesson learned; he’ll be making market close speeches again. And since I believe the market will tank again on Monday, March 16th, the best position is to short the market, knowing that SQQQ will gain in value in after-hours trading. Sure, you can buy SQQQ Monday at 9:30 AM, but it’ll be much higher in cost than it was at the market close on Friday. It’s a risky position to hold more than a few hours, and it might need to be dumped on very short notice as the market is extremely volatile.

THE BACK STORY

Now for the back story on how I came to this realization on the stock market conspiracy. On Friday the 13th, before the market opened, I drove down the Garden State Parkway in a pouring rain to Red Bank, New Jersey, to meet my stockbroker. I have previously only spoken with him by phone. He didn’t know I was coming.

My trust in his advice began to deteriorate a few weeks ago when I asked him to sell all my holdings and put it all into ProShares Short QQQ (PSQ), which is an Exchange Traded Fund that goes up when the stock market goes down. His initial reaction was “We don’t do this, I’ve never done this for a client”. He wants to be bullish and optimistic, no matter what is happening in the market. He went on: “The market is down 12% from its peak, and you think it’s going to go lower. Are you out of your mind”? Note, as of this writing, the market is now down 20%.

We’ve gone back and forth on strategies for two weeks. In retrospect, I had the right call almost every time, but most of the time he persuaded me to do something else. My portfolio is down 30% in 2 weeks. That’s my hard-earned money.

I had a pleasant meeting with my stockbroker. He’s a good guy, I like him. He gave me 10 minutes of critical time on the morning of one of the busiest trading days ever. I told him that I expect the Dow Jones to sink to 16,000 within weeks, and that I need to make some well-timed bear plays.

The key question I asked was “OK, the Dow Futures are really strong this morning, the market is going to rebound today, even if it’s just today. We both know that. Where’s the one place I can put my money now, so that I can recover some of the loss on the trades we did over the past week?”. Implicit in this question is that he would sell my two holdings, buy something else, and then sell that before the 4:00 PM close. Ugggh, his managers strongly don’t want him to do that.

His answer surprised me, but it should have been predictable: “I don’t know, just keep the stocks you have. Their fundamentals are strong, these companies will rebound in a big way, and you’ll be ahead. Just tough it out through this market turmoil”.

I own (owned) Akebia (AKBA) and Digital Turbine (APPS). These are both companies that I had picked after he presented several options.

The key problem is I don’t want to wait for these stocks to pop. I wanted to make money in the stock market that day, and then again the coming week with a short move on the market or a key market segment. And then at some point, within weeks, at the time I wanted to put my money back into Akebia and Digital Turbine, because I do believe they will bounce back strong.

Well, the answer he should have given me was “sure let’s sell your two stock holdings, and put your money into a bank stock”. By the end of the day, JP Morgan Chase was up 18.01%, and Bank of America was up 17.8%. A few days before we even had a discussion about Bank of America, and he brought it up as a possible purchase right before it tanked, of course. But that morning, he KNEW that the banking sector sunk unrealistically low due to the CoronaVirus news, and that it would rebound strong that day. He, or more likely his manager, didn’t want me moving my stocks around. I’ve been doing it a lot, and they are damn tired of it. He could have told me to put my money into Bank of America, or even better into the triple-leveraged Financial ETF (FINU). Oh no, I’m not supposed to know about those double and triple leveraged ETF’s.

Well, I’m getting smart about the whole industry, and I feel I’ve crossed the intellectual threshold needed to succeed as an investor. I’m not going to focus on Akebia or Digital Turbine or any other individual company, because that puts me at a competitive disadvantage. ETF’s are the way to go, and I don’t need to spend any time investigating the fundamentals of individual companies, or looking at charts and data sets that I don’t have access to.

A close friend in the financial industry told me that 19 out of 20 individual investors lose money and fail, and only 1 out of 20 succeed. Well that 1 out of 20 is going to be me. I’m 55 years old, I have reasonable age and experience, I am a small business owner, I follow the news intensely, I’m a speed reader, I have a high IQ, and I can see patterns and trends. I’ve already made most of the stock market mistakes with my small holdings, and they are not to be repeated. Yes, I am that 1 out of 20. I have everything I need, and I’ve already pledged to God to give 10% of my earnings to my church and faith-related non-profits like the Pacific Justice Institute. Soon I’ll have the money to promote this website far and wide, and do other good things in my community.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

HOW RELEVANT IS THE BIBLE

Fri, 28 Feb 2020 21:39:53 GMT

A PRESENTATION FOR THE SKEPTIC NON-BELIEVER

This is meant as an introduction for those who are not already believers. I know I’m not ready to deliver a sermon.

I try to speak simply and passively, and make a few points that will inspire some viewers to really consider the Christian Faith as the basis for our society. Click to view.

And remember, science was only developed to understand God and his grand design for everything.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

To see all our video’s on YouTube, or to subscribe to Welcome Movement on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCuC3W2lsfVJq3tsOIKVaQiw 

OUR FIRST WELCOME MOVEMENT VIDEO

Fri, 14 Feb 2020 22:17:50 GMT

FAR LEFT HATE TACTICS TO AMASS A VOTER MAJORITY

We have a major milestone today, our first video for The Welcome Movement.

Special thanks to my step-daughter, Tiffany, for filming, editing, and launching it on YouTube.

It’s not long, only about 10 minutes. I talk about the Far Left’s political tactics to try and amass enough voters to try and win the 2020 Presidential Election.

Their coalition is actually astoundingly tenuous. Without their hate mongering, most immigrants and Black Christians would naturally support conservative politics, at least on social issues such as separation of church and state, feminism, abortion, LGBTQ matters, etc.

Going forwards, we will delve further into the hate tactics, which focus on historical revisionism and intersectionality.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

2020 PRESIDENTIAL CAMPAIGN IS SETTING UP

Thu, 06 Feb 2020 16:06:13 GMT

THE VIRULENT BASE STRATEGY IS GATHERING STEAM

I see that the Impeachment came to a conclusion with Adam Schiff stating that Trump needs to be stopped and voted out of office before he has the chance to sell Alaska back to Russia, in exchange for securing Russia’s cooperation in meddling with the 2020 Election. This is purely delusional, and it shows that Schiff is not all there mentally. Yet this was a serious claim, and it came less than 24 hours before the full Senate Impeachment vote.

With the Impeachment over, the Far Left activists are already showing their true colors. They want to foment enough hatred to get out the voters in November. Ask any core Trump-hater why Trump has to go, and the first thing they’ll say is always something based on words and emotions. “Oh, he is just vile and disgusting…”. There may be fact-based and policy-based reasons to vote him out, but those are never the focus of the Far Left activists.

I personally differ with about 10% of Trump's policies, typically on the environment or on housing matters. 90% is getting my vote in November, no question about it. I’ve stated my case repeatedly on my blog and website. I wish Trump was more Christian in character and tone. If he was, the intensity of people hating him based on words and emotions would greatly diminish.

Most conservative bloggers overlook his flaws in order to gain a greater audience among conservatives. I feel that is dishonest. I want reforms, and I have no problem stating them. I want the status and reach of Christianity to be greater in our whole society. I want the Republican Party to be more focused on social issues than economic issues, and much more open to immigrants and minorities as candidates. I’m far more interested in reaching out to moderates and independents, and speaking to the swing constituencies that the Far Left targets for their “base strategy” hate-Trump campaign.

There are certain constituencies that have a visceral hatred of the man, and these are
100% of the "Choice" community,
100% the Socialist and New World Order globalist community, and this intermeshes heavily into the media and "tech" communities,
95% of the artist & entertainers’ community,
90% of the teachers and professors community, and
75% of the LGBTQ community.
These are the hate-Trump base constituencies, and they are all overflowing with Trump Derangement Syndrome. It’s a waste of time to try to reason with them. None will ever change their minds.

Their problem is they don't have the votes to vote him out, and THEY KNOW IT. They won’t admit it, but they know it. Therefore, their base strategy is to plant seeds of discord as follows:

a. among Blacks in general,
b. among immigrants in general,
c. among women in general,
d. among Muslims in general,
e. among all supporters of the environment, and
f. among the general population using historical revisionist tactics

Similar to the way they tried to nuke Brett Kavanaugh. It’s straight from the playbook of Saul Alinsky. The problem is that America is so sick of this strategy that it's off the charts, and it is increasingly seen as insulting and condescending towards each of these constituencies.

This has been the basic political strategy of The Left for decades, and it's getting increasingly virulent with every Presidential election cycle, especially since the 2000 Election. They play the Black card, the Immigrant card, the Environment card, the Woman card, and their new card, the Muslim card. They have think tanks in dark places quietly deciding when to switch their main card, and the mainstream press instantly follows their lead.

There’s ongoing delusions among the Far Left that as the racial demographics of America slowly shift over the coming decades, the voting patterns will shift accordingly. I call this out as delusional because immigrants as well as Christian Blacks are far more conservative on social issues than the base White population of America. The Far Left think tanks actually know this too, and they keep it real quiet. Without the virulent base strategy, many of these people will adopt conservative politics.

In order to get out the vote, immigrants and Christian Blacks have to be taught to fear and be suspicious of White people and especially White Christians, and to view the history of America from the perspective of group conflict, aggression, greed, and racism. It is quite literally a communist indoctrination. The hotbeds of insurrection are our colleges and universities, and increasingly our public schools. Historical Revisionism is the key to their entire political plan, and this starts with redefining Christopher Columbus as evil. Most conservatives see it as an annoyance, and simply as one of many annoying things the Left does. No, it’s far more than an annoyance, Historical Revisionism is the central threat.

The Far Left doesn’t want people like me forming groups like this Welcome Movement . I’m reaching out to Republican leaders and explaining that a social conservative message will resonate with immigrants and Christian Blacks. I am focused on educating immigrants and minorities to support conservative politics. I don’t put all my eggs in the Republican basket, and I encourage people to push both political parties in a conservative direction, and to have alliances across party lines on key issues. How dare I do all of this. How dare I expose the Far Left political games.

Their virulent base strategy and playing all their “cards” didn't work in 2016, and it didn't work against Brett Kavanaugh. It is increasingly causing a backlash among many voters. Nobody hates these tactics more than Generation X, and they are now in prime voting age. Generation X was born from 1964 to 1984, so they are turning 36 to 56 years old in 2020. As the years go on, they are slowly replacing the fiery Baby Boomers for all levels of elected office, and they are getting appointed as Federal District Circuit judges, and Supreme Court justices. This comes to the great frustration of the Millennials, born 1984 to 2004. The Millennials are the other Far Left generation, and they turning 16 to 36 years old in 2020

There strong signs that today’s pre-teens and very young teenagers aren’t as Far Left as the Millennials. Note that kids born in 2005 turn 15 in 2020. Four years ago, the oldest among them was only 11, which is too young to identify any trends. Another whole generation is rising, and the pattern of the generations alternating in their social and political views is continuing. More on this in a future blog. Spoiler Alert: it’s something very encouraging for the conservative community.

I see among my Facebook friends that people (especially Millennials, who are 16 to 36 years old) are already talking up their virulent base strategy, and urging a massive get out the vote effort for November. I am laughing, because I know it’s going to be a catastrophic fail.

The Far Left base strategy turnout will be lower in 2020 because the economy been good, and all the scare tactics that he's a war-monger have to be evaluated against a 4-year record that shows otherwise. Trump could have been stopped in 2016, because he had no track record as President. The scare tactics held more validity, and they almost worked.

There is no way to get rid of Donald Trump by going harder Left and sewing more seeds of discord. The more the hate-Trump base constituencies move in this direction, the uglier the campaign will be. And the more it will turn off moderates and independents. Good chance for Trump to win 45 States, and for Republicans to take back the House of Representatives. Even my home State of New Jersey will be in play.

There actually is a chance for the Democrats to go moderate with their candidate and message, and win the 2020 Presidential election that way. That is surely not happening, because the Trump Derangement Syndrome is just too strong a guiding factor.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com   

SOLEIMANI AND LEFT OF CENTER JOURNALISM

Thu, 09 Jan 2020 18:16:36 GMT

A CAREFUL REVIEW SHOWS SOLEIMANI WAS A TRUE THREAT

We now have the astounding situation that the military leader of enemy forces that have attacked and killed Americans is being defended by some pundits and journalists.

Is there any value to news from the Far Left? The answer is still “yes”, but you need to have the proper perspective when you read it. That perspective is to accept absolutely nothing at face value, and to look for clues that either verify or discredit conservative journalism.

And that is necessary because we can’t always trust conservative journalism either. Today, we undertake a careful review of this left of center article written by Scott Ritter about the killing of Quassem Soleimani. https://www.rt.com/op-ed/477423-us-soleimani-assassination-consequences/?fbclid=IwAR1I63fnFLQ9UyqxXC0deyfljLY40Ucqpxpm_ltv-ouYpgxMsgm2Sd6mEOY

The reader can tell right from the opening paragraph that the article is anti-Trump and anti-American. Some readers will just click past the article at that point, and not read further. Others will read further until they see that Ritter praises Soleimani’s “leadership, courage, and decisiveness”. That’s more than enough to stop reading.

But then it gets more interesting. There’s a couple of gems from the article that reveal the truth, and actually reinforce conservative reporting on Soleimani:

1. “Soleimani gained prominence in Iran during the Iranian Revolution and the eight-year war with Iraq…During this time, Soleimani developed the skillset that would later serve him well as the leader of the Quds Force, the paramilitary organization he helped found in the aftermath of the Iran-Iraq War.”

2. “…the leader of the Quds Force, the paramilitary organization he helped found in the aftermath of the Iran-Iraq War.

3. “The Quds Force was designed to project Iranian influence through covert means. Soleimani and the Quds Force first came into prominence in 1998, after the Taliban murdered hundreds of Afghan Shi’a and nine Iranians (eight diplomats and a journalist) following the capture of the northern Afghan city of Mazar-i Sharif.”

4. “When the US started turning its guns on Shi’a forces, Soleimani and his Quds Force took the lead in organizing anti-American resistance in Iraq, leading to increasingly violent clashes that resulted in significant American casualties. Today, many veterans of the US war in Iraq hold Soleimani personally accountable for the hundreds of American soldiers who lost their lives due to the tactics employed by Iraqi militias trained and equipped by Soleimani’s Quds Force.”

5. “Soleimani’s actions in directing the Quds Force to organize pro-Assad Shi’a militias in Syria…”

6. “…it was Soleimani, at the invitation of the Iraqi government, who helped organize and equip various Shi’a militias under the umbrella of the Popular Mobilization Force. Soleimani went on to direct the PMF in a series of bloody battles that helped turn the tide against the Islamic State well before the US became decisively engaged in the fighting. Soleimani played a defining role in shaping the Middle East in the aftermath of 9/11, positioning Iran to become a major power in the region, if not the major power.”

7. “…Soleimani’s Quds Force responded by orchestrating a series of deniable attacks on oil tankers in the Strait of Hormuz, and used Houthi proxies in Yemen to launch a devastating attack using armed drones against strategic Saudi oil production facilities.”

These seven points in his own article show the extent of this man’s evil sphere of influence. He really was a bad guy that needed to be neutralized. The Quds Force was born out of the anti-American Iranian Revolution, and over the decades they have sided with America at times only when their Shiite-based interests align with America’s strategic goals.

In 1943, America launched Operation Vengeance to kill Japanese General Yamamoto, considered to be the architect of the Pearl Harbor attack. Yamamoto’s plane was intercepted and shot down in the Soloman Islands, killing all aboard.

More recently, President Obama approved a Navy Seal mission to hunt down and kill Osama bin Laden while he was hiding in a compound in the shadow of government buildings in Pakistan. As poisoned as our political atmosphere was, the Republicans all praised Obama for taking decisive action and killing bin Laden. So, does Trump get the same respect from the Left for killing Soleimani? No, of course not. This proves that the most intense political hatred in this country is the Left hating the Right, not the Right hating the Left.

The author repeatedly takes positions that Iran’s actions are in response to international events in and near Iran. Oh, poor Iran, caught in the middle of American and other Western economic and strategic interests…. lol. Ritter evidently believes everything from the Iran-Iraq War to the Afgan Civil War to the rise of ISIS and conflict with the Trump administration are largely secular or political matters either caused or exasperated by American “meddling” in the region. It’s the classic Far Left perspective in which religion matters very little. But in this case, it’s all about religion, the Islamic religion.

There’s no mention by Ritter of the ongoing strife between Islamic sects, and how that strife has defined the political alliances and wars of the past 40 years. He instead presents the perspective that the problem is political-driven conflict between the nation states of the region, and American’s shifting positions. It’s simply absurd. He’s got it completely ass-backwards. Ritter expects the educated reader to read his article, and NOT analyze it from the perspective of Sunni versus Shiite religious strife.

The main focus of all the region’s troubles is centuries of bloody conflict between Sunni’s and Shiite’s, and the secondary focus is conflict between Muslims and Jews over Palestine. Conflict with America and the Western World is a distant third, and that stems only from how America has responded to the main two conflicts.

I’m not painting with a broad brush here. I’m not saying America has made all the right decisions over the past 41 years. We haven’t, especially under the Obama administration. But the reality is that most people in Iran hate us, and their government has effectively been at war with us for 41 years, since the Iranian Revolution in 1979. We have nothing to apologize for, except perhaps that many Americans are too foolish to realize that they simply hate us and all of our Christian-based Western values.

And more importantly, the Sunni and Shiites have been at war with each other for over 1300 years since the death of Muhammad. Iran was against the Taliban for the same reason they were against ISIS and the regime of Saddam Hussein. All three entities were Sunni-based. Ooops, Ritter missed that point.

The other central error in the article is that Ritter never stated the obvious fact that this General was following the orders of the senior Iranian leaders that he reports to. He’s doing his job like a good soldier, and carrying out their wishes.

It’s painfully obvious that those Iranian leaders really do want Iran and the Shiite sect of Islam to dominate the region. Ritter saying that isn’t the case carries no weight, and doesn’t even flow logically from his own arguments.

Iran has a centuries-long dream of controlling Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, and the entire Arabian peninsula. The crown jewels in this dream are the holy cities of Mecca and Medina, and of course the oil reserves of Iraq, Saudi Arabia, and the smaller Gulf States. Their desire for regional domination has been thwarted for hundreds of years, first by the Ottoman Empire, and now by Western powers and Israel.

Iran was close to winning in the final years of the Iran-Iraq war, 1980 - 1988. We Americans look at a map, and see that they fought for 8 years just to try and encircle Basra, a major Iraqi city almost smack on the border. However, if they ever got their army south of both the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers, there were no further obstacles all the way to Baghdad and then Israel. There are no major cities in the way, and no rivers or mountains to cross. Had they taken Basra in the late 1980’s, Iranian forces would have marched into Baghdad from the south within a few weeks. Saddam Hussein was barely able to hold them off at Basra, and only with the help of America. We had no choice, even knowing that Saddam Hussein was a brutal dictator.

And once again if it weren’t for the United States, Iran would march right in and seize the entire region.

Soleimani’s death sends an important message to all evil-doers out there. Kill Americans and you personally will be hunted down and killed. If that’s going to be the Trump Doctrine, that’s fine by me.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

LET’S MAKE POLITICS HONEST AND FAIR

Fri, 13 Dec 2019 15:59:43 GMT

EACH POLITICAL PARTY MUST HAVE A FAIR AND OPEN PRESIDENTIAL PRIMARY PROCESS

The news has come out that the Republican Party is canceling its Presidential Primary in South Carolina, and going with President Trump. They are not allowing any potential Republican challenger to enter the race.

https://www.nbcnews.com/politics/2020-election/trump-wins-south-carolina-gop-can-cancel-its-2020-primary-n1100206?cid=sm_npd_nn_fb_ma&fbclid=IwAR2J8sN1XfgpzziMhOyTt2Fb6iLFpdPW6-0bV3Jtt5UeO4cK_zv5gPbBsg8

If I am to maintain my credibility as a voice of reason and fairness, I am obliged to speak out against this. Here’s my reasoning.

1. The Republicans are opposed to the impeachment based on PROCESS. They claim that the process is being abused, and not even legally followed. The overall message in opposing the impeachment is that one Party (Democrats) does things unfairly, and one Party (Republicans) does things fairly.

2. The Republicans have previously blasted the Democrats for manipulating the Presidential primary process in 2016 to favor Hillary Clinton over Bernie Sanders. It should go without saying that for the Republicans to maintain credibility, they themselves have to lead by example, and have a fair and open Presidential Primary in 2020.

Essentially, the Republicans have to run a clean ship. Folks want me to be about “law and order”. Well, this is part of “order”. Yes, it sure is. They have to follow all the rules, regulations, and procedures, and show that they are doing things FAIRLY. That includes their own Presidential primary process.

This development in South Carolina shows that they are not running a clean ship. I’m a Republican, and that concerns me.

This move in South Carolina sends the wrong message. While I personally am not supporting any challenger to Trump, it is fundamentally unfair to any potential Republican challenger, and it sends the message to the voters that the Republican Party is doings things just as shady as the Democrats.

So, why is this my business?

My mission with the Welcome Movement is to reform the Republican Party, and a bare minimum it is to advocate that they be an honest alternative to all of the dirty politics that they point their finger at.

My mission is not to jump up and down and be a cheerleader for President Trump or the status quo of the Republican Party. I most certainly will offer my praises to the President and to the Republicans when warranted. Actually, that is quite often. Despite what some point out as character flaws, our economy is stronger than ever in my lifetime, and not only are we not at war, we are in no serious threat of war with any adversary. Those are the two primary measures of a successful presidency. We are living in a golden era of peace and prosperity apparently unmatched in American history. Previous eras of prosperity such as the 1920’s and 1950’s included the serious threat of war.

The economy is booming to such an extent that even the poor and working class are advancing. That matters a million times more than the President’s tone, or how he handles the media and other enemies. I scoff at the notion that words matter more than deeds.

Yet when the President or the Republican Party cross the line, I have to hold them to the line. By being fair in this manner, I have more credibility if I come out to defend the President on his impeachment, or other matters.
 Readers need to understand that I’m not the person who just supports him 100% of the time, Instead, I’m the person who is fair and objective, and accurately analyzing the situation. Then what I say counts more. I become more credible.

Really, I’m in the wrong business. I shouldn’t be a carpenter renovating people’s homes, I should be a national reporter. I think the closest example to an honest reporter out there is Chris Wallace, but he’s not 100% either. We need more people to cover the news fairly, like we had in the 1960’s and 1970’s. Back then, news was news. Now news is mostly editorial mixed with politics. I’m old enough to remember how it used to be, and that makes the current situation even more appalling. Our national media is no better than the average blogger.

Are most of the bloggers fair? Nope, not even close. Most bloggers are partisan bulldogs, and essentially their politics is their religion. It’s what they believe in, and where they place their faith. They praise their Party on every issue, blast the other Party whenever possible, and they twist and spin the news to reflect their political preferences. That’s not me.

Politics is not my religion. I put Faith (real Faith), and my belief in God and in Jesus ahead of politics. That is the correct perspective, and when more Republicans and Democrats adopt this perspective, we will develop the power to build unity that crosses party lines, and advance the right principles both collectively and within each major Party.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

THE CASE FOR COLUMBUS DAY

Mon, 14 Oct 2019 21:01:37 GMT

IT’S THE CASE FOR CHRISTIANITY AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION

Christopher Columbus is important and must be honored because he’s at the very center of the progress of Western Civilization.

Doesn’t all of this make the case that Columbus was not so important? Not at all, just read on.

A vast exchange of plants and animals occurred called The Columbian Exchange. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbian_exchange It is considered an epic event in world history.

The next question is, was the Columbian Exchange a good thing? Would the world have been a better place, or advanced quicker, without this exchange. The answer is probably No.

What succeeded was the work of Columbus, and all the advances in Europe that happened only because the European powers extracted so much wealth from the New World, and benefitted from trade.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

ANGRY BIRDS 2, THE CULTURE WAR CONTINUES

Mon, 09 Sep 2019 15:07:49 GMT

OUR BLACK LEADERS WERE RIGHT 40 YEARS AGO WITH THE THEORY OF LABELING

It doesn’t matter if the movie is a cartoon, an action film, or a love story. Everything produced these days has the same culture war message. This has been going on for over 10 years. Television is no better.  

Women, and especially women of Millennial age, are portrayed as smart and heroic. Men, and especially men of Generation X age, are portrayed as flawed in some major regard, and as the cause of all other problems. The only exception to this rule is if the male character is a minority or LGBTQ. There is simply no way that a straight White male character is going to be shown in a positive manner.

This is part of an ongoing culture war in America, and it’s an extension of the political theory in which a large segment of the population is considered “deplorable” based on their social and political views.

The pattern is eerily similar to the labeling of Black men as criminals that was very common several decades ago, and still continues with a new twist. More on this later. 

I took my wife and young daughter to see Angry Birds 2 at the budget theatre in downtown Bergenfield, NJ the other day. She was starting Kindergarten the next day, and I wanted to treat her to a movie. Here’s information on Angry Birds 2 https://www.imdb.com/title/tt6095472/

 The lead male character, which is the red Cardinal bird, is symbolic of the angry White male. He is brash, bold and privileged, and over-rated. He is portrayed as a flawed leader lacking in insight and real direction.  

The lead girl character, of course, is portrayed as smart, heroic, under-rated, and compassionate. The other lead female character, the female Eagle, is evil, but the film makes it very clear that her evil nature was directly caused by a secondary male character, the male Eagle. Under no circumstances can a female character in a movie these days be evil of her own accord; it has to be the result of being mistreated by a man. We saw the same theme in Oz the Great and Powerful. https://www.imdb.com/title/tt1623205/

Oz the Great and Powerful also continued the same culture war theme of the lead male character being weak and deeply flawed in major ways.  

I am not cherry-picking movies to make my point. It’s literally every movie I see coming from the mainstream producers. And under no circumstances will a person of Faith ever be portrayed positively. The anti-abortion movie, Unplanned, came from an alternative producer, and the rest of the industry did everything possible to bury it and downplay it.

In the last two years, I saw only two other mainstream movies, and each time I thought the male character wouldn’t be portrayed as deeply flawed. Each time I was wrong.  

One of those movies was the Last Jedi. https://www.imdb.com/title/tt2527336/

I had some delusion that Luke Skywalker, even though he is a White male, would have to be portrayed positively. How could they possibly continue the Star Wars legacy otherwise? Nope, he was portrayed as old and weak and defeated, a hermit and a quitter to the cause of righteousness. The key scene was of Skywalker readily consuming a sticky and disgusting bodily fluid emitted by some kind of organ on a slobby creature. The writers know exactly what that is symbolic of, and they were sending the message that there should be no associated shame or stigma.

To make matters worse, Luke was shown as abandoning his Jedi religion, and attempting to burn it to the ground. And then his mentor, Yoda, actually did burn their temple and their religion to the ground, and then laughed about it.

The message of the movie was that religion has no place any more in our society, but it’s quite acceptable for men to consume questionable bodily fluids. I am taking this movie review to a step most professional movie viewers haven’t. Most of them are far Left, and part of the same culture war thinking, so they won’t criticize those scenes or identify what they are really about.

In the end of the movie, when Luke Skywalker finally did come around and sacrifice himself to the cause of the rebels, it was because he was inspired by the young female character’s determination.  The young female character, naturally, was the hero. And she mostly did all her Jedi training herself. She didn’t need the older man to teach her much, which is another culture war theme. Her nemesis was Kylo Ren, and naturally he was an evil White man.

Another major culture war theme of the movie was the clash in leadership styles between Princess Leia and the rebel pilot Poe Demeron. Poe was reckless and impulsive, made flawed decisions, and refused to follow the orders of a woman leader. The woman leader, Princess Leia, was shown as having the right insights, and nobody should even question why they are abandoning their ships to reach a particular planet, no matter how many people are dying in the process. Instead just follow the woman’s leadership decision because she must be correct. Note that the other two heroic characters of the movie were anything other than a White male. One was a Black man, and the other an Asian woman.  

The other movie I saw was Incredibles 2. The writers had a problem because the lead character in the original Incredibles was a heroic White man, but they found a way to maintain their culture war. Mr. Incredible was portrayed as secondary to Elastigirl, and not wanted by those interested in resurrecting the superheroes. He was told to stand aside. The evil character in the movie was again a White male, in this case a bumbling and incompetent idiot who should not have been given any power.  

Now I must ask, what are the social consequences to every movie portraying every leading White male character as deeply flawed, while all the heroes and good leaders are women and minorities?  

Are White men in society, especially Generation X, following the script, and acting as they are portrayed? Are they becoming angry White men, and mad at the world? Are they grabbing firearms and becoming mass killers? Are they becoming “deplorable” and even voting in a so-called deplorable manner?

All of this appears to be happening, and it is not a coincidence. There is a huge backlash to the culture war, but those offended lack the ability to combat the social justice warriors at their own game by creating and airing movies and television shows. Instead, they appear to have chosen one of their own, who is bold and brash and mad at the social justice warriors, and put him in the White House.  

Let’s take it one step further. If White men were portrayed in movies and on television as a positive force in society, would there be so many angry White men out there. Would there be as many mass shootings at the hands of White men? Probably not.   

I recall back in the 1960’s and 1970’, many folks in the Black community talked a lot about what they called labeling. Here’s some information on Labeling Theory. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Labeling_theory

They said that if you label people in a certain manner, that’s how they become. The theory was especially popular at the time with older Black Christian women. They said that the key to uplifting Black men is to stop portraying them as criminals, drug dealers, bad husbands, and bad fathers. I discounted that theory for many years. Now I realize that the psychologists who came up with the theory, and all of those astute church ladies with their big hats, were right all along. The theory of Labeling is valid, and it does guide people either in a good or a bad direction.

Now in 2019, it’s straight White men who are being negatively labeled. We are the deplorables. We are the bumbling, stupid and evil ones, and the gun-toting sociopaths, according to the labeling. Meanwhile Black men are now labeled as victims, and that also has social consequences. It’s a step up from being labeled a criminal, but still problematic.  

So the next logical question is why not label everyone as good? Why not push all of society in a positive direction? Why isolate straight White men and label them as flawed, wrong, and stupid? Why label Black men as victims?   

Why not promote a positive and uplifting value system, one that unifies all people of all backgrounds and economic levels. Shouldn’t all of society promote a value system centered on peace, love, forgiveness, and unity? One that guides the development and education of our children. One that labels everyone as good and decent, and molds young adults into becoming productive citizens, strong workers, and good parents. Some folks know where I am going with this argument. We already have that value system. It’s been around for 2000 years. It’s called Christianity. The more messed up the world becomes, the more relevant is our Faith. There simply isn’t a better value system out there.  

And while other Faiths may have many positive points and Teachings, over 90% of Americans come from a Christian heritage, whether they follow it or not. Therefore the Faith base to turn this country around and end all of the cultural and political nonsense has to be Christian. Furthermore, it has to be mission-centered on bringing together Christians of different races, and creating a unified front of Christians in the two major political parties.  

We must develop Christian coalitions in each Party who are more favorable to each other than to their respective party extremes. The rise of the mighty center has to come, and I believe it is coming. It will become a massive and unstoppable force. This is a long overdue and revolutionary idea, and it has become the centerpiece of everything I hope to accomplish with the Welcome Movement.  

Our adversaries are the people of little or no belief in God, and they dominate both major political parties. They want us Democratic and Republican Christians divided. They do not want us working together, because they know if we ever bridge the gap and create a unified Christian force, the non-Faith political extremes are each relegated to 25% of America. Maybe less. The political math is pretty clear. 25% controls nothing. 25% elects zero Senators, Congressmen, Governors, or Presidents. Our non-Faith political adversaries want us divided. It is their only possible means of continuing their power, and their domination of all aspects of our society. There’s a giant tug of war going on, with 25% on each side bearing all the force.  

Christianity can force political change, and we have the numbers needed in all 50 States. There really aren’t extreme differences between Democratic and Republican Christians, or between Christians of different races. There are far greater differences between the atheistic social justice warriors on the Far Left and minority Christians who vote Democrat.

On the other side of the aisle folks are quieter about the differences, but there remains a huge difference between Christian Republicans and economic conservatives who are more the follows of Ayn Rand than our Lord and savior.

The way I see it, the ‘Randian” perspective is further Right than the Christian Right, and it grades towards Social Darwinism and racism. The ultimate expression of Social Darwinism (aka “Survival of the Fittest”) is racism on the level of Nazi ideology. It’s saying that it’s OK for whole races of people to rise or fall in some social and economic competition with each other.  

The goal of each major political party is to try to unite their two major factions, no matter how ideologically different they may be. Guess what, my religion isn’t Republican. My religion is Christian. And whatever factions of the Republican Party that are hostile to my Faith teachings I cannot support.  

The political unity of Christians can happen, and I believe that it best starts with an open declaration of a political truce between Christian Democrats and Christian Republicans, and an open acknowledgment that the two Party extremes are the real problem. I don’t see too many Christians in each Party disagreeing with this, but I do see them being timid to take the stand.  

And this declaration should not be hostile to other Faiths doing positive works in their communities as well. Rise up folks, speak your minds, and get involved. Do not let the forces of greed and selfishness control the Republican Party. Do not let the forces of culture war division control the Democratic Party. The answer is not necessarily one Party over the other, the answer is for the forces of good to rise up within each Party, put the zealots in their places, and forge agreements across the aisle.  

And the culture war must be directly challenged, and exposed as being a negative force of labeling.  

What has to happen for smart-thinking people to get together and produce movies and television shows with overall positive themes? Why can’t this happen? There are enough people with enough money to make it happen, and even if only 1 out of 10 actors would take on such roles, there’s enough talent out there for quality productions. Wake up fellow Christians, this is our country, and we can’t let all of this nonsense continue.   

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

RAW DEAL FOR TULSI GABBARD

Fri, 30 Aug 2019 20:54:59 GMT

RISING STAR MARGINALIZED BY GOOGLE AND THE D.N.C.

Tulsi Gabbard is a moderate Democratic candidate for the Presidency from Hawaii. She’s been sidelined and marginalized by Google and the Democratic National Committee, because she’s not far left enough for their likes.

Her biography is quite interesting. Her mother is a White woman born in Indiana who moved to American Samoa (now called Samoa) and converted to Hinduism. Her father is Mike Gabbard, a Hawaiian State Senator of mixed White and Samoan ancestry. He was elected as a Republican, switched parties in 2007, and was re-elected as a Democrat despite his outspoken criticism of same-sex marriage which continues to this day. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mike_Gabbard

Tulsi Gabbard was active in her father’s Hawaii-based organization that promoted traditional marriage and opposed the LGBTQ movement, and she has only recently distanced herself from that position. News reports say this change has brought her father to tears.

Tulsi’s about face on the LGBTQ movement may or may not reflect an actual change in her beliefs. It may be out of political necessity. To be a serious Democratic candidate in 2019, one must support the LGBTQ community, and the LGBTQ community must support you. And the latter is simply not happening, due to her past activism. Tulsi says she was exposed to both Hindu and Christian teachings during her upbringing. She considers herself spiritual but not religious, and places an emphasis on yoga and the Hawaiian concept of aloha.

Lots of people think she hasn’t changed, and actually that is just fine with me. If this country had to have a Democrat as President, and I had to pick among the current selection of wanna-bees for the one person I’d be least fearful about selecting a Supreme Court justice, it would be Tulsi Gabbard. Her advocacy of environmental and consumer protection measures, and her criticism of the social media giants, are also a plus for me.

Tulsi Gabbard is considered too moderate by folks at Google, and nothing could be more telling than their discrimination towards her. I had no serious interest in her campaign until I saw that she was suing Google, and echoing conservative talking points regarding the social media giants. This immediately had my strong attention.

After the first televised Democratic debate in which she participated, her name was the most searched online of any of the candidates. Google mysteriously suspended her ad-word search, preventing voters from finding information about her in those critical few hours in which her star could have risen. https://www.theverge.com/2019/7/25/8930373/google-tulsi-gabbard-democratic-candidate-lawsuit-ad-search-ban-political-bias-debates

More than likely, Google suppressed her because they want a candidate who is further to the Left. She is suing Google for $50 million, and getting lots of coverage from various pundits on Fox News on this matter.

The early suppression of Ms. Gabbard’s candidacy by Google was a critical factor in shaping what percent of voters supported her candidacy. The Democratic National Committee (DNC) then tweaked the criteria to qualify for the 3rd round of debates to narrowly exclude Ms. Gabbard. First they raised the number of donors that a candidate must have, which she then achieved. Then, in a controversial move, they decided which polls are authorized and which are not, and based on the average of the polls they accept, she doesn’t quite meet the 2% criteria. Ten candidates made the cut, and she did not.

Gabbard appeared recently on the Tucker Carlson show on Fox News, and talked about her candidacy and the unfair hurdles she is facing. https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=2389255901110260

Tucker Carlson is a Republican, but he likes Tulsi Gabbard. And so do I. I’m not necessarily saying I would vote for her over Trump, but I do like her, and I believe the political process would benefit from her continued candidacy. I wish she was a Republican, and if so she would be a pro-family, pro-environment, and pro-consumer protection Republican. What more could I ask for? As a Democrat, she’s instead subject to the radical agenda of the activists, political figures, and pundits on that side. They push all candidates and Democratic elected officials further to the Left than I am comfortable. Environmental protection becomes radical like the Green New Deal, for instance.

What also sets her apart from her competition is that she presents herself very well. She doesn’t come across as a looney toon, and she’s not battling with her rivals to see who is furthest to the Left. She would be a formidable challenger to President Trump, especially given her military rank as a Major in the Hawaii Army National Guard, and having served two tours of active duty in Iraq and won various medals.

She has the potential to bring over many Republican and Independent voters. Her participation in the Democratic Primary would steer the discussion in a moderate direction. This would be welcomed.

In the unlikely event that she wins the nomination, facing her would be a nightmare for Donald Trump and the Republicans. Trump wants to face a candidate who is as radical and Far Left as possible, knowing that moderate and independent voters would be leery and unlikely to support such a candidate. The very last person Trump wants to face is someone who is close to the political center of this country, and is an officer in the Army.

Tulsi Gabbard has lots of qualities that would make her tough to beat. First, she would draw some votes from Trump just by being a woman and multi-racial. Racism against Trump remains concentrated on the fact that he is a White male, and we are labeled as the evil people of the world. Trump knows his weakness is among suburban White women, which is the most significant demographic in which he continues to lose support. Trump has greatly increased support among Blacks and Latino’s, but the all-important suburban White woman remains alienated by his antics, his tweets, and his aggressive male persona. The 2020 election remains up for grabs.

Tulsi Gabbard is well spoken, confident, and professional. She comes across as sincere about her positions, and even if I may disagree with her on some key positions, I at least respect her positions.

Ms. Gabbard is an especially stark contrast to Corey Booker, who is simply parroting whatever he thinks is the views of the Democratic voter. Booker was my mayor when I lived in Newark. I’ll talk about him much more in an upcoming blog.

Gabbard’s greatest asset is that she is personally likable. She will never have the burden carried by Hillary Clinton in which huge numbers of voters simply loathe her existence, and curse the air that she breathes. Donald Trump joked when Kirsten Gillibrand withdrew from the presidential race that Gillibrand was the one candidate he most feared. No, I think Tulsi Gabbard owns that distinction.

I don’t think Ms. Gabbard will survive the Democratic Primary process, having been excluded from the upcoming debate. The public is eager to see the number of candidates reduced, and will lose interest in anyone not up there debating.

However, we haven’t heard the last of Tulsi Gabbard. She’ll be back in 2024, I hope. This country seems to go back and forth between a Democratic and a Republican president every 8 years. If 2024 is a destiny year for the Democrats, she will have my continued attention. Her campaign website is https://www.tulsi2020.com/

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

When Churches are Forced Into Bubbles

Wed, 21 Aug 2019 14:30:44 GMT

CHURCHES MUST NOT SIT SILENT, THEY MUST FORM A CHRISTIAN BULWARK

One of the most disturbing trends of our times is how churches are so relegated into obscurity that they are functioning in their own little bubbles, isolated from the craziness of our society.

This has been a goal of the Far Left for some time. While many people are “out of the closet”, and bursting with pride in their personal and sexual freedom, the idea that some people belong in the closet hasn’t been abandoned at all by the Far Left. They just have a different idea of WHO belongs in the closet, which are the Christians.

I posted something Faith-related recently on Facebook, and I was rudely told by a reader that I should keep any religious beliefs to myself, and not subject the Facebook community to my thoughts or ideas. Essentially I was told that my belief in God should be in the closet. It should come as no surprise that this person is a non-believer and a fervent supporter of many things Far Left on social issues, but also a few things Far Right on economics.

That combination is increasingly rearing its ugly head, I’ve noticed. She was dead-set against rent control and consumer protection of all kinds, and she had no issue whatsoever with the socioeconomic disparities between Palestinians and Jews living in Israel and the West Bank. I’ve noticed that there is a connection developing between the Far Left on social issues and the Far Right on economic issues.

The verbal bullying I experienced is happening to millions of people all over America. It dominates all social circles from public schools and college campuses to work places to churches, and even within small circles of friends. Facebook, Google, and YouTube are all Far Left, and they stand ready to censor you, block you, or even eliminate you from their networks. The mere threat of this has a chilling effect over everyone. This problem has the strong attention of Tulsi Gabbard, a Democratic candidate for President, as well as the sitting President.

And it is not just happening on the individual level. Entire churches have been effectively forced into silence on public affairs. They have retreated into their own little bubbles of happiness and a sense of community. The attitude appears to be: ‘We can’t change the world, so let’s create our own community and do our own thing here’

Pastors cringe in fear that a single sentence or phrase in a sermon could be interpreted as being “political”, and they dance around topics of social concern out of fear that a church member might be offended by something. Dozens of people could be gunned down in a mass shooting, but the next day there won’t be a moment of silence or a single word spoken about it in the sermon, for fear that the sermon could be interpreted on a partisan level, or taking a stand either way on the Second Amendment. That’s all an anathema.

It would be easy to say that the main cause of mass killings is that God is in retreat in America, that secularism has advanced, that prayer and religion are gone from public schools, and that families and communities are not as tight and nurturing as they once were. A purely Christian statement could be made, without favoring any political party or discussing the Second Amendment, but even that is too risky for some pastors.

People who do have opinions on social and political topics are made to feel unwelcomed in their own churches, as if they are a cancer within the Faith community. They are told not to discuss anything political with other church members, and strong suggestions are made on what to post or not post on Facebook and other social media.

Many churches have adopted what I call “the bubble strategy”. They want to operate in their own little bubble, and create their own Christian-based contentment within their walls. And in order for everyone to be happy, the pastors, members, and attendees should just say as little as possible about any social or political issues. Meanwhile the rest of the world falls apart, and nothing is even discussed about it. That’s all outside of the bubble.

Personally, the church leaders may wholeheartedly agree with some of your positions, and be more conservative than you on the others. However, they are not going to pop the bubble, or let anyone else pop the bubble. They know that the churches are filled with Democrats, Republicans, and Independents, and keeping them from squabbling over political matters is top priority. This is quite different from the Jewish perspective that encourages debate, and views the believer as being in a wrestling match with God. I don’t endorse that level of debate, just pointing out the difference.

Ownership of the public square is handed over to the Far Left, and the Christians are silenced, but reasonably content living in their little bubble of happiness. Well most people are content, but not me. I’m not content.

The silence of the churches is not limited to right-of-center or Republican views. Many Christian teachings on matters such as economics, labor, charity for the poor, and international peace are fairly and reasonably interpreted as being left of center. These left of center Christian teachings are also silenced, and this silence has been key in the developing stranglehold that the Far Left has orchestrated within the Democratic Party. Factions hostile to Christianity now own the Democratic Party, but continue to harvest the votes of Christian Democrats to get elected.

The Democrats rely on tens of millions of African-American and Latino voters who are Christian, but then completely dismiss their Christian views when it comes to the Party platform, positions, and legislation. The moderate and left-of-center Christian perspective has been completely extinguished within the Democratic Party. It’s a masterful political strategy. Meanwhile, the Republican side is less and less Christian, and more and more about corporate greed, so there’s little incentive for these Christian Democratic voters to change parties. I’m fast realizing that it is better for Christian Democrats to stay in their party, and become much more vocal about their Faith. They need to view themselves as a Christian bulwark against the lunatic public policy positions coming from the Far Left in deeply blue cities and States. Meanwhile Christian Republicans need to make their own Christian bulwark, and oppose corporate greed on the Republican side.

These two Christian bulwarks should meet regularly in a think tank format, formulate public policy, agree on a united front, agree as Christians to support each other, and then return to their respective parties and advance change. Some might say that is the most dangerous political idea they have ever heard. I don’t care. I love it.

This is not going to happen with churches retreating from anything remotely political. The idea that a Christian would dare to run for any public office is met with raised eyebrows in many churches, and very little support. If a church member did run, and his or her Party affiliation became known, that would send a subtle message to the rest of the church membership, and possibly pop their bubble.

And if a church leader doesn’t like how the Left wants to indoctrinate our public school children on various social issues, just take your children out of public school and enroll them into a Christian school. It’s obviously a very conservative thing to do, so be careful to talk very little about it with church members. Some of them are registered Democrats.

After decades of bullying and positioning by outsiders, most churches are now functioning inside their own bubbles. They may position themselves for community outreach and evangelizing, and this is admirable, but it’s not going to truly transform the community they are located in. At best, it will bring a few people from the outside world into their little Christian bubble of reality.

Truly saving the community entails direct involvement with all levels of public affairs. It starts with establishing dialog with elected officials, getting serious Christians onto various municipal and private boards and local committees, and especially in establishing programs to mentor large numbers of Youth. The Youth are the future, and they are astray in the idiocy of our modern society. That’s the first step.

The next step is completely unimaginable to our pastors, and that is to simultaneously encourage folks to run for public office as Christian Democrats and Christian Republicans. And for every office from those pesky County Committee seats that run the political parties all the way up to Senator, Governor, and President. It is especially important in urban areas to infiltrate the Democratic Party, as that is the party firmly in power, and there is a need to challenge the atheistic Far Left public policy from within the ranks of Democrats. This is key to the Christian Bulwark concept.

But isn’t this partisan? How dare a church do this?

A church cannot be accused of partisanship when it openly encourages Christians to infiltrate BOTH political parties, and then work together in a bipartisan way. Proclaim and shout to the world that the moderate political center is Christian-based and bipartisan. Step out of your bubbles, pastors. It can be done without taking sides with either of the political parties.

Who among the congregations will disagree with saying “Both political parties need to be infused with the Word of God”. That is the truth, and everyone already knows it.

There’s a whole country that needs saving, and Christians are actually the largest faction in both major political parties. We Christians ARE the political center. It is ours for the taking. We must come together, meaning Christians of all races and backgrounds in both major parties, and create the Christian Bulwark alliance. Those candidates running in each party would openly declare that they will work with Christians in the other party in a bipartisan manner, both to advance needed legislation and to oppose bad legislation.

Folks will then realize that the deep partisan divide in our country is coming from non-Christian forces in both parties, and that it is the Faith community which is ending the insanity. When Christians work together to end the political hate game, and reduce the polarization, our credibility and our prominence will advance greatly. This can and should be done by speaking passively and professionally at the microphone. There is to be no grandstanding, no yelling, and no threatening. Instead appeal to people’s Faith and to their humanity, and be upfront that the central intent is to include and embrace people of all races and ethnic backgrounds. It’ll be a stark contrast to all the lunatics out there on both sides. Really stark. A night and day difference.

The slogan of the Welcome Movement, prominently declared on our home page, is “End the Political Hate Game of Left versus Right”. Well, what needs to be done is something of a jigsaw puzzle that is piecing together. I gather inspiration from many sources, including within my own Christian church and friends from other circles. I’m seeing the big picture now with the Christian Bulwark, and it’s quite different from what I theorized when I launched this website in late 2018.

It would set an astounding example for people to see elected Christians of all races and economic levels acting in bipartisan cooperation, and answering to each other over the cries and demands of the Party bosses. Nothing a church could possibly do would be MORE EFFECTIVE in evangelizing than helping to create and advance the Christian Bulwark.

Want to bring in new members? Want to get more Youth attending church services and youth programs? Want to fill the pews on Sunday morning? Get out of your little Christian bubble, and be the force of social and political change and UNITY in your community. That is what will get the attention. That is what will grow your churches.

If one counts Christians in both major political parties, we are a solid 50% of this country, if not more, potentially leaving the socialist Far Left and the greedy Far Right with only 25% each. That’s a recipe for control of the Presidency, the House, the Senate, the Supreme Court, and close to all 50 governor seats. The political center really is ours for the taking. WE own this country. It is ours. Every single nonsense piece of legislation can be reversed, and eventually every atheist sitting in authority as a judge will retire or die, and will be replaced. All we have to do is step out of the bubble and claim our country. It is ours.

Why are we letting the Far Left and the Far Right dominate all discussions and hold all elected offices? All they are doing is screaming and hating each other, and doing nothing to advance the Word of God. They have failed. Their day must come to an end. The Christian Bulwark must be formed. God Bless America.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

CHRISTIANS ON THE BALTIMORE COMMENTS

Fri, 02 Aug 2019 15:24:50 GMT

SOCIAL DARWINISM IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH CHRISTIANITY

The near total silence of the Christian community on the Baltimore controversy is a concern that I must address. Silence sends the wrong message, and undermines the ability of Christians and other conservatives to remain a credible force in our society.

“Rep, Elijah Cummings has been a brutal bully, shouting and screaming at the great men & women of Border Patrol about conditions at the Southern Border, when actually his Baltimore district is FAR WORSE and more dangerous. His district is considered the Worst in the USA.....” – Pres. Donald Trump

Trump then followed up by saying that Cummings’ District is…

“a disgusting rat and rodent infested mess”.

How are Christians and other conservatives to respond? Do we take sides? Do we condemn the President? Do we stay silent, and wish he didn’t say that? Or do we explain our teachings, and pray for a more spiritual direction from the White House?

The following is a list of spiritual values copied from the left column of the Welcome Movement home page https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/

To be modest and to express humility
To be a peacemaker, and to bring harmony into all situations
To be a genuine person, and to be at peace with oneself
To be trustworthy, sincere, and honest
To be truthful and to speak candidly, but reserved in tone
To be kind and joyful
To be patient, tolerant, and full of forgiveness
To be steadfast and to persevere, to have a sense of duty
To be open-minded, just and fair
To exhibit a sense of moral rectitude, but not be judgmental of others
To be courteous, thoughtful, loving and considerate
To be free of prejudice
To be empathetic and compassionate
To be clean in all aspects of body, mind, and standard of living
To be generous and hospitable
To express loyalty and honor, and to be courageous but never dogmatic
To respect and associate with the followers of all religions and fellowships, including non-believers
To care for children and the elderly, and honor ones parents
To study the arts and sciences as they benefit mankind
To be faithful if married, and to be chaste if single
To refrain from gossip and backbiting
To engage in mature consultation with others to resolve issues and concerns
To honor your parents and grandparents
To not be promiscuous. Instead marry young, and have many children.

These are conservative values. Let’s cut right to the chase; this is how people should be. It’s not easy; I am still working on it myself. This is how a Christian should present himself or herself. Dare I suggest that a socially conservative member of any other major Faith would find little fault with this list.

The best response to the Baltimore controversy is to lay out our spiritual value system, and then folks can decide if the President’s comments are consistent with our worldview.

Just because I am a Republican, that does not mean I must march in lock step with every move or mis-step taken. I speak my own mind, and I am not a parrot for anyone.

The purpose of the Welcome Movement is to nudge the Republican Party in some desired directions, especially with regard to populist economic themes and the idea of embracing socially conservative minorities and immigrants into a new and broader mainstream. Other folks can and should work to clean up the Democratic Party. Broadening the conservative base and bringing minorities into leadership positions is essential if America is to resist the rise of the gender-neutral movement and Socialism over the long term. This is not accomplished by making negative comments about African-American neighborhoods.

My eyes are looking far beyond 2020, and what I see is terrifying. Eventually the Left will win the Presidency and maybe even the House and Senate, and there’s a good chance they’ll come after tens of thousands of political opponents with trumped up hate-speech charges, round us up, and ship us off into re-education camps. That’s what’s coming. That’s exactly the kind of chaos and turmoil that Russia wants for America, and that’s why Russia has been meddling in our elections and trolling on social media.

Let’s get back to Trump. It is also fair to say that damage has been done by the Baltimore comments. This damage is on several levels.

First, the President calls himself a conservative, but the very essence of being conservative is in stark contrast to his comments. Instead, his comments confuse people’s idea of what being a conservative is about. Similar comments were made last year about several Third World countries. He’s harming his own branding, the branding of the Republican Party, and the branding of “his base” that he’s accused of pandering to. More importantly, he’s harming both the Christian brand and the conservative brand.

Is it enough to kill his re-election? Probably not. He’s keeping the country out of major military conflicts, and the economy is solid and roaring. Those are the two major measures of a successful presidency. Results do matter more than words.

I believe the comments reflect a personal philosophy of SOCIAL DARWINISM, which is a philosophical perspective that people and whole groups have the right to rise and fall based on their own competitiveness and aggressiveness. It’s a “survival of the fittest mentality”, and the fittest people are the people who have money, who have amassed money, and who know how to work the system to gain more money and power.

Donald Trump himself has risen to the top, and his entire career has been an exercise in Social Darwinism. He appears to be a pure believer. I say this because the purest believer in Social Darwinism will belittle those who have fallen behind, whether it is a city, an ethnic or racial group, or an entire country. I think it’s beneath him, and beneath the dignity of the office of the Presidency, to speak in such fashion. All of the pundits who are commenting that the President’s comments on Baltimore are true are basically promoting Social Darwinism.

The answer is to help Baltimore, not to ridicule them, or kick them while they are down. Some of my housing reforms could work miracles for the Baltimore area, if I ever had a chance to advance them. https://www.thewelcomemovement.com/housing

Social Darwinism is completely and totally incompatible with Christianity. Christianity is about love and goodwill towards all, prayers for all, and unifying all. Jesus did not lay out a detailed economic order, but it’s not a stretch to say that socioeconomic development of all peoples is consistent with Christian thinking. Cities and countries that are poor and struggling need to be uplifted. War and international conflict needs to be stamped out.

Christianity most certainly is not about merciless competition, and different groups rising over others, and berating others. I had enough of this as a tenant leader in Newark, and dealing with domineering slumlords and mega-landlords. Social Darwinism is the ultimate landlord philosophy. And Trump started off as a mega-landlord, so we are coming full circle.

Trump is a Christian in the sense that he has made a deal with Christian leaders for their support for his Presidency. He has promised to appoint socially conservative judges, and to oppose the movement of this country towards Socialism and atheism. All of this is great, but is Trump personally a Christian? Or is he just a Christian in name, or in group identity circles? I wish he would move further in the true direction of Christianity.

Is Social Darwinism Racist? Well, it most certainly can be. Group conflict is often about race. But it doesn’t have to be.

For all we know, Trump could be of the mindset that a group of successful African-Americans such as athletes and entertainers have every right to rise to the top, to succeed, and to flourish. Indeed, he has made statements to that effect. Statements that also reflect a philosophy of Social Darwinism.

People who has been in business for over 50 years generally come to the understanding that there are strivers and slackers in every ethnic and racial group. I sold copiers in Newark for Konica-Minolta for 5 years, and I’ve been a home improvement contractor for 12 years. I’ve seen it all. I’ve seen all kinds of people successful as homeowners and business owners. I’m in business for far fewer years than Trump, and I don’t see a correlation with race.

This is the businessperson’s perspective on race. Is it Trump’s perspective? Well, it’s fair speculation, but that’s a question that only he can answer.

For more information, and to review all of our blog postings, see www.thewelcomemovement.com

Follow us on Facebook by joining The Welcome Movement at https://www.facebook.com/groups/2110578839017576

IS THERE A RISE IN WHITE HATE GROUPS

Wed, 24 Jul 2019 15:22:55 GMT

WHAT IS YOUR PERSONAL EXPERIENCE?

Here's a few NEVER's for me, personally

(1) NEVER seen a White hate group rally or march
(2) NEVER seen a table set up anywhere for a White hate group
(3) NEVER seen literature distributed by a White hate group
(4) NEVER been approached to join a White hate group,
(5) NEVER seen a White hate group organized at a university or college,
(6) NEVER overheard folks in my Faith organization, current or past, talking positively about White supremacy matters, and
(7) NEVER seen the agenda of a White hate group advocated by the media.

I use these observations to judge claims as to whether or not there is a 'rise' in White hate groups, meaning from the Right. I just don't see it. The evidence isn't there.

 However, if you ask me those same seven questions about the other side, the answer is "yes" to all of them. And not just once, multiple times. Please take note that the name ANTIFA, which means anti-fascist, is entirely Orwellian. They are actually the fascists.

Screaming about the rise of White hate groups accomplishes nothing except to scare people from supporting conservative politics. And that IS the entire purpose of the claims, to use lies and fear to nudge various demographic groups politically. Group identity politics is about creating a villain, and then using hate and fear to minimize that villain. It's all a pathetic attempt to hold onto the votes of immigrants and minorities who are actually more socially conservative than the average White voter. Folks are catching on, and fast.

The entire trend is in the other direction, towards the phenomenal rise of hate and intolerance among the Left. Notice that the Left are the ones that are so furious on FB, attacking and then unfriending people. Nobody on the Right does that.

Everyone on the Right knows people who were utterly furious with him or her for voting for Donald Trump. Some even lost friendships over their vote, or were alienated by relatives. I know a guy who still hasn’t admitted to his wife that he voted for Trump, knowing the repercussions. Now, is the reverse also true? Did anyone on the Left lose friends because they voted for Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama. Did they have relatives who stop talking to them? Think about it.

There IS a rise of hate in America, and it’s from those who say they are against hate.

HOW DO YOU KNOW WHEN POLITICS IS BROKEN

Mon, 15 Jul 2019 14:36:19 GMT

THE BACKSTORY BEHIND THE CREATION OF THE WELCOME MOVEMENT

You know it when the main focus is to create a VILLAIN, and then to organize as many people and groups as possible to hate the villain.

The most effective way to get the sheeple to vote is out of hate and fear.
And that villain to hate and fear is:

Republicans
Americans
Christians, and
Straight White Men

The more of these that you are, the more inherently evil you are considered. If you are ONE of them, you are automatically "suspect" to many people, especially in struggling urban neighborhoods where the tactics of broken politics is gathering steam.

This has been building steadily since the 1960's with Saul Alinsky, who preached that social change necessarily involves conflict and social struggle in order to generate the collective power of the masses. That is the essential core of Socialism. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Community_organizing

Oh, but isn’t this what Trump does? It's only very recently that the Far Right has begun to dabble in these tactics of hate and fear. I really wish they would lead by example, and keep it clean. I have no problem calling it out, and as a Christian I feel it is my responsibility.

The Far Left is so in tune to the tactic that they recognize it instantly. And then they really go bonkers. Older readers will remember the very first time the Republicans used this tactic, which was the infamous Willie Horton ad in the 1988 Presidential Election. It was like an open wound, and in direct conflict with the “compassionate conservative” positioning of many Republicans in that era https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compassionate_conservatism

The actual issues of the Far Left often have merit (including tenants rights) and should be pursued without the use of horrific and divisive political tactics. By going the negative route, the activists are instead alienating moderates and Christian conservatives who might be inclined to support them out of fairness. Fairness is a core Christian belief.

That doesn't matter to the Far Left, as the real goal is to organize all the protest groups in a bid for Socialism. They believe that without the struggle and without the divisiveness, there will be no improvements. This is why ANTIFA is inherently dangerous and violent. There is nothing they want more than the media reporting on their violent demonstrations and clashes with police.

That is how politics is broken. And it's never been more broken. I wonder how this country will survive the 2020 Election.

I dealt with this in Newark when I was a tenant leader. Yes, a conservative can be a tenant leader. I was poor, and simply annihilated by an excessive child support obligation. I lived in Newark and struggled to survive for over 10 years.

Many tenant leaders wanted to go the negative Socialist route, and they didn’t like my goal of portraying rent control as something for all races and ethnicities, all age groups, all income levels, and even all political affiliations. It didn’t matter that my position came straight from our parent organization, the New Jersey Tenant’s Organization (NJTO). The NJTO was left leaning, but had developed that realization over the course of 40 years of advocacy. They saw over time what tactics and positions worked, and what didn’t work.

After the shock of the 2016 Presidential election, it became impossible to contain the radicals in Newark. The tenant’s movement became divided. One-third supported me, and two-thirds supported my nemesis, who was a Socialist community organizer originally from the Ironbound Section of Newark. I ran the tenant movement website, and the radical tenant leaders hated my posts calling for more moderate tactics. And they were furious when I told them I was voting for Trump.

I was even in contact with the tenant leaders in Portland, OR, and they were simply dumbfounded that a tenant leader on the East Coast is going the moderate route. And then I had the nerve to tell THEM what to do. They couldn’t understand how we in Newark got the laws changed to our advantage, but their much larger and more vocal movement could get nothing done. This was before I knew that Portland was the very city that spawned ANTIFA and the Equality Federation. There’s a political culture over there that provides the context for everything that comes out of Portland. Republicans and moderates in Oregon are totally alienated, and resist every single position they take. There is no compromising or consensus building, only protest and rage.

In 2014, my leadership and my moderate tactics secured the passage of the strongest rent control ordinance in the United States. It covers market rate housing, and it is NOT a government subsidy of any sort. How has Newark fared since 2014? Homelessness is down, eviction proceedings are down, personal savings are up, and personal happiness is up. I don’t have statistics for crime, drug use, alcoholism, domestic violence, separations, and divorces, but I know in my heart that they are all down. What we didn’t expect from rent control was that tenants would have much more money for consumer spending, creating an economic boom in Newark. Rent control has tremendously helped capitalism, just not for the landlords. Newark is thriving and prospering, and the city nearly landed Amazon in the H2Q bidding war.

One of the main things Amazon wanted in a host city was reasonably affordable housing for their employees, which would save the corporation money on salaries. Amazon didn’t come, but other major corporations have come to Newark, including Audible, Mars, IDT, and Panasonic. Prudential has expanded their holdings in Newark with a new office tower. Once again, affordable housing and rent control is actually helping capitalism as a whole.

Taxpayers are saving money because rent control shifts the costs of social services from government (public sector) to the landlords (private sector). Is that right? Sure, why not. We are generally living in the golden age of the landlord in America, and the escalating rents in most cities and States takes away from consumer spending on all other industries. I find it striking and astounding that “all other industries” haven’t figured this out. Well, rich people own “all other industries”, and they don’t understand the basic economic situation of the average person.

My winning moderate track record didn’t matter to the radical tenant organizers of Newark. Trump Derangement Syndrome was in full play, and they wanted the tenant’s movement to help lead “the resistance”. I couldn’t take it, and I wound up moving out of Newark at the end of 2017. I’m far happier back in the small suburban town where I spent half of my childhood.

And now instead of running the tenant movement website, I run this website. Some of our readers might find this backstory to The Welcome Movement a bit surprising. And it most certainly sheds some perspective on my disdain for Socialist community organizing. I haven’t simply been watching like most other people, I was there in the inner city of Newark, and I dealt with them personally. I really know what they are about, and I understand the existential threat they pose to America. Politics is broken, and it’s only going to get worse.

WHY GOVERNMENT CANNOT FLY THE RAINBOW FLAG

Tue, 11 Jun 2019 14:57:12 GMT

IT’S A VIOLATION OF THE ESTABLISHMENT CLAUSE

The Far Left/LGBTQ movement is the modern equivalent of a religion. It is most certainly a worldview. This blog post makes the case that "Freedom of Religion" in this country must be interpreted as "Freedom of Worldview".

In some ways, clarifying that Freedom of Religion means Freedom of Worldview would be very much a positive thing for the LGBTQ movement. It would allow full freedom of their beliefs, their gatherings, their thoughts, and their sexual practices. And it would ensure that there is no persecution or discrimination in housing, employment, or any other matter. And since the LGBTQ movement has already won everything they want via U.S. Supreme Court rulings, none of my fellow conservatives should find it too objectionable that their victories be further codified as “Freedom of Worldview”.

However, Freedom of Worldview is the very last thing that the Far Left/LGBTQ movement would want, because it comes with restrictions as well as rights.

They don’t want the restrictions. They just want the rights. The Far Left is actually way cleverer than most conservatives in how they are manipulating our laws and our public policy. It’s time for the rest of us to get smart.

The restrictions are that government cannot ESTABLISH anyone's religion or worldview. There's an Establishment Clause in the Constitution. Government cannot establish any particular religion.

There’s been a long and ongoing debate over what this means, and we are not going to resolve it here today. Here’s one of the many websites and web pages debating the matter http://law2.umkc.edu/faculty/projects/ftrials/conlaw/estabinto.htm

However, one fact that cannot be debated is that the original reason that the Pilgrims left England for Holland, and then came to America was because they refused to accept the Church of England. They wanted to practice Christianity in the manner they felt it should be. That is a historical fact.

Conservatives will say that this was the context for “Freedom of Religion” as established by our Founding Fathers, and they can point to various writings to support this claim. Critics will also point to these writings, and note where some of the Founding Fathers had a hostile view towards the Roman Catholic Church. The Founding Fathers weren’t perfect, and while I do hold them in awe, I also recognize that social progress comes in phases.

The Founding Fathers didn’t want any particular religion or denomination to infringe upon any other person’s rights to practice Christianity as they saw fit. It would not be unreasonable to interpret this as including the Catholic Church, Judaism and other Faiths.

In more recent generations, Freedom of Religion has been reinterpreted by many people to mean Freedom from Religion. More than a few U.S. Supreme Court rulings have moved the needle further in that direction.

Well, it’s time to move the needle again. If government cannot fly the emblem of any Christian denomination on a flagpole either above or below the American flag, they should not be allowed to fly the rainbow flag either.

Flying the Rainbow flag establishes the worldview of the Far Left/LGBTQ community. And that is exactly why LGBTQ activists are prodding various government jurisdictions to fly the rainbow flag during the month of June, which is Pride Month. The whole point is to show that this is what government stands for. This is what government is establishing as the value system for society. Yes, that is a violation of the Establishment Clause.

A similar issue exists with teaching the Far Left/LGBTQ worldview in our schools. Last year in New Jersey, a whole series of laws were passed mandating that public schools teach about the LGBTQ movement and it’s leaders. But public schools can't teach religion. Seriously, this is the status quo.

So we have a situation in which public schools are mandated to teach one particular worldview to our students. This is what happens when we have “Freedom of Religion”, but not “Freedom of Worldview”.

The Far Left has achieved a total stranglehold on public education and public policy by relegating religion with the Establishment Clause, and then essentially achieving the supremacy of their worldview by having it fall outside of the Establishment Clause. I’m not having it.

Freedom of Worldview will reign in on the insanity. Freedom of Worldview is the magic bullet.

This concept needs to achieve public consciousness, and then let’s get a case in front of the U.S. Supreme Court while we have a conservative majority sitting there.

Reinterpreting Freedom of Religion as Freedom of Worldview should be a goal for conservative thinkers nationally.

THE TRUTH ON THE BORDER PATROL

Fri, 24 May 2019 20:30:03 GMT

THEY GET ZERO CREDIT FOR SAVING HUNDREDS OF LIVES, BUT IF ONE PATIENT DIES IN THEIR CUSTODY, THEY ARE BLASTED AS A FORCE OF OPPRESSION

I am beyond disgusted over the media spinning the news and manipulating public opinion regarding the border patrol.

FACT #1: Thousands of illegal migrants are dying annually in the trek across Mexico.

FACT #2 Over 7,000 dead bodies of migrants have been found inside the US border, along trails in the desert, over the past 20 years. I guess that's 350 a year.

FACT #3 One out of three women arriving at the US southern border has been raped or sexually abused during the 2,000 mile trek. There is widespread human trafficking. The drug trafficking over the border contributes greatly to the ever increasing annual death toll from heroin and fentanyl overdoses, said to now be over 80,000 Americans a year. Much of these drugs originate in Asia, but come in over the Mexican border.

FACT #4 Every year, thousands of migrants are arriving at the US Border in a state of medical distress from the difficult journey across Mexico. Our border patrol has treated over 4,000 people for serious medical conditions in the past year, and saved the lives of dozens, possibly hundreds. These include children. They get zero credit for this heroic effort.

BUT, if a single one of these patients dies in their custody, the border patrol is blasted and vilified for "allowing a child to die in their custody". And that is held up to the American public as an example of their evil, why the wall is oppression, and why the border patrol should be disbanded. And then you see a parade of Democratic politicians at the microphone to discuss the situation. OMG, give me a break.

This is all way beyond disgusting. Will the news ever get back to being the news, and not being a political commercial for either political party.

The Republicans are doing some of this lying and twisting as well, on other issues. They should not get a free pass on this either, and this blog post should not be interpreted as a political posting to support the President or oppose the Democrats. I will support the President as often as I want when it is warranted, and if I disagree with his position on issues such as the environment, I will speak my mind as well. If everyone did as I advocate, a lot of problems would be solved.

It is better to be seen as a truth-teller than as a partisan bulldog. I want to be seen as a truth-teller. I am a truth-teller.

At some point, you would think the American public would just get sick of all the twisting and manipulating and politicking of the news, and start demanding reform and honesty. But in this modern age of people gathering information and forming opinions based on sound bites and memes, folks are simply not absorbing meaningful information and professional news reporting.

A shroud of nonsense has descended upon our nation. It is so revolting that I can almost imagine Walter Cronkite twitching in his grave.

Please, let in a ray of truth. Let the sun shine. Pray that the shroud of nonsense will be lifted. Let the public know what is actually happening at the border, and understand the true evil of our lying news reporters.

The whole concept of an open border is simply insane. First, it’s an insult to everyone and their descendants who arrived legally. No country in the world has an open border, and if our border were wide open, 20 million people a year would come. There would be a housing shortage all across America, causing rents to skyrocket. Wages would drop, and millions of Americans would be unemployed. Social services would be burdened, and taxes would skyrocket. The environment also takes a hit, with tens of millions of people suddenly living in a country with a much higher carbon footprint per person.

If that’s the New World Order, I want nothing to do with it. I’d much rather have a situation with a labor shortage and the associated rising income for everyone. The more that immigration is restricted, the more everyone’s income goes up. Trump’s plan to bring in immigrants with college degrees for the higher wage jobs doesn’t benefit Americans who want those jobs either. The tech companies would love to import millions from India and pay them $60,000 a year for jobs that would otherwise go for $100,000 to Americans of all backgrounds. That is not progress, and should be resisted. The H1B Visa program has decimated the incomes of millions of Americans.

The concept of The Welcome Movement is not to welcome as many people as possible to America. It’s a reform movement within the Republican Party, and it is to reach out to immigrants and minorities to generally support conservative politics. Granted, I am talking about conservative politics along the lines of reform that I advocate.

Conservatives Must Champion Charter Schools

Tue, 14 May 2019 15:40:40 GMT

CHRISTIAN & CATHOLIC SCHOOLS CAN BECOME TAXPAYER-FUNDED CHARTER SCHOOLS

As conservatives debate among ourselves how to make our message and our agenda as relevant as possible for immigrants and minorities, attention must focus on Charter Schools.

One of the biggest weaknesses that the Far Left has is on Charter Schools v. Public Education in urban areas. Within the past few years, the Democrats, led by their Far Left fringe, have switched sides on Charter Schools. They have begun to come out against them in city after city, and state after state. They are doing this even though their base keeps clamoring for more of them. Public education is deficient in urban areas for many reasons, and that is not the subject of this blog post. In most cases, the parents cannot afford to move to the suburbs, and they want more than anything for their kids to have a better alternative.

For years, I lived directly behind the Robert Treat Academy in Newark, a Charter School open only to Newark residents. I had a commanding view from my 10th floor balcony. Over 95% of the students were Black or Latino, and most were from struggling neighborhoods. On standardized tests, this school outperformed every public school in Newark and all of Essex County, including the affluent heavily White/Asian towns of Millburn and Livingston. This is proof that kids are smart everywhere, and their backgrounds and neighborhoods need not hold them back. Parents from all over Newark fight to get their kids admitted, and the school has no choice but to hold a lottery for the openings. Lottery losers outnumber lottery winners by 10 to 1. Many losing parents come back year after year, hoping and praying that they will finally win. Now here’s the irony. The founder of this school is the Democratic kingpin of Essex County, “Big Steve” Adubato. He’s a very liberal guy, and for a long time it was Far Left who championed Charter Schools all across America. I don’t agree with his politics and especially not with his bossism, but I’ll give him a few points for running a quality school.

Well, the political discussion has changed, and the Far Left has come out strong against Charter Schools, including in Newark. It must be frustrating for Adubato.

This presents a huge dilemma for the Far Left, because they know they would alienate their urban base of concerned parents if the real reasons for their opposition got out. They keep the reasons as secret as possible, but here they are:

(1) Philosophically, Public Education is more in keeping with Socialism

(2) Public Education can be controlled by their socialist agenda in a top-down manner from big government, whereas Charter Schools can teach kids what they want, and can potentially be conservative.

(3) The Unions really prefer to have Public Education.

(4) And here's the big one. Charter schools are fully subsidized by the local taxpayers, and "free", meaning the parents don't pay additionally. Eventually the Faith community will get smart and secure legislation or a Supreme Court Order allowing Christian and Catholic schools to follow the same model and to function as Charter Schools. By doing so, parents wanting their kids to have a religious education will not have to pay for it directly.

Education is the key to the future, and nothing terrifies the Far Left more than the thought of losing control of the process of indoctrinating our children with their ideas of Socialism, gender neutrality, and group identity politics. If parents didn’t have to pay for their kids to attend a Christian or Catholic Charter School, tens of millions would make the switch. Their children would grow up in a Faith-based education environment, breaking the process of Far Left indoctrination. This would secure a real future for our country.

"Equal Protection For All" can be the rallying call. Why should "arts-based" and "science-based" Charter schools be fully subsidized by the taxpayer, but a Christian school is not? There’s already an opening for this, as taxpayers are already required to fund the bussing of students to religious schools. Not sure if this is nationally, or just in my State (New Jersey), but it is definitely the case here.

We conservatives need to come out strong for Charter Schools, especially in urban areas with deficient public schools, so that kids can have a real alternative to the really bad public schools.

This is a huge opening for us to win over urban residents to the conservative side. Charter Schools should be considered a top conservative priority.

MARIJUANA MADNESS

Wed, 27 Mar 2019 14:52:10 GMT

EASY ANSWER: MAKE IT A MISDEMEANOR OFFENSE

Central to the political madness of our times is the ongoing crusade to legalize marijuana. Like most other politically correct issues, the entire drive relies upon defining victims and selling the public lies.

The first big lie is that the healthy Cannabinoid (CBD) chemicals in this plant can be derived in no other way. I was shocked when I read that CBD chemicals do not get anyone high. They are found in Cannabis, and in many other plants. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is what gets people high, and it has zero health benefits. In recent decades, the potency of marijuana has gone way up. The ratio of THC to CBD is much higher. It’s stronger, and more addictive. And ironically, the stronger it gets, the more that the beneficial CBD chemicals are blocked out.

https://mashable.com/article/difference-between-cbd-thc-marijuana-weed/

I know people who are addicted to marijuana. Getting high is the center of their lives, not education, financial success, church, volunteer work, or getting married and raising a family. It’s a sad waste of human potential. It’s bad enough that people are addicted to tobacco and alcohol. Adding another substance is an insane move.

The second big lie put forth by the cannabis lobby is the only way to stop the aggressive over-prosecution of marijuana offenses is to fully legalize it.

There are people sitting in jails with sentences of 1 year, 5 years, 10 years, and in some insane cases even life in prison, for possessing or selling small amounts of marijuana. We understand that this is a social injustice. And we do not deny that there is a racial imbalance to the prosecution, the conviction rate, and the length of sentencing.

All of this has been the driving force behind an effort in my State, New Jersey, to legalize marijuana. They want to expand the medical marijuana program to include adult recreational use, tax it, and then expunge everyone’s records. Like most things done by the Far Left, the legislation is massively complex. It’s like Obamacare all over again.

On Monday, March 25th, that legislation died in the State Senate of New Jersey. It was pulled when it became clear that enough votes to pass it did not exist. This sends a potent message to the rest of the country that the full legalization of marijuana is not inevitable, and that even a deep blue State can say no. Kudo’s to the minority Democratic legislators from Newark and other places that stood up to the marijuana lobby.

Democratic State Senator Ronald Rice’s recent letter to his colleagues could be the most comprehensive debunking of marijuana that has ever been printed. It should go national.
https://www.insidernj.com/letter-senator-ronald-l-rice-legislative-colleages-ahead-monday-marijuana-...

Rice is the senior and respected Black legislator in New Jersey. He stood up to the big Democratic power brokers, and he killed this bad legislation. The sponsors said it was 3 votes shy of passing. That’s a lie; it’s political cover to reduce the embarrassment. It was great that it didn’t pass, but the central problem is unresolved. People are still being served with criminal charges, people are still being jailed, and nobody’s record has been cleared.

There’s a real easy answer to all of these problems. New Jersey needs a short and simple piece of legislation that does one thing, it reduces all marijuana offenses to the misdemeanor level. Possessing a small amount, or selling a small amount, will be like getting a parking ticket. Nobody gets a criminal record, nobody does jail time, no families are broken apart, and no communities are harmed. It can be written in 3 sentences. And for possession or sale of any larger amount, add another sentence that the maximum sentence would be one year.

Following it’s passage, the Governor and the legislature can work on expungement legislation. As Senator Rice pointed out, full expungement takes many years.

Why would I support this, when I am against the legalization of marijuana? Easy answer. It would take the wind out of the sails of the legalization movement. Decriminalization is actually the solution needed, and if that passes, it will be much harder to achieve a public consensus, no less a legislative consensus, to fully legalize this highly addictive substance.

Once the major ongoing social injustice problems are solved, the public will say “Wait a minute, we already solved those problems by making it a misdemeanor offense, so we don’t need to legalize it”.

Do you see where I’m going: Actually solving the major problem disproportionately affecting Black and Latino marijuana users and sellers can be done simply, quickly, and easily, and the State legislators would be under overwhelming pressure to vote “yes” on this Bill. It would pass, and very easily.

Why isn’t this being done? Easy answer. The folks pushing for it really don’t care about the people whose lives have been harmed by the criminal justice system. They want to create a new “Big Tobacco”. There’s money out there to be made and businesses to be founded or expanded, and that’s the incentive. They know full well that my solution, if adopted into law, will become the alternative to legalization, and thwart their entire business model.

All the victims, especially the Blacks and Latino’s that are over-convicted, over-sentenced, over-fined, and over-incarcerated, don’t matter too much in their minds.

Having all of these victims with marijuana convictions is all part of the Democratic Plantation. People are being mined for votes, and used for votes.

And what’s equally sad is that the Republicans are only just beginning to figure this out, and craft the alternative message that the more people prosper, own homes, live at low density, and shun victim status, the more they will vote Republican.

I don’t want the prison-industrial complex profiting off of these people, or anyone. Make marijuana offenses the equivalent of a parking ticket. A simple misdemeanor. Problem solved.

Our political leaders in New Jersey are loath to enact this simple legislation.

The whole idea of holding out on the real needs of the public, to achieve a business plan and a regressive political strategy, is an anathema.

Those who read our articles will see a repeated pattern. All of our principles of Economic Populism are to help the people. Nobody is left out. Nobody is held out there as a victim for other goals. Listen to Candace Owens, she knows this stuff real well.

Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) is a national organization devoted to educating the public on a more rational public policy direction. I encourage all readers to learn more. https://learnaboutsam.org/?fbclid=IwAR25lRyhJIsytzG44SkI4d8HVl5ose0_B6JEffrdv-PNSjXwr79wdhD0zw4

THE APOCALYPSE IN THE RESOLUTION

Sat, 09 Mar 2019 18:29:08 GMT

Wow, there’s a lot to talk about regarding the House of Representatives Resolution against Anti-Semitism and Islamophobia.

First, here’s the full text of the House Resolution, as republished in the Times of Israel. https://www.timesofisrael.com/full-text-of-house-resolution-against-hate- including-anti-semitism/

Second, anyone who has been to Family Court for a divorce knows the cardinal rule of public discussion. That rule is whenever you unilaterally bring up a specific allegation for the sole purpose of disassociating yourself, no matter how firmly you think you debunked the matter, the allegation falls into the realm of “he said, she said”, and many readers will wonder if it might be true. For that reason, the following paragraph in the Resolution is extremely damaging to the Jewish community, and it is counterproductive to the goal of reducing anti-Semitism:

AS PRINTED IN THE OFFICIAL RESOLUTION -

“Whereas Jewish people are subject in the media and political campaigns to numerous other dangerous anti-Semitic myths as well, including that Jews control the United States Government or seek global, political, and financial domination and that Jews are obsessed with money;”

I’m guessing that a divorce lawyer wasn’t part of the committee writing this Resolution. It’s been said that anything written by a committee will be a disaster, and this Resolution would be Exhibit A.

You know who’s obsessed with money? Bankers. Bankers are obsessed with money. And a whole lot of them are not Jewish. And those that are Jewish are not any more obsessed with money than those that are Christian, Muslim, Mormon, or atheist.

It’s an understatement to suggest that bankers control the United States Government, or seek global, political, and financial domination. That is the status quo. That is the New World Order. Lots of people know it, and the rest have their heads in the sand. And yes, bankers are obsessed with money. I already know the FBI has a file on me, so they can just add this to my file. I don’t care.

The mere act of bringing it up, and then connecting the matter not to bankers in general, BUT TO JEWS, is far beyond stupid. It’s an apocalypse. That allegation in that Whereas Clause is absolutely not true in reference to Jews, and in fact, the most liberal and left-thinking Jews are firmly against the financial community, and instead they want broad-scale socioeconomic justice.

I live in a part of the country with a heavy Jewish population, and I know a whole lot of Jews. For every Jew in the financial community, there are at least 10 Jews who fight for social justice on economic matters. Bernie Sanders comes to mind. And while I may believe that most of their economic recommendations are too far to the Left, I think the 10:1 ratio must be acknowledged in order to fend off any increase in anti-Semitism as a result of the Resolution. Let me repeat, as loudly and clearly as possible:

For every Jew in the financial community, there are at least 10 Jews who are very liberal, who oppose the financial community, and who fight for social justice on economic matters.

I believe that this Resolution, as written, will increase public scrutiny of the allegation that they want to squash, and cause unwarranted anti-Semitism. President Trump needs to call this out, and demand that paragraph be removed, among other changes.

The only silver lining is that people will look at that controversial Whereas clause, and say “Well, if Jews don’t control the United States government or seek global, political, and financial domination, then who does”. There will be discussion. And that discussion will lead to the truth. It’s the bankers and the whole financial community.

And while I am a Republican, my brand of Economic Populism is “demand side economics”, not the supply-side economics advocated by the bankers. I believe the Parties are most accurately defined by social issues, and there’s room for discussion on economic issues within each Party.

Now that we are done with addressing the apocalypse in the Resolution, let’s go on to the third major point. The Resolution is a giant exercise in political correctness. It must have been drafted to address anti-Semitism, and then some people said it has to include Islamophobia or they won’t sign it.

What’s more important is what was missing. There’s barely a mention of the concerns of the Christian community, and that’s probably why about two dozen Republican lawmakers refused to sign it.

The document is so dripping with political correctness that even I won’t ask for anything to be removed or modified, other than the apocalypse clause that I just described. The real battle lines are the issues that were too politically incorrect to make it in the Resolution.

Here is what I would have demanded for inclusion if I served on the US House of Representatives:

“Whereas, the decline in public support for personal responsibility has led to an increase in people blaming whole groups of people for the social and economic dysfunction in our urban centers, and in all of America. This class conflict perspective has led to tremendous divisiveness in America, racial tension, violence, and to a polarization of our politics. Personal responsibility has been replaced by group responsibility, and that mode of thinking has been the historic root cause of anti-Semitism in dozens of countries around the world. It is also the cause of Islamophobia, and to a growing demonization by the Far Left of straight, White Republican men in America.

Whereas, Christians, Jews, Muslims, and the people of all other Faiths have the fundamental right to a belief in traditional gender roles and restricting marriage to heterosexual couples, if that is their Teachings. These rights are fundamentally protected under Freedom of Religion and Freedom of Speech, and are not to be infringed upon by any form of persecution, including hate speech, violence, exclusion from activities in the public square and on school campuses, lawsuits, and legislative initiatives to further minimize the role of Faith in our society.”

“Whereas, Freedom of Religion does not mean Freedom from Religion. Our Founding Fathers envisioned a society where all believers in God are free to worship and to prosper, and in which the belief in God was widely respected, but no specific religion or denomination shall be established as the official Faith of the Republic. “

“Whereas, all Faiths are encouraged to find common ground on social issues, agree to disagree on matters of Faith, and forge a unified alliance to promote the family as the center of public policy, and to address the social and spiritual deterioration of the values and culture of America.”

Those are the real battle lines, and that’s why these matters were left out of the Resolution. Thank you, and may God Bless America and all of humanity.

ANTI-SEMITISM OR PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY

Wed, 06 Mar 2019 17:00:13 GMT

GROUP RESPONSIBILITY IS THE OPPOSITE OF PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY, AND IT FUELS IDENTITY POLITICS

Anti-Semitism is back in the news, thanks to our Somali-American Congresswoman, Ms. Ilhan Omar of Minnesota. For argument’s sake, let’s assume for a moment that there are Jewish people who are making trouble, or fitting some negative narrative. For example, I had a really stingy and strong-armed landlord when I lived in Newark, and he totally fit the stereotype of a NY-NJ Orthodox Jewish slumlord. Would that justify anti Semitism?

The answer is no, and here’s why. I’m going to approach this matter from a purely humanitarian perspective.

Even if some people who belong to ANY ethnic group are making trouble, or fitting some negative narrative, it's completely and totally unacceptable and apolitic to blame THE ENTIRE PEOPLE. To blame all of them, and then to hate all of them, because of the actions of a few. That’s true for Jews, for Blacks, for immigrant groups, and even for foreign nationals accused of terrorism and hating America. It’s true across the board. If a few Irishmen are indeed drunk, is it fair to denigrate them all as a bunch of damn and useless drunken Irishmen? Of course not.

That is why anti-Semitism is wrong. It's not because the Israeli political figures in Israel have never made a mistake. I would never take that position. Otzma Yehudit is an anti-Arab political party in Israel, which allegedly has ties to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Their party platform calls for outlawing sexual intercourse or marriage between Jews and Arabs. I have no problem criticizing that.

We are conservatives. We have to ask ourselves: “Do we believe in the principles of personal responsibility, or do we believe in politically correct speech codes and identity politics.” It’s that simple. People are responsible for their own personal behavior. They are not responsible for the behavior of others of their race, religion, or ethnicity. That is a core conservative perspective. And if everyone thought that way, there would be no racism and no prejudice. There would be no anti-Semitism, and millions of people would not have been slaughtered in the Holocaust.

The best way to address Ms. Omar’s controversial and anti-Semitic statements is simply to cite the principles of personal responsibility, and explain conservative values. If Ms. Omar were a conservative, she would not have made those anti-Semitic statements. She would have understood that groups (including Jews) are not collectively responsible for the bad behavior of a few; and instead each individual is personally responsible for what they say or do.

This means that the U.S. Congress should NOT pass a Resolution condemning anti-Semitism, either with or without citing her by name.

This blogger has taken a strong position against identity politics and speech codes. We’ve said that these are classic tactics of the Far Left, straight from the playbook of Saul Alinsky. He was Jewish, by the way. We want politics to be open and honest, and free from all the hate mongering. At the top of our website home page, its says prominently: “End the Political Hate Game of Left Versus Right”.

We find it disturbing that conservatives are embracing these tactics of speech codes and identity politics on the matter of Ms. Omar.

You couldn't criticize a hair on Barack Obama's head, or a dot on his birth certificate, without being labeled a racist. That was a Speech Code. Speech Codes are all over college campuses on gender-neutral and LGBTQ matters, and against any form of conservative speech. We've been denouncing it. They have a chilling effect on Freedom of Speech, and they stifle open and honest discussion.

Speech codes fuel the vicious cycle of identity politics. But now the Right wants to embrace the same tactic, that someone cannot say a word against Israel or a Jew without being branded an anti-Semite. It’s all way too politically correct.

Neither anti-Semitism nor politically correct speech codes are acceptable. We cannot go down the road of embracing the very brand of identity politics that we abhor.

GOD, SCIENCE, AND THE CREATION PARADOX

Tue, 26 Feb 2019 16:32:18 GMT

MODERN COMPUTER GAMES HAVE CREATED A THEOLOGICAL PARADOX

Today, our blog is diverging from our usual discussion of political reforms, and we are going to talk about science and religion. Science and religion should not be in conflict, period. But science and The Bible say different things, so who’s right?

But are they really different? I’ve read the Book of Genesis countless times. I consider Genesis to be an executive summary of science. It was written in very simple terms for people who lived thousands of years ago, when there was no such thing as higher education or the scientific method. It’s short and sweet, and to the point. It’s lacking in details, and there’s plenty of room for others to build knowledge.

Genesis says the universe started with “Let there be light”. Scientists debated their own ideas for the creation of the universe for centuries. In more recent decades, they’ve settled on the Big Bang Theory, which involved a whole lot of light. I see no conflict at all. Instead I see science validating Genesis.

Genesis lays out the order of creation, everything from dividing heaven and earth to separating land from sea, and it ends with the creation animals, and then people. It’s simple and crude, but not terribly different from science and evolution.

Sir Francis Bacon is recognized as the first modern scientist. He was also a man of great faith. All of his research and discoveries were made from the perspective that science is all about understanding how God did it. Many of his partners in crime of the Renaissance had the same idea. That is the correct perspective, no matter how many modern scientists have deviated into atheism and quantum mechanics.

Wait a minute, the Bible says that God created everything in 6 days, and on the 7th day, he rested, but science says it all took 13.7 billion years. Isn’t that an unresolvable conflict between science and a literal interpretation of the Bible?

Not really. First, other references in the Bible indicate that whenever the term “day” is used, it actually means a period of time, usually a year. But that’s not the best or final answer to the question either.

God is outside of our space and time. To think that God is bound by his own delineation of 6 days, or even 6 years, brings God down a few notches, in terms of his magnificence. He created our space and time, and therefore he is not bound by his own creation. That would be ludicrous. And if God has his own “time” different from ours, it’s only because He created it. We cannot suppose that His increments of time are the same as ours, or that He cannot move either backwards of forwards in His time, or our time. In this sense, God has all the time he needs to create our universe, whether it’s 6 seconds, 6 days, 6 years, and 13.7 billion years of our time.

I have no problem with a literal interpretation of the Bible, but I also know that The Bible is filled with Parables, which are stories made up by Jesus to prove a point, as well as metaphors throughout the Old and New Testaments. The Bible has been translated from Aramaic to Hebrew to Greek to English, and the meaning of words and phrases has changes over time within each language, as does the cultural context in which the message was given. We can barely read and understand the works of Shakespeare, and that was written in English only a few hundred years ago. I am not explaining this to diminish the authority of the Bible, or to suggest that it is wide open to any and all reinterpretations, but instead out of respect for the millions of people who have devoted their lives to the Bible, to it’s translations, to its interpretations, and to its teachings. The more one learns about The Bible, the more one realizes this, and respects our biblical scholars https://blog.logos.com/2017/05/power-spotting-metaphors-bible-study/

The more one learns about science, the more one is pushed in the direction of understanding that there must be a Creator, a God. I prefer not to use the term “intelligent design”, because intelligent design means it was designed by “God or some other creator or authority”, perhaps some sort of ET. Elon Musk famously said that we most certainly live as characters in a really advanced computer program, and our creator is whoever wrote the computer program. That’s not what I believe. I don’t believe in “some other creator or authority.” I believe in God, and that’s why Intelligent Design is not the best theory.

Science has established that it is basically impossible for all the conditions necessary for advanced life to exist in the universe, and on our planet. It is statistically impossible. Having a creator is the only good explanation.

Scientists will counter this point with the Infinite Multiverse Theory, that there’s a gazillion other universes out there, each created by their own Big Bang, and by random chance less than one in a trillion universes has all the right subatomic conditions to allow galaxies and planets to develop, and then to have a solar system stable enough for a long enough time to have a planet with all the right conditions for life to rise, and then intelligent life to evolve. And by default, we are living in that universe and on that planet, because we could not exist in the others.

This scientific theory further elaborates that every time a human being makes a decision, the entire universe is split, and there are now two universes, one with decision a, and one with decision b. This universe splitting continues with every decision made by every person, creating a froth of an infinite number of universes. Well, that’s all laughable, as it raises the human mind to the level of God, and it provides no energy source for splitting the universe. It’s even more nonsensical than saying that a tree that falls in the forest makes no noise unless someone is around to hear it.

To me, the Infinite Multiverse Theory requires a far greater leap of faith than to believe that God is the creator of our one universe, and I’m even OK with our one universe having a few additional dimensions to account for things like dark energy.

Their leap of faith with quantum theory and The Infinite Multiverse is too great for me to stomach. These scientists postulate the existence of this froth of universes by citing the principles of quantum mechanics. Well, quantum mechanics might be true for the subatomic level (we’ll leave that one to the scientists), but there’s not one shred of scientific evidence that it applies to the atomic level, no less to larger things that we can see. They are just grasping at straws. They are starting with the conclusions they want, and then working backwards to try and prove what they already think. They are running scared, because all evidence points to a Creator.

Science is supposed to rely on rationale thought, experimentation, and observation, but instead the Infinite Multiverse Theory is pure faith in pure nonsense, and totally in conflict with their own scientific method. They just cannot explain our existence without God as the divine creator. I can only imagine what kind of stupidity is coming next. And when they have to admit there is a God, they’ll probably say that God must a rebellious 14-year old girl with her hair dyed green, and whose parents are “stupid” and know nothing about the world. God will not be portrayed as a mature and responsible male figure, that’s just too politically incorrect.

Now, let’s get back to whether or not there is a conflict between science and religion. Science says everything “evolved” on it’s own, and religion says that God is the creator. Isn’t that an unresolvable conflict?

Not necessarily. If God created everything, that creation includes the biological process of evolution that started with dust and microscopic life, and concluded with mankind.

Sure, there’s sticking points in Genesis that God breathed life into dust to create man (Genesis 2:7)) and created woman from Adam’s rib (Genesis 2:21-22), and plenty of other matters, but there’s also ample room in a literal interpretation of The Bible for those passages to be seen as metaphors. No Biblical scholar denies that the Bible is overflowing with metaphors.

But the real point of this paper is to outline what I call The Creation Paradox. Recent developments in computer game technology have uncovered a paradox that most theologians and faith leaders have never addressed. Instead of diminishing God and Creation, the logical conclusion of this paradox leads to an even greater awe of God. This will get really interesting, just read on.

There are plenty of people in the Faith community who want to completely deny evolution, even a version of evolution in which God is the master and architect of organic chemistry, and who actively oversaw the evolution of everything. This theological approach towards evolution creates two logical choices, as follows:

Choice #1 is that God can just wish into existence everything through a process of creation. And that His Word independently created each species.

Choice #2 is that God created a system, including all the laws of nature, and all the principles of organic chemistry, and that system can advance and develop according to God’s design.

I am deliberately leaving out Choice #3, which is that evolution occurred without God. It’s statistically impossible, and we’ve already covered that with our discussion on quantum mechanics and The Infinite Multiverse.

Now, of Choices #1 or #2, which is more amazing? Which is grander? Which generates more respect and love for God the creator? Tough question, and in order to answer, the first analogy I’m providing is a model train set. What’s more amazing,

(a) A model train set complete with a village and rural landscape, or

(b) A model train set, complete with a village and rural landscape that changes and develops over time? Imagine a train set that evolves and improves on it’s own, as if it’s some kind of really advanced real-life computer game. And it’s not just the train that is evolving, but the village and the landscape.

Option (b) makes the train set in option (a) look simple, stale and unchanging, which it is.

The train set with the village and rural landscape that evolves and develops is far more impressive. It’s far grander and more astounding. And whoever could create that train set is really super-amazing. Well, there’s no such thing as an evolving train set, but we have created computer games like Forge of Empires. In Forge of Empires, the player builds an entire civilization over time.

Nobody would even suggest that a single snapshot in time of a Forge of Empire player’s empire is more impressive than the entire evolving game. And that cuts to the core of The Creation Paradox. In our modern interpretation of Creationism, the Creationists are essentially saying that a single snapshot in time, right now, is more impressive than the entire process. It’s not. And the simple, stale, and unchanging model train set is not more impressive than a model train set that grows and evolves.

Creationism should instead by interpreted using the computer game analogy, that the entire process of evolution is truly astounding and ongoing, and entirely driven by the Word of God and the majesty of His laws of nature and his design of organic chemistry.

Evolution is not to be interpreted outside of Creation, and should not be seen as a challenge to Creation.

Evolution is proceeding according to the Will of God, and it is following His divinely created law of nature and principles of organic chemistry. We’ll save for now any discussion on whether or not all the scientists have got the process and mechanisms for Evolution right, and the lineup of human ancestors and missing links. They probably don’t have all the facts straight, especially on matters of hybridization and gene flow, but science can and will grow and advance. Ideas considered to be heresy may someday be mainstream science.

By incorporating evolution and increasing people’s understanding of the awe of God, creationism conquers evolution. The battle is over, and there is a clear winner, creationism.

So the conclusion of The Creation Paradox is that the Christian who accepts a little wiggle room such as metaphors into a literal interpretation of the Bible can believe in a God that made this most amazing evolving train set that we can call our universe, while the Christian who hangs onto every letter of every word, and denies the metaphors, is left with a simple, stale, and unchanging creation.

Both are creations. Both can legitimately be called versions of Creationism. One is simple, stale, and unchanging, and the other is dynamic and astounding. Hmmm, which do you want? I want the one that makes God more astounding, and more amazing than ever.

The universe is not simple, stale, and unchanging. I cannot have that. That evolving train set and our modern computer games pale in comparison to our evolving universe and our evolving life on Earth. We would be missing out on the true and greater understanding of God’s glory if we deny that he is the architect and guiding force of Evolution. I want to feel humble before God. That evolving universe which he created really makes me humble. I am just in total awe. I don’t want to accept a God that is a fraction of His actual greatness.

And while Christians are commanded to know God and to love God, it is also true that even with a lifetime of spiritual studying and learning, nobody can ever grasp a full understanding of God. Anyone who says they’ve arrived and knows it all has actually barely started their journey. This is all part of being humble before God.

Science and religion are not in conflict. We’ve covered a lot, and really there’s only one remaining major bone of contention between science and religion, and that’s the damn atheist scientists. A high majority of modern scientists are atheists, and they are floundering in political correctness. How dare they say it all happened without God. That’s the problem, and that’s the only real problem. May God bless America and all of humanity. May our scientists find peace and inspiration, and end their war on God.

ISSUES CONFRONTING SINGLE-PAYER

Fri, 22 Feb 2019 16:57:25 GMT

Can National healthcare ever work? Maybe, but as currently envisioned, there is a Single- Payer plan that would bankrupt America. It would collapse consumer spending because everyone’s taxes would be so high that few people would have disposable income. The medical industry would consume consumer spending to the detriment of all other industries, especially non-essentials like Arts & Entertainment, Sports, Hobbies, Travel, Dining, Home Improvements, and all varieties of Consumer Goods.

You don’t see those industries leading the charge against Single-Payer, do you? That’s because very few people understand the economy.

I know the economy because I’ve been in home improvement sales for 13 years. Prior to that, I sold copiers for Konica-Minolta for 5 years. I have met and negotiated contracts with a few thousand customers, both consumers and small businesses. I have heard every economic pain imaginable that is an objection to signing a contract. Some I keep hearing again and again, and others only once in a while. This allows me to gage the impact of various economic pains. I understand the economy. I really do.

People are being drained of their money by taxes and by a few select industries, which are Banking, Housing, Insurance, Day Care, College, and Medical. As money is consumed by those industries, there is no money left for people to spend on all other industries. Lets start explaining the economy here >>> many people understand the concept of living paycheck to paycheck. Just take it a step further, and ask: Do people spend a lot when they are living paycheck to paycheck? The answer is no. And if they don’t spend, what happens to the economy?

When I was on the verge of eviction and bankruptcy, I sat down and revised my budget. I reduced my spending by $800 in monthly costs on various industries. I even cut loose my girlfriend at the time, as she was the cause of too much consumer spending by me. Poor xoxoxo, oh well. It was great while it lasted. I then looked at the list I made, and reflected: “Wow, if everyone does this, how will those industries survive?” I was squeezed out of existence by rising housing costs and fees on credit cards. Essential services like housing, left unregulated, will always rob other industries of consumer spending. That was economics lesson #1.

There is no end to the rise in housing costs, anywhere and everywhere within easy commuting distance of high-paying jobs. Whether or not the renters in a given neighborhood have those high-paying job is not a factor in the amount that an apartment will rent for. The asking price for housing in dense urban areas is not set by the basic economic equation of supply and demand for the neighborhoods affected. In an unregulated environment, the cost of any essential service will rise beyond the ability of most people to pay. That was economics lesson #2.

If utilities like water and electricity were not regulated, prices would rise to the point that one third or more of the average family’s income would go to utilities. Perhaps activists would start demanding a socialist solution in which government subsidies the consumer’s utility cost? But that would never be the answer for me. The obvious answer would be for the utilities to be regulated and the costs kept down. That is why utilities are regulated.

Nobody except the biggest fool alive would call for utilities to be deregulated. Everyone would instantly understand exactly what would happen to consumer spending on all other industries if utilities were deregulated. Yet, this is exactly what has been happening with other essential services, such as Medical, Day Care, and Housing. Those costs are consuming everyone’s disposable income, to the detriment of consumer spending on all other industries. Hello “other industries”, are you out there. You really need to start fighting
this battle.

When essential services are unregulated, costs rise to crushing levels. The result, ultimately, is that more and more people wind up on government assistance. The victims are not simply the people; the victims are all other industries that are being robbed of consumer spending.

We hope this is an epiphany to many readers. If so, you are starting to understand Economic Populism, and how Economic Populism is actually about protecting and optimizing capitalism for all non-essential industries. It is as far from Socialism as possible. Optimizing capitalism is like the conductor of an orchestra doing his thing. There is no reason why the United States can’t have 10% GDP growth per year for at least a decade, as there is so much held-back potential. Our economy is like a compressed spring.

Contrary to popular opinion, government regulation and socialism are profoundly different solutions. They are actually opposite approaches. Regulating utilities is not socialism, regulating housing is not socialism, and regulating medical costs is not socialism.

This lead-in to a discussion on medical had to start with housing and utilities, because medical is also “essential”.

Medical costs, if not regulated, will simply inflate in an insane way, exactly as they have done. Medical costs are not set by a supply and demand equation, as if someone is buying a flat screen TV or deciding what restaurant to visit. The laissez-faire approach to consumer protection works for non-essentials, but it is a total fail whenever the product or service is essential. That is economics lesson #3.

The answer to the medical cost crisis is not a Socialist solution in which the government (the taxpayer) subsidies most people’s medical costs, without controlling the costs. Economic Populism is all about consumer protection.

National Healthcare cannot be set up as a golden business plan for the medical industry, insurance, and lawyers. The Socialists will simply make a deal with those industries, and the consumers will be shafted.

The very last thing that most industries want is government regulation, and they’ll actually prefer Socialism over government regulation, because Socialism still allows them to charge as much as they want for everything, and then the government simply picks up the tab for a whole lot of people, and then taxes everyone to death to pay for it. Industry doesn’t care, as long as they can maximize their profits.

Notice how day care costs in many States have tripled or quadrupled in 20 years. The high majority of families with children are poor or working class, and the government is subsidizing their day care costs, which is pure Socialism. Therefore, the providers of day care can charge whatever they want, and they don’t care that some middle class families who don’t qualify for government assistance can’t afford day care. If they charged less to get the business of the middle class, they would make much less from the government subsidies on the poor and working class children. It would not be a net game for them. When too many people are subsidized by Socialists programs, it destroys the supply and demand equation, and results in escalating costs. That is economics lesson #4

The day care cost crisis is keeping a lot of spouses from working, and that is tremendously holding back economic growth as well as tax revenue to government. Socialism most harms the people and families just above the income level to qualify for the government subsidies. That has been me for my entire adult life.

The Medical, Legal, and Insurance industries effectively own our State and Federal legislators. If our elected officials are asked to set up a National Healthcare system, it will be set up as “single-payer” to the interests of those industries, not to the interests of the consumers.

But, is there a way to make a National Healthcare system work? I dare to push this envelope. I give the following conditions to possibly bring National Healthcare into the realm of Economic Populism:

(1) It must guarantee patients access to all technology and medicine that has come OFF OF PATENT. This is necessary for cost purposes.

(2) Patents for all medical equipment and medicine shall only last 15 years.

(3) The system must preserve the market for people with money that want to buy the best possible care. Those higher-income people will pay for their own services out of pocket, but shall also be subsidized the equivalent amount that their care would have cost if it were part of national healthcare (meaning if it was entirely technology and medicine that has come off of patent) So they would pay the difference to get better care, and that is fair on multiple counts. There has to be a system that encourages advances in the medical and pharmaceutical industries, and there has to be a system in which people can buy better
quality care. The Socialist notion that EVERYONE is entitled to the same care, and the best possible care, has to be thrown out before any national healthcare system is adopted.

(4) Non-profit corporations must be set up to deliver basic medical care in the form of community clinics. These can be quasi-associated with every hospital, and with additional locations.

(5) Hospitals must have to right to deny Emergency Room admissions to patients with minor knee scrapes; mosquito bites, sniffles, etc., and instead refer them to the community clinics. These are preferably within walking distance. This will stop cold the ongoing and tremendous abuse of the system. Sorry ‘mam, your 7 year daughter can be treated at the local clinic for that stuffy nose. She doesn’t need an ER admission, and we the taxpayers are not going to tolerate that abuse of the system.

(6) Tort reform. Massive tort reform is needed to reduce costs for hospitals, nursing homes, assisted living, and even day care. That will reign in on excesses of the insurance industry and the greedy law firms at the same time. People are not entitled to $100 million dollar settlements, no matter how they have been mistreated or wronged. We laugh and smile when we read about those crazy legal judgments, but nobody stops to think how it is hitting their pocketbook.

(7) Reign in on the excesses of big pharma. If the same medicine is one-third the cost in Canada, or one-thirtieth the cost in India, there’s a big problem. The industry needs to be read the riot act, and if they don’t fall in line, much stronger government regulation must be enacted

(8) Collective enrollment by State. Wal-Mart gets way better bulk rates for their employees than a small business with 65 employees. And if you are an individual entrepreneur, or self- employed in some fashion, you are paying way more than the employer with 65 employees. All of this is grossly unfair, and it is a tremendous deterrent to starting a small business. It is against the spirit of capitalism, and it is literally holding back economic growth.. Why can’t an entire State enroll its residents, as if it were Wal-Mart? If so, the residents would get a phenomenal bulk rate. What I’m saying is that if there is going to be “single-payer”, it has to be by State. The federal government is already too big, too powerful.

(9) Medical coverage must include Worker’s Compensation for job-related injuries. I dealt with Worker Compensation providers for years. They are totally unreasonable to work with. They demand full payment for the year up front, and then subject contractors to horrific audits. They demand over 20 cents for every dollar paid to a worker, which is simply insane. The higher they raise their rates, the more contractors pay their workers off the books, causing them to raise their rates even higher. There is no solution, other than to eliminate Worker’s Compensation insurance, and consolidate it with national healthcare.

(10) Cover pre-existing conditions. This won’t be so costly if recommendations #1 and #2 are in effect.

(11) Cover dental. Human teeth are connected to various organs and body parts in a system similar to acupuncture. This means that if a tooth is unhealthy, it causes illnesses elsewhere in the body. In addition, root canal is extremely dangerous because it leaves miles of rotting blood vessels in the tooth, causing various major illnesses. It is nonsense to cover everyone’s medical costs, but not cover teeth, when teeth are the cause of so many medical problems.

(12) Much higher food ingredient standards. 75% of Americans have diabetes or pre- diabetes, and this is all related to the composition of our food. I know that some die-hard Republicans are phenomenally opposed to government setting food standards. Well, those Republicans are not supporters of Economic Populism. There’s room in the Party for discussion on economic reforms.

(13) Unessential cosmetic procedures should not be covered, including gender reassignment surgery and cosmetic surgery, but something like a cleft lip would qualify. Some standards need to be established as to what is vanity and optional, and what is not.

This is not an endorsal of National Healthcare, but merely a set of provisions that must be adopted before there is any discussion about bringing it under the umbrella of government. It’s all about consumer protection. There cannot even be a discussion about National Healthcare or State Healthcare without a laser focus on consumer protection and cost cutting across the board. Currently, our public policy makers are not even close to this focus. Therefore, I cannot support Single Payer at this time.

DEMONIZATION OF REPUBLICANS

Thu, 31 Jan 2019 18:42:17 GMT

Trump is always portrayed negatively

What is a Republican? Are Republicans racist? The Far Left will immediately make that association. It is the epicenter of their toxic political message, and the main force behind their “get out the vote” effort. But how much truth is there to
this.

First, if anyone expresses pride in America, the Far Left will say “See I told you, listen to all that nationalism crap, that’s white supremacy”. Pride in America is not racist. Americans have the right to say we are the greatest country in the

history of the world. The American Revolution caused democracy to replace monarchies throughout the world. The freedoms we outlined in our founding documents ultimately led to the abolition of slavery, a free press, democratic
elections, freedom of religion, and women’s suffrage worldwide. These could all be considered “liberal” advances, in a broad sense, compared to the “conservative” monarchies. The Welcome Movement continues to differentiate
between “Far Left” and “liberal”, with the latter being acceptable, and the former being extremist.

This progress happened in phases here at home, as it took time for people to catch up with the overall American vision. No, the Founding Fathers didn’t abolish slavery and give equal rights to women, and had they tried, the

American Revolution would not have had the necessary public support to succeed. Progress happened in phases, first for all White men, then for all men, and then for all men and women. Americans have generated great advances in
science, technology, engineering, medicine, and the Arts. We saved the world from conquest by evil forces twice. First in World War II, and then in The Cold War. We have every reason to be proud of our country.

Second, the Far Left wants to define Republicans as an unholy coalition of greedy rich people and uneducated racist working class Whites who have been fooled into supporting capitalism and President Trump. This toxic message from

the Far Left is especially strong in our inner cities, where Republicans are so non-existent that the average inner city resident is just not meeting them, interacting with them, or even reading their posts on social media. Their views
are instead molded by the most toxic form of identity politics in the history of our nation.

Doesn’t every group, political or social, have the right to define for themselves what they stand for and whom they represent? Republicans overwhelmingly oppose racism, period. There are a few main types of Republicans, and racism

is antithetical to each. We can’t speak for every person. Yes, there are Republicans that are racist, and there are Democrats who are racist as well, including both Whites and minorities. What’s important is to look at what each type of Republican stands for. Let’s explore a few of the most common types:

TYPE #1: LIBERTARIANS. They believe everyone is equal and should have the same rights. Here’s a snippet straight from a libertarian website:

The libertarian or “classical liberal” perspective is that peace, prosperity, and social harmony are fostered by “as much liberty as possible” and “as little government as necessary.”

With a long intellectual tradition spanning hundreds of years, libertarian ideas of individual rights, economic liberty, and limited government have contributed to history-changing movements like abolition, women’s suffrage, and the civil rights movement.

Libertarian is not a single viewpoint, but includes a wide variety of perspectives. Libertarians can range from market anarchists to advocates of a limited welfare state, but they are all united by a belief in personal liberty, economic freedom, and skepticism of government power.

Is there anything remotely racist here? Libertarians believe this a social order that would work if everyone was productive and personally responsible. Minorities of all types are openly included. Aspects of libertarianism are clearly
articulated in the founding documents of our republic, and most libertarians believe in a strict interpretation of the U.S. Constitution.

TYPE 2: THE CHRISTIAN RIGHT. Christians, whether they are Democrats or Republicans, are compelled by their Faith to believe that everyone is equal in the eyes of God. The Biblical parable of the Good Samaritan (Luke 10:25-37) makes

a strong statement against xenophobia, straight from the mouth of Jesus. If a Christian does feel or express racism, they need to read the Bible and pray. Every traditionally White Christian church in my home State of New Jersey has
large numbers of minorities. White congregations simply don’t exist here. Most of the Far Left never steps foot in a church, so they don’t know about this diversity, nor how Christians have embraced it. Christian churches are typically
mixed politically as well, with Democrats, Republicans, and Independents all well represented.

The Christian Right places a high value on Faith, family, and community, and typically shuns protests and divisive politics emanating from both political camps. Classic characteristics including speaking passively, being humble
before God, acting and dressing modestly, being financially responsible, and shunning gambling, promiscuity, materialistic lifestyles, and substance abuse. Most of the “never Trumpers” in the 2016 Republican Primaries were devout Christians. The true Christian outwardly displays a spiritual persona, and is overflowing with love for all of humanity. They make good friends, good neighbors, good parents, and outstanding grandparents. They are just decent

honest people.

In the mid-1800’s, the Christian Right were the first Republicans, and they organized politically specifically to fight for the abolition of slavery. In the early 1900’s, they led the women’s suffrage movement, and even some environmental
causes. I knew Julia Lamb, one of the last surviving active members of a woman-based Republican environmental movement in New Jersey. The New Jersey Federation of Women’s Clubs championed the preservation of The
Palisades as early as 1895, only 3 years after the founding of the Sierra Club in California. These women, mostly Republicans, made the environmental movement socially acceptable, and brought it to the front door of America’s
largest city. They won, and they helped inspire President Teddy Roosevelt.

There’s a myth on the Far Left that the parties have flipped, and this type of Republican no longer exists. Not true, the parties pivoted, but didn’t flip. This kind of Christian Republican still exists, and they are even more supportive of

racial equality than their predecessors in past generations. Just as it took time for the principles of equality written in the Declaration of Independence to be fully implemented, it also took time for the smug and condescending philosophy
of the “White Man’s Burden” to evolve into an embrace of true equality. The modern understanding of Christianity is much closer to the actual Word of Jesus now than during the Abolition Movement.

(3) ECONOMIC CONSERVATIVES believe that there is a level playing field for all people and all races. They believe that our capitalist system needs very few changes or improvements other than cutting taxes, and that anyone of any race

or ethnic background has the right to advance and be successful. While I personally offer major populist reforms to that perspective, I do not believe that the economic conservative position is racist. Economic conservatives include African-Americans who have come to despise the "Democratic Plantation" that keeps minorities down and out, and farms
them for votes. These include people who have moved up to the suburbs, and then look down on their old neighbors and family members who remain behind, instead of mentoring urban youth or volunteering to help in some other fashion.

Economic Conservatism descends in shades of grey towards Social Darwinism. Social Darwinism is the intellectual foundation of multi-level marketing organizations, and it can be found in Orthodox Judaism and the Mormon Faith, although they don’t use that term.

Social Darwinism holds that it is entirely justifiable if groups of people either prosper or fail based on whether or not they as strong a value system when it comes to faith, family, work ethic, education, and especially economic

education. Taken in the most extreme form, this allows some groups of people to prosper, have many children, and advance their community.

Those familiar with my website know that I fully advocate capitalism as the best economic system to advance technology and human civilization, but I oppose Social Darwinism. It is not a populist theory, for sure, because too many people are left behind to suffer. I want to uplift everyone economically, and have everyone’s support. Pursuing these ends while embracing conservative values is the basis of Economic Populism. Nevertheless, the point must be made that Social Darwinism is based on values, not on race.

Fortunately, most economic conservatives do not support Social Darwinism, and some even go out of their way to help teach the best principles of economics and success to minorities.

Economic conservatives include people of all races and ethnic backgrounds who have fled the inner cities to escape the social ills and the failure of the Great Society program. Some will say: “Oh look, they left the cities to get away from

all the poor minorities, that’s racism”. Is wanting better schools for your kids racist? Is it racist to not want to wake up
in the morning to see that your car parked on the street has been stripped of its rims and tires, and the chassis is left sitting on a cinder block? Is it racist to want to go out to eat with your family, and not have to worry that your home is being robbed while you are out? Is it racist to be disgusted with the incompetence and corruption of the urban political machines?

The high crime and the failing schools of our urban centers is a very real problem. It’s not inherently racist to recognize it, or to want something better. My main criticism of mainstream Republicans is that they characteristically offer

no solutions to those problems, other than to move out. Yes, there are solutions, and they start with spiritual development, community empowerment, providing affordable housing, and mentoring the youth. If each person is improved, society as a whole will improve. Getting back to that basic conservative perspective is the starting point for progress. Most urban “progressives” want to start with personal expression, protesting, and identity politics. Not only is that not the starting point, it’s all counter-productive.

These three most common types of Republican are the heart and soul of the Republican Party. None of these three types are racist. Every one of them seeks to include anyone and everyone, without regard to their race or national origin.

Persons who are racist, homophobic, or misogynist are mostly members of fringe third parties and radical organizations that we do not support. They are the outskirts of the Republican Party, and beyond. The Democratic Party has

even uglier outskirts, and beyond.

Rather than deal with the truth regarding the three primary types of Republicans, the Far Left would rather announce that every Republican is a racist, a hater, a misogynist, a homophobe, and basically an all-round "deplorable". The forces pushing them in this direction are overwhelming. It’s been proven that the best way to get out the Democratic vote is to vilify and dehumanize Republicans as racist and evil. When politics is governed by hate and fear, it’s become clear that the Bahai’s are correct is saying that politics is inherently corrupt.

Identity politics has to be called out and identified as TOXIC. It started in the 1960’s with Saul Alinsky, and it’s been building and building for half a century. The longer it goes on, the more it fuels division and disunity. And now that many

Republicans have are increasingly doing the same thing in response, we are at or beyond the point of no return. This could lead to a major constitutional crisis, and even the destruction of our nation. Millions upon millions of voters are being indoctrinated into the toxic politics of hate and fear. Even people who consider themselves to be intelligent, empathetic, and concerned with public policy have been “sold” on this approach of demonizing Republicans.

The problem of toxic politics is most intense in our urban centers. The firstphase was for Republicans to become a “them” in a great class warfare scheme, along the lines of Saul Alinsky. Now, we are deep into the second phase, which is that everything commonly associated with Republicans is considered to be evil or at least suspect. This includes:

Christianity
Capitalism and corporations
Wealthy people
Suburban and rural areas
Straight men
Caucasians
The military
The American flag,
Pride in America
A closed national border, and even
America as a nation.

The goal of the Far Left is to demonize all of the above in addition to the Republican Party. By doing so, they hope to unify all the protest groups to crush “the evil oppressors”.

I have witnessed this first-hand living for almost 11 years living in the City of Newark. In Newark, the social activists fall primarily into two camps, Black Muslims and the LGBTQ community. These two camps have an unspoken

political alliance, even though they privately hate each other. Their alliance is to be opposed to Republicans, and to dismiss as racist everything I just listed above that is commonly associated with the Republican Party.

These two camps completely control the social and political scene in Newark, and other urban centers. Of note, there are a handful of people who fall into both camps, meaning they are LGBTQ Black Muslims. Yes, that is possible. And

those are the voices that are the most phenomenally opposed to everyone Republican, and everything commonly associated with the Republican Party. They are also the strongest supporters of former President Barack Obama, who

is revered and adored as the greatest American who has ever lived.

You’ll see this pattern in city after city, and it’s most pronounced where tenants have little or no rights, where rents have risen to a crushing level, and where code enforcement is almost non-existent. We, as a society, are literally breeding a Socialist revolution in our urban centers. People are fed up and furious in urban centers from New York to Portland, Oregon. This is the new voice of the Democratic Party, and they consider traditional Democrats to be little better than Republicans. The future of politics is getting uglier, not better.

My very recent experience living in Newark and being involved in social and political affairs gives me a perspective unique among conservatives. It’s like I’ve come from the future, and I have a message of what’s coming. I see the future

of America in Newark, and it scares me to death. Central to the mission of the Welcome Movement is to offer an alternative. There must be a vision of unity and economic populism. There must be a movement that counters the ugliness of identity politics.

I have to make the observation that President Trump’s reforms of the Republican Party are pushing the Party in the direction of becoming the Party of the common White man, instead of being the Party of the wealthy and big
corporations. Viewed from the Far Left perspective of identity politics, this is very threatening, but ironically, it’s only a hair’s width from true progress for all men and women of all races. How is this possible? The situation has to be
viewed through a paradigm shift. Whatever is done to advance the economic interests of the common White man will at the same time advance the economic interests of EVERYONE. This is actually starting to happen with the current all-

time low unemployment levels for African-Americans and Latinos.

Does this sound familiar? It should, it’s happened before. Look at history. Everything our Founding Fathers established was for all White men to be equal and to live in a free and just society. Then over time, that vision and those lofty
words were expanded to include women and minorities. Once again, progress is happening in phases. Donald Trump has started to move the Republican Party in the direction of becoming the Party of the common White man. The next step is for it to become the Party of all common people, all men, all women, all immigrants and minorities. We all have the same economic interests. What is good economically for the common White man is good for everyone. That’s the

paradigm shift. This is all part of the grand vision of the Welcome Movement.

What the Republicans have been shockingly lacking is the political wherewithal to accept the paradigm shift, and transition it into an economic populist perspective that can be openly seen as being for the benefit of everyone, not just the common White man. Making that happen is one of the central missions of The Welcome Movement. The Republican Party has to fully embrace everyone, welcome everyone, and end the ugly rhetoric on immigrants. We can

still have a closed border, without demonizing immigrants. The passive Christian approach has great merit. This change in tone would present a striking alternative to the toxic identity politics of the Far Left. The Republicans need to
offer a crystal clear alternative to the Democrats in terms of tone, and in terms of welcoming and embracing everyone. This would overshadow the issues that divide the parties. Follow my lead, and 2020 will be landslide for the Republicans. Probably they should hire me as a campaign consultant.

I take great inspiration from Harry Pozycki, a liberal Democrat who founded The Citizens Campaign, based in Metuchen, NJ. Pozycki has lain out a “No-Blame” approach for urban problem solving, and he is well known for saying ‘We’re all

doomed if we can’t work together in a rationale and bipartisan fashion to offer solutions to urban problems’. One day Pozycki came to our monthly meeting in Newark and said that he was surprised to learn that conservative and
Republican legislators love his plan for all students in New Jersey to take civics classes and learn about government and how the system works. He was alarmed that some of them want the curriculum to include the 2nd amendment.
Hey Harry, I picked that up on that one in about one nano-second. Conservatives call it a “Constitutional” approach. As kids learn about the Constitution, and the principles of being a positive agent of change in their community, they’ll develop a level of personal responsibility to want to advance public policy. This is an inherently conservative perspective. But if most of the kids follow Pozycki’s politics and they stay liberal Democrats, that is perfectly

fine, and long overdue to counter the Saul Alinsky approach. I respect that kind of Democrat, and I can work with them any day on any issue.

The changes that Pozycki is spearheading for the Democrats in New Jersey’s urban centers, I want to do for the Republicans. And I want to do it nationally.

SLOGAN CHANGE: ECONOMIC POPULISM

Mon, 31 Dec 2018 00:00:00 GMT

As we ring in the new year, 2019, it’s time for slogan change. This is not a mission change, but a change in perception.

From our very inception we have been abundantly clear that we are about reforming the Republican Party and making it more a party of the people. We advocate a re-emphasis on Christian principles and basic American values, and by necessity this involves economic reforms that uplift the poor, the working class, and the middle class. We are egalitarian, not elitist, and our egalitarian beliefs come straight from Christian teachings. We know there is a Christian Left, and we differ from them in that we seek these socioeconomic gains through capitalism, not socialism. We want the economic system to be as family-centered as possible, and we clearly don’t want artists and entertainers controlling the flow of social change, as they have been.

There are two primary schools of economic theory within the Republican Party. One is to be most concerned with taxpayers and the economic functioning of the nation as a unit. The other is Keynesian, and to be most concerned with maximizing profits for the big corporations and the very wealthy. The truth is that only a tiny bit of wealth actually trickles down. These two factions co-exist within the Republican Party. We are unapologetically the former, hence our “populism”. We believe that as consumers are uplifted and have more money to spend, consumer spending skyrockets, and the entire economy surges forwards. This is as non-Keynesian as one can get, but still 100% committed to capitalism.

The socialist will put the full burden for providing for people’s economic needs upon the government. That protects the corporations from providing more in terms of wages or benefits. This reality is slowly setting in, and the parties are pivoting in their positions.

No better example exists of the pivot underway than Obamacare. The system was set up to maximize the profits for insurance companies operating in the middle, while the government and taxpayers are picking up the slack for a whole lot of people. And in this manner, a socialist program was fully supported by big business. It’s like they made a deal with the devil. Next comes the Far Left proposal for a universal guaranteed income. That one is primarily a means for people to have more money to pay rent. Rents will skyrocket accordingly, and the people won’t be in any better condition. The proposal is essentially a transfer of money from government to business (landlords).

We know that some forces in the Republican Party will resist our reforms, and say we are too centrist and populist to be Republicans. Not so fast. We are disgusted with what is called “The Democratic Plantation”. The Democratic political equation is to maximize it’s votes by keeping people poor, keeping them dependent upon government, keeping them renting instead of owning, keeping them living at high density, and teaching them through the media and social media to hate and fear White people, Christians, and “America”. I openly despise that political strategy, and the resulting polarization, disunity, and political squabbling. The corrupt Democratic county political organizations are the masters of those plantations. The Democratic Plantation comes with a built-in incentive to not help people advance economically. If people advance on any one of those fronts, they are less likely to vote Democrat. Well, our side has a built-in incentive as well. The more people are helped, the more likely they are to vote for our populist candidates. You can’t get any more populist than that. This is a small part of the paradigm shift.

So what’s the agenda for Economic Populism? For starters, we want to reign in on usury level interest rates and fees on credit cards, we offer major housing solutions, we have a plan to make national healthcare actually work economically, we oppose Civil Asset Forfeiture, we support Trump’s fair trade reforms, and we have pledged complete and total opposition to any kind of flat tax or national sales tax. Those tax schemes would crush the working class and middle class. Our movement is a reform movement within the Republican Party.

While these reforms could theoretically advance within the Democratic Party, the activists on the left are far too vocal, and they are in complete command of the direction of social and political change for their Party. They want Socialism, and there is simply no room under their shrinking umbrella for any ideas that run counter.

All of this is screaming for us to go under the slogan “Economic Populism”. I have been feeling a spiritual calling to make this change, and then something was spoken in my church this past Sunday. I decided on the spot that it was the time.

The slogan “Republican Populism” gives the impression that our goal is to advance the Republican Party, and whatever they stand for, and we are just a Republican cheerleader like so many people running blogs or championing the Far Right on social media. Just another player in the ongoing partisan bickering. No, that is not even close. We don’t even like all that overtly partisan nonsense. Our goal is to advance populist economic reforms along with our spiritual and cultural ideas.

Impressions are everything. Many readers are clicking onto this website, seeing the word “Republican”, groaning, and clicking away without reading a sentence. A judgment is made in a split second, and the reader goes no further. It doesn’t matter how well we articulate in the top paragraphs of the home page that we are about spirituality and reforming the Republican Party, because they aren’t reading those paragraphs or our lists of reforms and spiritual ideas.

An article entitled “The GOP’s Path to Economic Populism” was published on April 27, 2018 in The Atlantic. This article is close to the mark on my vision, but without a spiritual component. It identifies the Republican Party as the upcoming vehicle for said populism.

https://www.theatlantic.com/politics/archive/2018/04/democrats-economic-populism/559199/

A move towards Economic Populism also exists in the Democratic Party. Here’s an article entitled “Affluent Democrats aren’t an obstacle to Economic Populism” in Intelligencer, dated April 20, 2018. The author argues for the Democratic Party to pursue Economic Populism.

http://nymag.com/intelligencer/2018/04/affluent-democrats-arent-an-obstacle-to-economic-populism.html

As I said, that’s only a path towards socialism.

The parties are pivoting, and the directions of each haven’t been fleshed out. We will explain in further blogs why we believe the Democratic Party is shifting towards corporate interests, and the Republican Party is shifting towards populist interests. Spoiler Alert: what I will reveal is not out there in the world of politics. It will be a total shock, and a major paradigm-shift. Stay tuned.

CLASSIC LIBERALISM RESPECTS THE WORD OF GOD

Sun, 16 Dec 2018 00:00:00 GMT

More than a few readers have misunderstood this blog and website as being an attack on liberalism. It has become important to distinguish the critical difference between classic liberalism and the modern Far Left. First, watch this astounding and eye-opening Prager University Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tlIjMJBSnRE on this subject. He totally nails it. This blog post takes Dennis Prager’s arguments to the next step, and applies it to Christianity and Christian contributions to social justice. Prager is Jewish, so he simply might not be thinking in this direction, but it’s clearly an extension of his arguments. Let’s give him the benefit of doubt.

Classic liberalism is not objectionable at all. Freedom of speech, freedom of religion, freedom of the press, freedom of assembly, respect for education, and the full equality of minorities and women (without any radicalism or socialism) are all classic liberal views. Most are positions clearly articulated in the founding documents of our Republic. Some are in the Declaration of Independence, some are in the U.S. Constitution or the Bill of Rights, and yes others were added later. When I criticize “intellectualism”, as I did on a prior blog, I am not talking about classic liberalism, or any thought process leading to it.

It’s fair to argue that those people who are constitutionalists or conservative should support all of these “liberal” positions. If you are proud of America and if you are conservative about the U.S. Constitution and what this country stands for, these positions of classic liberalism are a good part of what America stands for.

Those who are classic liberals not only support these views and positions, they respect and admire the United States as the nation that puts forth this worldview and advances it globally. The classic liberal respects the English language works of literature such as Shakespear. They admire and advance the notion that Western Civilization, and the United States in particular, is the guiding light of humanity and the wellspring of progress for the world. The classic liberal knows that America was the impetus for democracies to replace monarchies, and prevented horrendous forces from winning the Second World War and the Cold War. Both Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union would have destroyed Western Civilization and set back humanity. The true liberal has zero desire for historical revisionism because such rewriting will undermine the very “liberal” progress that they believe should be continued. A great many veterans of World War II, what historians called “the greatest generation” were solid supporters of FDR and the New Deal.

Classic liberals either actively support the Christian Left, or have a healthy respect for Christian teachings, even by those liberals who are agnostic or atheist. This differs greatly from the modern Far Left.

It is abundantly clear that the Teachings of Jesus promote helping the poor, and admonishing greed. Jesus had a general contempt for tax collectors, which at the time meant collecting money from the poor to give to the Caesars and kings, who spent it almost entirely on enriching themselves and maintaining a military force. Nothing was spent for schools or social services, and perilously little for stone roads, water infrastructure, or public buildings. Jesus advanced no specific economic theory, but He was clear that the poor and working class should be uplifted, and that those of different backgrounds should be respected and embraced, not neglected or persecuted. The classic liberal understands that these are Christian teachings, and has a healthy respect for all of this, whether they are believers in Jesus or not.

Within the past few decades, our whole nation has drifted so far from Christianity and a healthy respect for religion that this perspective has evaporated among the Left. This perspective has also diminished among the Right, which has created another whole set of problems. The subject of future blogs, I promise. America’s drift from God is indeed the source of all our problems.

History, at least until it is rewritten by the historical revisionists, is quite clear that the Abolitionist Movement of the 1840’s and 1850’s and the Civil Rights movement of the 1950’s and 1960’s were led by very strong believers in God, and almost entirely by Christians. Muslims and Jews were supporting players in the latter, and that is perfectly fine. The classic liberal who is atheist or agnostic knows and respects the role of Christianity in advancing both of these critical chapters in American history. While they might not personally believe in God or Jesus, this understanding that Christian-based initiatives have led to great social progress is important. It allows believers and non-believers to work together in harmony for progress, and it acts to limit outright hatred for Christianity.

This classic liberal perspective on both Christianity and America is absent from the radical Left of our modern times. In many regards, I am still a 1980’s liberal. I didn’t change too much. It was the Left that changed, and I didn’t come along for the ride.

The classic liberal and the modern Far Left are light-years apart in both philosophy and tone. This is a major difference, a major rift.

We don’t want to focus on what we oppose, but we do have to quickly list the differences in the rift between the modern Far Left and the classic liberal. The Far Left wants to demonize America, minimize the Word of God, fault the U.S. Constitution for whatever good things were left out, cast Christopher Columbus as a great force of evil, dismiss the Founding Fathers as a bunch of White supremacists that wouldn’t give equality to women and minorities, blame the White Man for all the problems in America and the world, and then use all of this as the arguments in voting for or against particular candidates. They want to rewrite every chapter of history from the perspective of victims and oppressors, in order to educate and indoctrinate all future generations, and set a political perspective of political correctness, class conflict, and socialism.

Modern political correctness is an absolutely caustic approach that fails to recognize the progress occurs in phases, and that at each phase, it would have not been possible to “do everything needed”. The Far Left approach has alienated millions upon millions of people, and driven them away from Democratic Party, which has in turn pulled the Party even further to the left, and even further from God.

The classic liberal is more inclined to agree with this webmaster that progress occurs in phases, that America is generally a force of good, and that we’re not done with progress.

If the modern Republican Party had all the answers, there would be no reason to create this blog or website. I am 100% about reforming the Republican Party, and I want to do it by bringing over whole groups of constituents. I want to increase the respect for the Word of God within the Republican Party, and bring over immigrants and minorities by the millions. And yes the classic liberal has a seat at the table. Absolutely. It is only the Far Left, those radicals with their caustic message of hate and class conflict, and their contempt for Jesus, that are not likely to be supportive.

Republicans haven’t wizened up on how to handle the rift between leftists and liberals, which is to take the high road and become the Party of unity and principle. There is only so much I can do given my limited audience.

We can accept and embrace the classic liberal in the Welcome Movement, and we can appreciate the Christian Left as partly fulfilling the need for politics and public policy to conform to the Word of God.

It is important to note that this “conforming” is a one-way street. It is the world of politics and public policy that need to conform to the Word of God, not the other way around. Our kind words of agreement with the Christian Left on this posting should not be interpreted as a weakness in Christianity. Revelation is the only process in which the Word of God changes. We do not support the modern call for churches to shift their Teachings to conform to the already indoctrinated positions of teens and young adults on various culture war matters. Those positions have been pounded into their heads by the entertainment industry. They do not derive from their own sincere and objective study of the Bible. They already know what they know, and are so close-minded they won’t even open “that stupid book”. It is the church that must lead and teach the younger generations, not the reverse. Sorry for the short sermon.

Not too much focus here, as we have pledged to advance what we support, not criticize what we oppose. I guess the ratio of supporting versus opposing will have to be 8:1, but greater whenever possible.

MY MISSION, STAY FOCUSSED ERIC

Mon, 10 Dec 2018 00:00:00 GMT

I need to focus more on my mission. My mission is for the political Right to follow the Word of God, and not be greedy, selfish, or rude. It is very good that most (not all) of the political Right identifies as Christian and defends Christians from The Left when needed, BUT what's really important is to BE Christian. To follow the Teachings, to show love, to be kind to others, to be forgiving, and to have "the system" work for everyone. That's my mission. My mission should not be to bash the Left, no matter how much I am upset that most of The Left (not all) wants to minimize Jesus and all of religion, and deter our Youth from following the Word of God.

My primary mission is advocacy on banking and housing matters, something that not enough believers in God understand or respect. I am pursuing ways for the government to provide affordable housing for purchase. My primary suggestion involves erecting and selling pre-fabricated single-family houses. If properly pursued, it won’t cost taxpayers anything, because the sale price will slightly exceed the cost. As people’s housing costs reduce by many hundreds of dollars per month, that frees up money in the budget to be openly spent in the consumer economy. The entire economy should focus on consumers spending money, not on consumers being consumed. Sometimes I think that the bankers, insurance executives, and mega landlords are meeting every year on some island in the Bahamas, and dividing us up >>>

“OK, their houses were foreclosed, so now these stupid people have to rent, and all these people having to rent will drive up rents. So we make more money on the rent, perfect. Higher rents will also drive up housing prices so the houses that we now own can recover in price from that wave of foreclosures. How convenient for us, hehehe. Now, Mark you can have “x” on renting their houses back to them, and David, you can have “y” for those who are now renting in apartment buildings in urban areas, and that leaves enough to pay insurance to Jonathan. We’re taking the rest on their credit card interest payments. And Verizon, we’ll let you have a slice as well. And if the people can’t get by, the government can simply subsidize more families with food stamps and Section 8. The Democrats will love that, because the more that people are subsidized and live as tenants, especially at high density, the more solidly they will vote for Democrats. As long as us business interests can suck on their blood and take all of their money, that’s fine. We don’t care how many people are government-subsidized. In fact, let’s have the government pay everyone a universal guaranteed income, and then each person will have EVEN MORE MONEY for us to consume, and we can each increase our take. We’ll pretend we don’t like that program for political cover, but it’s actually perfect for us. Let’s work on that one this year in secret, and we’ll talk about the progress next year. And for this coming year, we especially don’t want the urban minorities to be politically aligned with working class Whites in rural areas. Let’s have them fighting each other on political and culture war issues so they are too divided to direct any attention towards what we are actually doing to them. We own the media too, we can keep them divided. Hehehe”.

They are looking at the consumer simply as an entity to be sucked of their money. They are not looking at consumers as spending freely, enjoying their lives, and building the economy from the ground up. I am an unabashed capitalist on this point. Consumers must spend, and without open consumer spending, all other industries suffer and our GDP lags. I learned this lesson in Newark.

I am no longer living in Newark, and no longer working on rent control matters, but what I accomplished in Newark continues. This year, the 26,000 families (approximately 70,000 people) living in market-rate rental units collectively saved at least $50 million on rent due to the 2014 Newark Rent Control Ordinance. And that figure will go up at least $10 million every year, indefinitely. I was one of the primary authors, and I ran the website that advocated rent control in Newark. In an instant, Newark’s rent control ordinance went from pathetic to being the strongest in the United States. Now, four years later every family is saving over $2,000 a year, and some over $3,000. By the way, rent control covers working class and middle class people, not Section 8 tenants. That $2,000+ has made the difference between renting and eviction for countless families, something that we all need to reflect upon during this Christmas season. For other families, the extra $2,000+ is being saved to move to a better apartment building, or to buy a home and live the American Dream. But for most of the 26,000 families, that $2,000+ is being spent in the Newark area. Spending is what tenants do, and that is part of the reason why they are tenants. That money is powering the consumer economy in the truest manner of capitalism. I advocated rent control in the name of increasing consumer spending and economic growth, and in the
name of helping people per the Word of God. On both counts, that really
annoyed most of my fellow rent control advocates, as they had a completely
different perspective.

It’s more than interesting to note that Newark is suddenly booming economically, and just in the last few years. Less families are stressed for cash, spending is up, crime is down, school performance has improved, and employment is up. Isn’t that’s what we should expect in Newark when money is being spent locally, not siphoned away and spent in Manhattan, Brooklyn, or South Jersey, which is where most of the landlords live. The 2014 Newark rent control ordinance was a giant step backwards for colonialism, and a giant leap forwards for personal liberation and economic growth.

To some extent, the rental industry is analogous to colonialism, in which money and resources are siphoned away to wealthy nations, and the native people are left destitute. And then the Christians in those wealthy nations look down on the natives and smugly say “Isn’t it a shame that they can’t they get their act together like us educated and industrious people, so let’s give them some charity”. Charity is fine, but what is much better is to ALLOW people and nations to get their act together, and to uplift themselves. To not be held back. Nobody should be prey in some predator-prey economic relationship. There is nothing Christian about that.

Part of me wishes I was still doing rent control, but my time for that has passed. Others still in Newark can fight to protect rent control from the attacks to dismantle it. Organizing tenants is like herding cats, and in any case, I am renting in a house now. Without a large apartment building to serve, I have no “base”.

On banking, I am still researching the evils of the Federal Reserve banking system, and openly advocating for major reductions in credit card interest rates. Again, vital money is being siphoned away, and millions of families are suffering. It is simply not justifiable for any bank to charge more than 10%, given today’s low prime rate. And as the people struggle under debt and usury-level interest payments, there is less spending and less economic growth. I believe that America’s GDP would be surging to at least 7% a year if so much money wasn’t being siphoned away by the banks. That should be the Republican goal, not maintaining a system in which the consumers are consumed. Money needs to circulate, it needs to be spent. Stop holding us back. We don’t want any charity, we want to succeed, we want to prosper, and we want to spend. We want to be happy and free. And with banking, the playing field isn’t just Newark, it’s all of America.

THE NINE REALMS OF CIVILIZATION

Wed, 28 Nov 2018 00:00:00 GMT

This is the first of a series of blog posts on The Intellectual Paradox. I am outlining 9 realms of human civilization that are all essential attributes. These are

1. Faith & Spiritual Development
2. Government/Politics/Law
3. Economic Theory & Employment
4. Marriage & Family
5. Community
6. Technology
7. Arts & Entertainment
8. Health & Environment

9. Education

One cannot ignore any of these realms if the goal is to advance civilization. If any one of these realms deteriorates, all of civilization will suffer.

I know many advocates of the Arts that think that the Arts is the key to everything. Get people to appreciate the Arts, and that will open their minds to everything good, they say. Others think it’s all about Faith, or Technology, or really any of the nine. I did list Faith first, so perhaps I have my own bias, but I recognize that all 9 are independent and essential. The nine should work together as a web of sorts. Imagine each as a point in a 9 point star, with lines connecting to the other 8 points. So let’s make a few observations on the 9 realms.

1. There needs to be some people who are completely devoted to each realm. That is their life’s work. They facilitate one realm, or become a respected expert in their realm of choice. Each must recognize that the other realms exist, and have their distinct function in civilization.

2. Some people need to flow from realm to realm, and wear different hats. This is not only acceptable; it is essential for their inter-relationship.

3. Society needs to be stable enough that progress can advance within each realm. Society cannot be divided and pitted against each other with political divisiveness and group identity mentality. Each of the 9 realms needs to accept the objective validity of the others, and the need for the others to advance.

There are writers and whole organizations focused on economic theory. They present economic theory as supreme to all other aspects of civilization, and everything else is a subset. That is a fundamental flaw in their approach.

The system does not work with any of the nine realms in a state of collapse and deterioration. Currently there are two realms that have become almost completely dysfunctional. These are Government/Politics/Law and Arts & Entertainment. That
is the current state of affairs. All of the other 7 realms are suffering because these two realms have broken down. This cannot continue.

Politics must be shamed into honesty. I believe this is possible, and I’m doing my small part within the Republican end of things. Someone else needs to take care of the Democrats, please.... We will state what we disagree with at times, even strongly at times, but hate and hostility must be avoided. Somehow, smart and dedicated people with different political ideas must find a way to work together to end the political hate game. I remember in years past, Senators Chuck Schumer (D- NY) and Orrin Hatch (R-UT) were known for agreeing that there must be order, structure, and civility to society, but disagreeing on the specifics. This perspective must be resurrected, and those politicians that have gone hard-left or hard-right must be reigned in or voted out of office.

The realm of Arts & Entertainment must be cleaned up. It’s gone too far in promoting social dysfunction. This realm is directly connected to the other 8 realms, and it dramatically affects each of them.

No better example of the problem exists than the Drag Queen Story Hour initiative, which launched in early 2018. Somehow it was deemed that the world would be a better place if all stigma were eliminated surrounding drag queens. Lets have them meet and greet small children for a story hour, earn their friendship and respect, and then reveal that they are actually men dressed up as women. The only thing worse than this idea are the parents who think this would be good for their children. I was tempted to attend one of these events, and then report all of the parents to DYFS (Division of Youth & Family Services) here in New Jersey.

The focus of Arts & Entertainment has become to promote all forms of sexual liberation. It’s not simply a goal for people to be left alone to do as they want in the bedroom, which some will defend from a libertarian perspective. The goal now is to change the entire value structure of society on these matters, and the laws. And then to declare any words to the contrary to be hate speech. For instance, I just spoke out against the Drag Queen Story Hour. If the most radical artists and entertainers had their way, I would be prosecuted for hate speech, fined, imprisoned, registered onto some kind of hate-watch list, and then monitored by the government and various private organizations dedicating to “stamping out hate and intolerance”.

It goes beyond individual persecution. Whole groups of people are being demonized as the adversaries of any initiative for sexual liberation, and this becomes the focus of their politics. And nobody is more evil and ignorant than the artist or entertainer that does not follow the script on this social reordering of society. To be a conservative in that industry is to essentially end your own career.

The entire realm of Government/Politics has been under major attack by Arts & Entertainment for decades, and has become just as dysfunctional. Arts & Entertainment is also connected to each of the other two realms, and it is further
grinding them down as well. Fix these two suffering and deteriorated realms, and each of the other seven will advance and prosper, especially Faith, Family, and Community. My perspective on this is unapologetically conservative.

The situation is like McCarthyism in reverse. Anyone who is not on board with the Far Left on these matters is considered ignorant, intolerant, and force of evil that must be called out and suppressed. This situation has now matured to the point that it has even infiltrated into our Faith organizations. Church after church is being pressured to change its teachings, to adapt, and to “modernize” on these matters. They are told that if they don’t, they will lose support of our nation’s Youth and dwindle into obscurity. This is all nonsense.

This is what happens when the realm of Arts & Entertainment ascends as the guiding light of our society. As family and religion is minimized, what is actually happening is that we descend into darkness, anarchy, and selfishness.

When there is a reduced value structure to society because of decades of deterioration from the Arts, there is a reduced need to be civil. Gone are the days of the toastmasters, when the ability to speak kind words was a goal all to it’s own. We see this deterioration in our politics today, from both sides. It started with the pundits and talk show hosts at least 20 years ago. It’s now at the point where political figures are starting to realize that the key to winning elections is to be uncivil, to ridicule and demonize their opponents, and to rile up their respective political bases. I could easily list a half dozen political leaders from each major Party that have gone this route, but that would diminish the focus of this blog post.

And when the whole social order of society breaks down, there is less desire to volunteer, to donate, and to participate in community matters.

This exception to this is the intellectuals, especially the older generation. They remain civil, and they remain committed to the cause that the arts are the guiding light to society. They advocate the arts on a level that the Milennials will never reach.

While the intellectuals “get it”, at least in their minds, the common person is adrift, astray, and lost. Some have focused their lives on hobbies or sports team, which is fine. Others are easily swayed by political movements, Left or Right, which then serve as the substitute for the actual value structure of society that has been largely destroyed. These political movements do not proceed in a civil manner, which greatly frustrate the older intellectuals who champion the Arts. They are left wondering “Gee, why can’t we just educate everyone to understand our philosophies, be civil, and volunteer to help others. What is wrong with this country, it must be the damn Republicans”. I call this the Intellectual Paradox.

This is just a sampling of The Intellectual Paradox. That’s the subject of the next blog. Stay tuned. Yes, there’s lots of intellectualism on my end in developing all of this, but I don’t fall prey to the “Intellectual Paradox”, but I present everything in a common sense manner.

I don’t encourage everyone to be intellectuals, and in fact many intellectuals already know what they think they know, and are actually very close-minded. Just a few will open their minds enough to absorb my thoughts. I instead encourage people to be followers, and to have Faith. That is what works for 90% of the population, and that is human nature. No amount of education or indoctrination is ever going to transform the average person into an intellectual. I find it astounding that most intellectuals, as smart as they are, cannot grasp this most basic fact.

So if people are not going to transform into intellectuals, and they must follow something, make it something really good. Most people will never truly grasp it, but at least they are following something really good. That is why Christianity remains the best model for society, not Intellectualism. Be a Christian, and be a follower. Churches facilitate Family and Community, two other essential roles. Follow Jesus for his general guidance, and take the Old Testament with a grain of salt. Most of it is really good, but perhaps the word of man has wiggled its way into more than a few passages. Jesus’ advise is tested and timeless. And please note that if my advice on modern society ever deviates from that of Jesus, follow Jesus.

I was a Bahai for 7 years. I admire Baha’u’llah and His teachings, and while I believe that they take the best of Christian teachings to a higher level, they are currently advocated through a lens of intellectualism, not faith. Bahai Writings are wordy, and require a vocabulary at least quadruple that of the average American. The Bahai’s have no clergy, which allows average Bahai’s to assume the role of pastors. This structure actually encourages many ‘leaders’ to join the Faith. This presents a major problem, as many new Bahai’s in America are of an intellectual mindset, and they carry as baggage their prior convictions on social and political issues. These are typically strong, and very often in conflict with Bahai Teachings. The result is confusion, disorder and a difficult balancing act. This is the primary reason that I left the Bahai’s.

I believe that an intellectual approach, whether or not it is Bahai-focused, can only be grasped by the smartest 10% of the population. No amount of education, prayer, or societal indoctrination will ever nudge that number even as high as 20%. I must state upfront that on this point I am in conflict with how the Bahai Faith is currently presented in America. The followers believe that everyone has the innate capacity to be an intellectual, and yet at the same time, they are unable to balance Bahai Teachings with whatever values they had prior to becoming a Bahai. If that isn’t proof of the Intellectual Paradox, nothing is.

I’m done with trying to make everyone into an intellectual; it’s a guaranteed fail. All advise to humanity must be practical, efficient, economical, and fair to everyone. It must be Faith-based and simple to understand, like the lists of values and reforms on our home page www.thewelcomemovement.com . For those who do want to learn more, or even to intellectualize over what I have written (gasp), there will be plenty more to read. But intellectual theory will never be the end goal of the Welcome Movement.

LEADERSHIP

Mon, 12 Nov 2018 00:00:00 GMT

A true leader is never born with a silver spoon in his mouth. A true leader will never have a perfect resume of education and success. Those successful people exist, but when everything has been a success, that successful person will never understand the struggle of the average person, and will never comprehend the economy or the housing market at it’s most fundamental level.

A true leader is someone who has failed repeatedly and learned his or her lessons, who has struggled all his life, and who has come to understand the needs of the people. Those needs are physical, they are economic, they are family and community, and they are spiritual. There's good answers out there, and they come from all sorts of social and political perspectives. Rigidly following any existing political doctrine will not yield the best solutions. The method of change is never "protest" or "expression" or "liberation", instead it's about building community, developing a network of friends, and actually making public policy changes.

Leadership is about making the community, our society, and our nation a better place. It doesn’t start with “hey look at me I’m successful, I’m a top executive at xyz Fortune 500 company, and now I want to run for public office, and to trick you into thinking nobody owns me, I am even going to spend my own millions on my campaign”. The Phil Murphy’s of the world will simply never understand the real needs of the working class, because they have never been poor. Some have never even been an average person. Remember that infamous video of Pres. George Bush seeing for the first time the wonders of a cashier scanning a product with a bar code, at least 15 years after everyone else first saw it.

What kind of leader will ever have a perspective on what constitutes fair banking policies when they’ve never been personally impacted by the banks with their fees and interest rates? And who has never struggled to put food on the table, and find a good career. Or who has never been frustrated with getting the landlord to make the most basic repairs.

The average working class family is faced with the economic decision of how to be gainfully employed with good health insurance, AND pay market rate rent without government assistance, AND afford market rate day care, AND handle all the logistics and stress of getting the kids back and forth to day care or school, while getting to work on time to keep that job. For instance, can you afford the additional expense of purchasing another automobile, and then where do you park it overnight? And if there is a single additional complication in your life, like caring for a sick or elderly relative, paying a child support obligation, facing a legal struggle, being stuck in serious debt and living paycheck to paycheck, your kid is now in 3rd grade, and has to attend another school 2 miles away, or having an arrest record that limits your career choices, you are basically doomed. Is “the system” really working when it’s so much easier to just stay on public assistance rather than deal with that brutal life struggle, knowing that you face the consequences of what happens if you lose that job, and you have already given up your government assistance that took so many months or years to attain.

A leader is someone who understands that whole dilemma, and the real world impact it has in keeping people poor and on government assistance. That doesn’t happen by reading about. It happens by living it, and being immersed in it. That is the person who understands that the real public policy struggle is how to make that urban neighborhood a safe and livable place, where as many people as possible can live and thrive without government subsidies. Both “the system” and the modern urban neighborhood have to be made to work.

There cannot be gouging and predatory business plans, especially regarding banking and insurance. Essential services like utilities, internet, housing, day care, medical, and dental must be made affordable not by government subsidies, but by just and reasonable government regulations that allow those industries to attain a reasonable profit and remain in private hands. At the current time, it is mostly only utilities that are regulated.

The capitalist system has to be fair for people to support it, to respect it, and to participate in it.

VOTE AGAINST SOCIALISM

Sat, 03 Nov 2018 00:00:00 GMT

VOTE AGAINST SOCIALISM. As the Mid-Terms Elections approach, I feel compelled to explain the urgency of the election. The Democratic Party of the 1980’s, and everything it stood for, no longer exists. It’s still bears the same name, but the Democratic Party has become the Party of Socialism.

What is Socialism, and why is it to be feared? Socialism is a form of capitalism in which there is no desire to regulate costs, and instead the government subsidizes almost everything for as many people as possible. It subsidizes medical, housing, education, food, and even a universal guaranteed income. Socialism does differ from Communism, in that Communism is the government OWNING everything, and there is no private sector. Socialism is a major step towards Communism, but it should be feared in it’s own right.

Socialism simply doesn’t work, and it will completely and utterly destroy the economy. One of the goals of socialism is to make everyone equal, and that actually will be accomplished, as we will all be equally poor. It’s not a question of simply objecting to higher taxes.

One can look at North and South Korea as a case study in whether capitalism or far left economics works best. Seoul was a basket case of a capital city in the 1950’s, having been largely destroyed in the Korean War. South Korea was a desperately poor Third-World country, on par with India at the time. By embracing capitalism, they have risen to become a top-tier country. Tiny little South Korea has a higher GPD than Russia. South Korea is not without problems, its chaebols blur the boundary between government and big business, and the country now has an aging economy facing the same struggles over globalization that we have in America. Policy makers are debating a growing social inequality. It seems that all the advanced industrial nations are facing the same set of issues.

Socialism is not the answer for South Korea, nor is it the answer for America. 30 years ago, we had a Democratic Party and we had a Republican Party. Those parties had competing visions for what works economically, and how much government regulations are needed. I would welcome this debate, and I would surely take some positions favorable to these old-school Democrats.

I fought for years in Newark for rent control of market rate housing. And while the landlords could and did cry “Socialism”, rent control is simply a regulation. It’s not Socialism because there is no government subsidy of the tenant’s rent (note: Section 8 is a different program that is a subsidy), and it operates fully within capitalism. Rent control of market rate housing actually reduces dependence on government and government subsidies because it allows families to survive economically without government assistance, and to have more money to spend to power the economy. Every real Republican should want as few people on government assistance as possible. In my opinion, the more that money is spent and flows in the local economy, the better the economy functions; and when everyone’s money is drained away (for instance, by banks, insurance, and landlords), the economy of the local community is like the human body with a major wound gushing blood. The body cannot live, and cannot function, unless the blood can flow within the body. It doesn’t help the economy of cities and towns in New Jersey if all the money flows to landlords in New York, and is re-spent there. The situation is a bit like colonialism.

Anything that is essential, like water or electricity, has to be regulated. Imagine, for instance, if America abolished all the Boards of Public Utilities, and allowed utilities to charge whatever they wanted for water and electricity. Surely, the stockholders would love that, and people would say “look how business is booming”. Each cost would rise to become one quarter of everyone’s income, and people would have no money to spend on anything else to power the consumer economy. And to complete the picture of insanity, imagine if the government decided to subsidize these costs (aka Socialism), and pay part of many consumers’ water and electricity bills instead of regulating those costs lower. That’s essentially the situation we have right now with housing. Housing costs are insanely high, and government is subsidizing many people’s housing (Section 8) instead of regulating the costs down, or providing real solutions for owner-occupancy. See our Housing page for a real solution for owner-occupied housing.

The debate on how the money should flow, and what is best for the economy, is something healthy that I encourage. It’s a debate on housing, insurance, credit card interest rates, healthcare, and other matters. A healthy debate on consumer protection is not a debate on Socialism.

This healthy debate can no longer happen in our current political environment.

One Party, the Democrats, wants to go full Socialist, and have everything subsidized. And ironically, Socialists have no intent to regulate the cost of things like health care or rents, because their answer is not to control the costs, but to have the government (taxpayers) subsidize the cost. Socialism is not about regulations to protect the consumer; it’s about subsidizing the consumer’s loss of blood with other taxpayers blood. Socialism is a very dangerous monster indeed, because it comes with an abandonment of consumer protection. And when I talk about “populism”, I am talking about protecting the consumer, and keeping money in her pocketbook. The day will come when this will be embraced in an enormous and “populist” fashion.

The percent of Milennials who advocate Socialism has risen to a terrifying level. And this is the same Party that has gone radically astray with anti-American sentiments, varies protest movements, and to how we view gender. These societal changes are also all very objectionable.

We essentially have two options, one is Socialism and these societal changes, and the other is big business. I’m not here to promote the Republican Party as it stands, and I’m certainly not an advocate of increasing power for big business. I see a need for serious economic reforms, and a need to return to spiritual principles and a healthy embrace of traditional American values. I have outlined all of this in a succinct manner on the home page of this website. I have defined populism.

What we absolutely cannot have in America is Socialism, and that is what is at stake on Election Day. It will destroy the economy and cause even greater social divisions than we currently suffer. We are divided enough. A vote for the Democrats is a vote for Socialism. The Republican Party, with all its flaws, is the only realistic option. Tuesday’s election is not a referendum on Donald Trump. I could blog on and on about both the positives and negatives of President Trump. That’s not what this election is about.

This nation is staring Socialism in the face, and we MUST face it down, or America as we know it will come to an end. And the beginning of the end is a political stalemate in Washington in which the President can get nothing done because obstructionists control the House of Representatives.

Tuesday is Election Day, and I encourage all voters to vote Republican for all State and Federal elections, especially the House of Representatives. For your local towns, the Party affiliation is not as important. I am voting for one Democrat for Municipal Council in the small town where I live. I encourage nobody to be a partisan bulldog. I do support Trump in a generic fashion, but I’ve never walked around wearing a MAGA hat.

The more the Democratic Party veers towards Socialism, the more seats it will lose in state and national elections. As the Republican Party rises to even greater dominance, the real battle is shaping up. And that is the battle to reform the Republican Party. The Party must return to traditional American values, with a spiritual focus. And that will enable discussion to commence on healthy economic reforms, without the fear of Socialism.

The attached link is an interesting read on capitalism in South Korea

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/app5.243

SPIRITUALITY & POLITICS

Sun, 07 Oct 2018 00:00:00 GMT

SPIRITUALITY & POLITICS Is politics relevant? Isn’t it true that what is most important is to be a Christian, and to advance the Word of Jesus? Isn’t everything else a distraction? These are questions that some of us have heard, sometimes even from our pastors on Sunday morning. How do we respond? I have two responses

FIRST , God has a calling for a lot of people. I believe that God has a calling for me as well. And that calling is to advance the Word of God within the realm of social and political matters in America. Both political parties are veering away from the Word of God. My calling is not simply to advance the Word of God, but to do so as an interfaith movement. Unity is key, and an interfaith movement will create unity not simply of all Christians, but among all Faiths and denominations. Believers of all kinds need to come together and discuss how the values of this Country are to be declared, and then which values shall be laws, and which shall be social ethics “enforced” by the collective beliefs of so many people, and by pressures of social conformity, shame, and stigma. This is something that has to happen. The atomization and individualization of our society has gone way too far.

Christians cannot do it alone, and especially not with the current situation divide in which most White Christians are Republicans, and most African-American and Latino Christians are Democrats. That divide is intentional. It’s been created and stoked by the media and entertainment industries with the specific intent of advancing their social and political agenda. Their agenda advances as people give up on God, and follow American popular culture instead.

Furthermore, Jews, Muslims, Bahai’s, and other Faiths need to be involved, and that will create a movement so overwhelming that the detractors will not be able to shut it down with “Oh look, the Christians are back, and they want to tell us what to do like they did in the 1950’s”. I believe the Welcome Movement is part of God’s plan for America. We don’t make America great simply through economic progress, or negotiating better international deals. There has to be a spiritual component to politics. Ignoring that pressing need to advance a spiritual component to social and political discussions is a mistake. We are not “losing focus on Jesus”.

Christians are quite certain that their spirituality is the most advanced, and their love of God and humanity will shine as a beacon to others. I personally believe this to be true, and I attend a Christian church. I will never deny other’s beliefs or the validity of their prophets on this website. Instead, I challenge Christians to show by example, and to lead by example. Others will follow.

SECOND , our nation is in the ravages of social collapse. The Word of God is under assault in a generic way, and specifically within each political Party, as follows

DEMOCRATS: The Democratic Party is full of Christians, especially among minority groups, but the activists and leaders of the Party are agnostic and atheist leaning. Believers who are Democrats try to overlook this by saying “oh, but the Democrats want to give more money to the poor”, or “yes, but the Republicans are racists”. I address all of these problems in great detail with my reforms. The essential problem with the Democratic Party is that they are hostile to all religion. They want greater separation of church and state, they want to tax churches, and they want to advance Socialism and Radical Feminism as the replacement for the Word of God. These desires are entrenched beyond any possible chance for reform. The ferocious voices that post hateful comments on social media, and that smash storefronts, scream at public hearings, and hold hostile signs at rallies have such total command over the Democratic Party that advancing the Word of God within the Party is utterly impossible. It’s a lost cause.

REPUBLICANS: If anyone believes that the Republicans are the Party of God, they are mistaken. There is no question there are true believers in the Republican Party, and there are millions of them. The Party is slipping from their grasps as the Word of God loses relevance throughout America. Those true believers cannot deny that major economic forces within the Republican Party are pushing the party towards positions that are absolutely hostile to the teachings of Jesus, including:

Neglect of the poor
Hostility towards immigrants,
Exclusion in terms of housing, and
Greed in terms of taxation, wages, and benefits

Do I have the right to challenge these problems, and attempt to advance a populism within the Republican Party?

Does God want people to advance a spiritual agenda among social and political discussions?

Can I do this without losing focus on the Word of Jesus?

The answer to these questions is firmly and absolutely YES. The Republican Party has veered terribly, but it is still possible to advance a spiritual agenda there. And that might only be true for a few more years, as the Party drifts further and further from God. It’s true now, and that is what counts.

I understand that some people will pull up this website with this great sounding name “The Welcome Movement”, and as soon as they see the word Republican, they will shut down the page without even reading a further word. I know this is happening, and I have attempted to counter this problem with the top words on the website, End the Political Hate Game of Left versus Right. We are absolutely about love and unity, and making the Republican Party more moderate and much more welcoming to immigrants and minorities.

This is enough to get some people’s attention that they may read further and appreciate the spiritual intent of this website. For others, they still see the word “Republican” and they immediately shut off the page. There is nothing I can do to counter such ignorance. Those same people aren’t reading this blog post either.

They have already made their minds up about something they haven’t even read. There is no intellectual curiosity, no open-mindedness. If anyone is wondering why this reform movement is being done through the Republican Party instead of the Democratic Party, that is the short answer.

Thank you, and may God bless America and all of humanity.

The Problem of Identity Politics

Mon, 01 Oct 2018 00:00:00 GMT

Our first blog post features an article published in November, 2017 by Hillsdale College, entitled The Problem of Identity Politics and it's Solution. The author is Matthew Continetti. Although the article is nearly a year old, it so accurately captures the mood behind the founding of The Welcome Movement that it deserves to be our first blog post.

https://imprimis.hillsdale.edu/the-problem-of-identity-politics-and-its-solution/?utm_source=faceboo...